Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies

go-math-grade-3-chapter-7-division-facts-and-strategies-answer-key

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies includes fundamentals of divisions using several methods. Those who want to improve their skills in Math can refer to HMH Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 7 Answer Key. You can Download Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies PDF free of cost and use quick reference for all your queries.

3rd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies

You can learn the fundamentals of multiplication and division using our Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies. Before you begin your preparation learn the topics covered in the Chapter and learn accordingly. Click on the below-mentioned links to access different Lessons within the Chapter & Division Facts and Strategies. We even provided a short and crisp explanation for the Problems to help you understand the concepts easily. Make the most out of Go Math Grade 3 Solution Key and score better grades in your exams.

Lesson 1: Divide by 2

Lesson 2: Divide by 10

Lesson 3: Divide by 5

Lesson 4: Divide by 3

Lesson 5: Divide by 4

Lesson 6: Divide by 6

Mid -Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 7: Divide by 7

Lesson 8: Divide by 8

Lesson 9: Divide by 9

Lesson 10: Problem Solving • Two-Step Problems

Lesson 11: Order of Operations

Chapter 7 Review/Test

Divide by 2 – Page No. 369

Write a division equation for the picture.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Divide by 2 img 1

Answer: 12 ÷ 2 = 6 or 12 ÷ 6 = 2

Explanation:

Number of counters = 12
Number of equal groups = 2
Number of counters in each group = 6
The division equation is the number of counters by number in each group = 12 ÷ 6 = 2
Next, divide number of counters by number of rows = 12 ÷ 2 = 6

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Divide by 2 img 2
Type below:
__________

Answer: 18 ÷ 2 = 9 or 18 ÷ 9 = 2

Explanation:

Number of counters = 18
Number of groups = 2
Number of counters in each group = 9
So, the division equation is the number of counters by number of groups = 18 ÷ 2 =9
Next divide number of counters by number in each group = 18 ÷ 9 = 2

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Divide by 2 img 3
Type below:
__________

Answer: 10 ÷ 5 = 2 or 10 ÷ 2 = 5

Explanation:

No. of counters = 10
Number of groups = 5
No. of counters in each group = 2
The division equation is 10 ÷ 5 = 2 or 10 ÷ 2 = 5

Find the quotient. You may want to draw a quick picture to help.

Question 4.
______ = 14 ÷ 2

Answer: 7

Explanation:

14/2 = 7
So, the quotient is 7

Question 5.
______ = 4 ÷ 2

Answer: 2

Explanation:

4/2 = 2
The quotient is 2

Question 6.
16 ÷ 2 = ______

Answer: 8

Explanation:

16/2 = 8
The quotient is 8

Question 7.
2)\(\bar { 1 8 }\)
______

Answer: 9

Explanation:

18/2 = 9
The quotient is 9

Question 8.
2)\(\bar { 1 2 }\)
______

Answer: 6

Explanation:

12/2 = 6
So, the quotient is 6.

Question 9.
2)\(\bar { 1 4 }\)
______

Answer: 7

Explanation:

14/2 = 7
The quotient is 7

Problem Solving

Question 10.
Mr. Reynolds, the gym teacher, divided a class of 16 students into 2 equal teams. How many students were on each team?
______ students

Answer: 8 students

Explanation:

Number of students = 16
Number of equal teams = 2
Number of students in each team = x
To find the number of students in each team we need to divide the number of students by number of equal teams
= 16 ÷ 2 = 8 students

Question 11.
Sandra has 10 books. She divides them into groups of 2 each. How many groups can she make?
______ groups

Answer: 5 groups

Explanation:

Given,
Sandra has 10 books
She divides them into groups of 2 each
Divide the number of books by the number of books in each group
= 10 ÷ 2 = 5 groups
Therefore Sandra makes 5 groups.

Divide by 2 – Page No. 370

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Ava has 12 apples and 2 baskets. She puts an equal number of apples in each basket. How many apples are in a basket?
Options:
a. 2
b. 4
c. 6
d. 8

Answer: 6

Explanation:

Given that, Ava has 12 apples and 2 baskets
She puts an equal number of apples in each basket
Divide number of apples by number of baskets = 12 ÷ 2= 6
So, she puts 6 apples in each basket.
Thus the correct answer is option C

Question 2.
There are 8 students singing a song in the school musical. Ms. Lang put the students in 2 equal rows. How many students are in each row?
Options:
a. 2
b. 4
c. 6
d. 10

Answer: 4

Explanation:

There are 8 students singing a song in the school musical
Ms. Lang put the students in 2 equal rows
To find the number of students in each row
We have to divide the number of students by number of equal rows
= 8 ÷ 2 = 4

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Find the product.
2 × 6
Options:
a. 4
b. 8
c. 12
d. 18

Answer: 12

Question 4.
Jayden plants 24 trees. He plants the trees equally in 3 rows. How many trees are in each row?
Options:
a. 6
b. 8
c. 9
d. 27

Answer: 8

Explanation:

Given,
Jayden plants 24 trees
He plants the trees equally in 3 rows
To know the number of trees in each row we have to divide number of trees by number of trees
24 ÷ 3 = 8
Thus the correct answer is option B

Question 5.
Which of the following describes this pattern?
9, 12, 15, 18, 21, 24
Options:
a. Multiply by 3.
b. Multiply by 5.
c. Add 3.
d. Subtract 3.

Answer: Add 3

Explanation:

By seeing the above pattern we can say that every number is added by 3
9 + 3 = 12 + 3 = 15 + 3 = 18 + 3 = 21 + 3 = 24
So, the correct answer is option C

Question 6.
A tricycle has 3 wheels. How many wheels are there on 4 tricycles?
Options:
a. 7
b. 9
c. 12
d. 15

Answer: 12

Explanation:

Given,
A tricycle has 3 wheels
number of wheels are there on 4 tricycles = x
x = 4 × 3 = 12
So, the correct answer is option C

Divide by 10 – Page No. 375

Find the unknown factor and quotient.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Divide by 10 img 4

Answer: 2, 2

Explanation:

Let the unknown factor be x
10 × x = 20
x = 20/10 = 2
20/10 = 2
The quotient is 2

Question 2.
10 × ______ = 70   70 ÷ 10 = ______

Answer: 7, 7

Explanation:

Let x be the unknown factor
10 × x = 70
x = 70/10 =  7
Since division is the opposite of multiplication, you can use a multiplication table to find a quotient

Go Math Grade 3 divide by 10 img_9

Question 3.
10 × ______ = 80   80 ÷ 10 = ______

Answer: 8, 8

Explanation:

Let a be the unknown factor
10 × a = 80
a = 80/10 = 8

Grade 3 Go Math Answer Key Divide by 10 img_6

Question 4.
10 × ______ = 30   30 ÷ 10 = ______

Answer: 3, 3

Explanation:

y be the unknown factor
10 × y = 30
y = 30/10 = 3
First, we need to check whether the divisor or dividend is the related multiplication fact or not.
Next check whether the divisor or the dividend the product in the related multiplication fact or not. If both are the same then the quotient is the unknown factor.

Go Math Solution Key Divide by 10 Img_4

Find the quotient.

Question 5.
60 ÷ 10 = ______

Answer: 6

Explanation:

Go Math Answer Key Divide by 10 img_1

Question 6.
______ = 40 ÷ 4

Answer: 10

Explanation:

Go Math grade 3 chapter 7 divide by 10 img_8

Question 7.
20 ÷ 2 = ______

Answer: 10

Explanation:

Chapter 7 Go Math Grade 3 Answer key divide by 10 img_10

Question 8.
50 ÷ 10 = ______

Answer: 5

Explanation:

Go math grade 3 answer key divide by 10 img_7

Question 9.
90 ÷ 10 = ______

Answer: 9

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 3 solution key divide by 10 img_11

Question 10.
10 ÷ 10 = ______

Answer: 1

Explanation:

10/10 = 1
Any number divided by the same number is always 1. So, the quotient is 1.

Question 11.
______ = 30 ÷ 10

Answer: 3

Explanation:

HMH Go Math Key grade 3 divide by 10 img_5

Question 12.
40 ÷ 10 = ______

Answer: 4

Explanation:

40/10 = 4
So, the quotient is 4

Question 13.
10)\(\bar { 4 0 }\)
______

Answer: 4

Explanation:

40 ÷ 10 = 40/10 = 4
10 cancels 40 by 4 times. So, the quotient is 4

Question 14.
10)\(\bar { 7 0 }\)
______

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 3 divide by 10 img_9

Question 15.
10)\(\bar { 1 0 0 }\)
______

Answer: 10

Explanation:

100 ÷ 10 = 100/10 = 10
So, the quotient is 10.

Question 16.
10)\(\bar { 2 0 }\)
______

Answer: 2

Explanation:

Chapter 7 Go Math Grade 3 Answer key divide by 10 img_10

Problem Solving

Question 17.
Pencils cost 10¢ each. How many pencils can Brent buy with 90¢?
______ pencils

Answer: 9 pencils

Explanation:

Given:
Pencils cost 10¢ each
Number of pencils can Brent buy with 90¢ = x
x × 10¢ = 90¢
x = 90/10 = 9
Thus Brent can buy 9 pencils with 90¢

Question 18.
Mrs. Marks wants to buy 80 pens. If the pens come in packs of 10, how many packs does she need to buy?
______ packs

Answer: 8 packs

Explanation:

Mrs. Marks wants to buy 80 pens
The pens come in packs of 10
No. of packs she needs to buy =?
Divide the number of pens by number of pens in one pack
= 80 ÷ 10 = 8
Therefore Mrs. Marks needs to buy 8 packs.

Divide by 10 – Page No. 376

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Gracie uses 10 beads on each necklace she makes. She has 60 beads to use. How many necklaces can Gracie make?
Options:
a. 6
b. 10
c. 50
d. 70

Answer: 6

Explanation:

Given, Gracie uses 10 beads on each necklace she makes
She has 60 beads to use
How many necklaces can Gracie make?
Divide the number of beads by the number of beads on each necklace
= 60 ÷ 10 = 6
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 2.
A florist arranges 10 flowers in each vase. How many vases does the florist need to arrange 40 flowers?
Options:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 30
d. 50

Answer: 4

Explanation:

A florist arranges 10 flowers in each vase
Number of vases the florist need to arrange 40 flowers
To find the number of vases that florist need
We have to divide the number of flowers by number of flowers in each vase
= 40 ÷ 10 = 4
Thus the florist needs 4 vases to arrange 40 flowers

Spiral Review

Question 3.
What is the unknown factor?
7 × p = 14
Options:
a. 21
b. 7
c. 3
d. 2

Answer: 2

Explanation:

P is the unknown factor
7 × p = 14
p = 14/7
p= 2
So, the correct answer is option D

Question 4.
Aspen Bakery sold 40 boxes of rolls in one day. Each box holds 6 rolls. How many rolls in all did the bakery sell?
Options:
a. 24
b. 46
c. 240
d. 320

Answer: 240

Explanation:

Aspen Bakery sold 40 boxes of rolls in one day
Each box holds 6 rolls
To find the number of rolls in all did bakery sell, we have to multiply no. of boxed in 1 day with a number of rolls in each box
= 40 × 6 = 240 rolls
Thus the correct answer is option C

Question 5.
Mr. Samuels buys a sheet of stamps. There are 4 rows with 7 stamps in each row. How many stamps does Mr. Samuels buy?
Options:
a. 11
b. 14
c. 21
d. 28

Answer: 28

Explanation:

Mr. Samuels buys a sheet of stamps. There are 4 rows with 7 stamps in each row.
To know the number of stamps Mr. Samuels buy, we have to multiply no. of rows with the number of stamps in each row
= 7 × 4 = 28
Therefore, Mr. Samuels buy 28 stamps.

Question 6.
There are 56 students going on a field trip to the science center. The students tour the center in groups of 8. How many groups of students are there?
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 9
d. 64

Answer: 7

Explanation:

There are 56 students going on a field trip to the science center.
The students tour the center in groups of 8.
The number of groups =?
Divide the number of students by the number of students in each group = 56 ÷ 8 = 7
So, the answer is option B

Divide by 5 – Page No. 381

Use count up or count back on a number line to solve.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Divide by 5 img 5

Answer: 8

Explanation:

Step 1:

Start at 40

Step 2:

Count back by 5s until you reach point 0. Complete the jumps on the number line.

Step 3:

Count the number of times you jumped back 5.
You jumped 8 times to reach 0.
Thus, 40 ÷ 5 = 8

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Divide by 5 img 6
25 ÷ 5 = _______

Answer: 5

  • Start at 25
  • Count back by 5s until you reach point 0. Complete the jumps on the number line.
  • Count the number of times you jumped back 5.
    You jumped 5 times to reach 0.
    Thus, 25 ÷ 5 = 5

Find the quotient.

Question 3.
_______ = 10 ÷ 5

Answer: 2

  • Begin at 0.
  • Count up 5s until you reach 10
  • Count the number of times you count up.

5, 10
You counted by 5 two times. 10 ÷ 5 = 2

Question 4.
_______ = 30 ÷ 10

Answer: 3

  • Begin at 0.
  • Count up 10s until you reach 30
  • Count the number of times you count up.

10, 20, 30
You counted by 10 three times. 30 ÷ 10 = 3

Question 5.
14 ÷ 2 = _______

Answer: 7

  • Begin at 0.
  • Count up 2s until you reach 14
  • Count the number of times you count up.

2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14
You counted by 2 seven times.
Thus 14 ÷ 2 = 7

Question 6.
5 ÷ 5 = _______

Answer: 1

  • Begin at 0.
  • Count up 5s until you reach 5
  • Count the number of times you count up.

5
You counted by 5 one time. 5 ÷ 5 = 1
Thus 1 is the quotient.

Question 7.
45 ÷ 5 = _______

Answer: 9

  • Begin at 0.
  • Count up 5s until you reach 45
  • Count the number of times you count up.

5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45
You counted by 5 nine times. 45 ÷ 5 = 9
Thus the quotient is 9.

Question 8.
_______ = 60 ÷ 10

Answer: 6

  • Begin at 0.
  • Count up 10s until you reach 60
  • Count the number of times you count up.

10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60
You counted by 10 six times. 60 ÷ 10 = 6
So, the quotient is 6

Question 9.
_______ = 15 ÷ 5

Answer: 3

  • Begin at 0.
  • Count up 5s until you reach 15
  • Count the number of times you count up.

5, 10, 15
You count 15 by 5 three times. 15 ÷ 5 = 3
So, the quotient is 3.

Question 10.
18 ÷ 2 = _______

Answer: 9

  • Begin at 0.
  • Count up 2s until you reach 18
  • Count the number of times you count up.

2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18.
You count by 2 nine times. So, 18 ÷ 2 = 9

Question 11.
_______ = 0 ÷ 5

Answer: 0

0 divided by any number is always 0. So, the quotient is 0.

Question 12.
20 ÷ 5 = _______

Answer: 4

  • Begin at 0.
  • Count up 5s until you reach 20.
  • Count the number of times you count up.

5, 10, 15, 20
You count by 5 four times. Thus 20 ÷ 5 = 4

Question 13.
25 ÷ 5 = _______

Answer: 5

  • Begin at 0.
  • Count up 5s until you reach 25.
  • Count the number of times you count up.

5, 10, 15, 20, 25.
That means you counted 5 times to reach 25. 25 ÷ 5 = 5

Question 14.
_______ = 35 ÷ 5

Answer: 7

  • Start at 0.
  • Count up 5s until you reach 35.
  • Count the number of times you count up to reach 35.

5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35.
You counted 5s seven times to reach 35. 35 ÷ 5 = 7
Thus the quotient is 7.

Question 15.
5)\(\bar { 2 0 }\)
_______

Answer: 4

20 ÷ 5 = 4

  • Begins at 0.
  • Count up 5s until you reach 20.
  • Count the number of times you count up to reach 20.

5, 10, 15, 20
You counted 5s four times.
20 ÷ 5 = 4. 4 is the quotient.

Question 16.
10)\(\bar { 7 0 }\)
_______

Answer: 7

70 ÷ 10 = 7

  • Begins at 0.
  • Count up 10s until you reach 70.
  • Count the number of times you count up to reach 70.

10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70.
You counted 10s seven times. So, the quotient is 7.

Question 17.
5)\(\bar { 1 5 }\)
_______

Answer: 3

15 ÷ 5 = _

  • Begin at 0.
  • Count up 5s until you reach 15
  • Count the number of times you count up.

5, 10, 15
So, the quotient is 3.

Question 18.
5)\(\bar { 4 0 }\)
_______

Answer: 8

  • Start at 40
  • Count up by 5s until you reach40.
  • Count the number of times you count up.

5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40.
Thus, 40 ÷ 5 = 8. The quotient is 8.

Problem Solving

Question 19.
A model car maker puts 5 wheels in each kit. A machine makes 30 wheels at a time. How many packages of 5 wheels can be made from the 30 wheels?
_______

Answer: 6 packages

Explanation:

A model car maker puts 5 wheels in each kit.
A machine makes 30 wheels at a time.
Divide the number of wheels by the number of wheels in each kit
= 30 ÷ 5 = 6 packages
6 packages of 5 wheels can be made from the 30 wheels.

Question 20.
A doll maker puts a small bag with 5 hair ribbons inside each box with a doll. How many bags of 5 hair ribbons can be made from 45 hair ribbons?
_______

Answer: 9 bags

Explanation:

A doll maker puts a small bag with 5 hair ribbons inside each box with a doll.
Let Number of bags of 5 hair ribbons can be made from 45 hair ribbons = y
Divide the total number of hair ribbons by number of hair ribbons in each bag
45 ÷ 5
y = 45/5 = 9
Therefore 9 bags of 5 hair ribbons can be made from 45 hair ribbons.

Divide by 5 – Page No. 382

Lesson Check

Question 1.
A model train company puts 5 boxcars with each train set. How many sets can be completed using 35 boxcars?
Options:
a. 5
b. 6
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: 7

Explanation:

A model train company puts 5 boxcars with each train set
Number of sets can be completed using 35 boxcars = x
To know the number of sets we need to divide no. of boxcars by no. of boxcars with each train set
35 ÷ 5 = 7 sets
Thus the correct answer is option C

Question 2.
A machine makes 5 buttons at a time. Each doll shirt gets 5 buttons. How many doll shirts can be finished with 5 buttons?
Options:
a. 0
b. 1
c. 2
d. 5

Answer: 1

Explanation:

A machine makes 5 buttons at a time
Each doll shirt gets 5 buttons
Divide 5 ÷ 5 = 1
Thus 1 doll shirt can be finished with 5 buttons

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Julia earns $5 each day running errands for a neighbor. How much will Julia earn if she runs errands for 6 days in one month?
Options:
a. $40
b. $35
c. $30
d. $25

Answer: $30

Explanation:

Julia earns $5 each day running errands for a neighbor
How much will Julia earn if she runs errands for 6 days in one month = x
To know how much she earns in one month, we have to multiply number of days with the income she earns per day
= $5 × 6 = $30
Thus Julia earns $30 if she runs errands for 6 days in one month.

Question 4.
Marcus has 12 slices of bread. He uses 2 slices of bread for each sandwich. How many sandwiches can Marcus make?
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 6

Explanation:

Marcus has 12 slices of bread
He uses 2 slices of bread for each sandwich
Divide no. of slices of bread by slices of bread for each sandwich
= 12 ÷ 2 = 6
Thus Marcus makes 6 sandwiches.

Use the line plot for 5–6.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Divide by 5 img 7

Question 5.
How many students have no pets?
Options:
a. 0
b. 3
c. 4
d. 5

Answer: 4

Explanation:

The above line plot shows that there are no pets is 4

Question 6.
How many students answered the question “How many pets do you have?”
Options:
a. 10
b. 12
c. 14
d. 15

Answer: 15

Explanation:

Number of students who have 0 pets = 4
Number of students who have 1 pet = 5
Number of students who have 2 pets = 2
Number of students who have 3 pets = 0
Number of students who have 4 pets = 3
Number of students who have 5 pets = 1
Total = 4 + 5 + 2 + 0 + 3 + 1 = 15 students

Divide by 3 – Page No. 387

Find the quotient. Draw a quick picture to help.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Divide by 3 img 8

Answer: 4

Question 2.
24 ÷ 3 = _______

Answer: 8

Go Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 7 Divide by 3 solution image_1

Question 3.
_______ = 6 ÷ 3

Answer: 2

Grade 3 HMH Go Math Chapter 7 key divide by 3 image_2

6 ÷ 3 = 2

Question 4.
40 ÷ 5 = _______

Answer: 8

Go Math key for Grade 3 Chapter 7 divide by 3 image_3

40 ÷ 5 = 8

Find the quotient.

Question 5.
_______ = 15 ÷ 3

Answer: 5

  • Start at 0.
  • Count by 3 until you reach 15.
  • Count the number of times you count up to 15.

3, 6, 9, 12, 15.

So, 15 ÷ 3 = 5

Question 6.
_______ = 21 ÷ 3

Answer: 7

Explanation:

  • Start at 0.
  • Count by 3 until you reach 21
  • Count the number of times you count up to 21.

3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21.
21 ÷ 3 = 7
Thus, the quotient is 7

Question 7.
16 ÷ 2 = _______

Answer: 8

Explanation:

  • Start at 0.
  • Count by 2 until you reach 16.
  • Count the number of times you count up to 16.

2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16.
16 ÷ 2 = 8
The quotient is 8.

Question 8.
27 ÷ 3 = _______

Answer: 9

Explanation:

  • Start at 0.
  • Count by 3 until you reach 27
  • Count the number of times you count up to 27.

3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21, 24, 27.
27 ÷ 3 = 9
The quotient is 9.

Question 9.
0 ÷ 3 = _______

Answer: 0

Explanation:

0 divided by any number is always 0. Thus the quotient is 0.

Question 10.
9 ÷ 3 = _______

Answer: 3

  • Start at 0.
  • Count by 3 until you reach 9.
  • Count the number of times you count up to 9.

3, 6, 9.
9 ÷ 3 = 3
the quotient is 3.

Question 11.
_______ = 30 ÷ 3

Answer: 10

Explanation:

  • Start at 0.
  • Count by 3 until you reach 30
  • Count the number of times you count up to 30.

3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21, 24, 27, 30
30 ÷ 3 = 10
Thus quotient is 10.

Question 12.
_______ = 12 ÷ 4

Answer: 3

Explanation:

  • Start at 0.
  • Count by 4s until you reach 12
  • Count the number of times you count up to 12.

4, 8, 12
12 ÷ 4 = 3
The quotient is 3.

Question 13.
3)\(\bar { 1 2 }\)
_______

Answer: 4

Explanation:

  • Start at 0.
  • Count by 3 until you reach 12
  • Count the number of times you count up to 12.

12 ÷ 3 = 4
The quotient is 4.

Question 14.
3)\(\bar { 1 5 }\)
_______

Answer: 5

Explanation:

15 ÷ 3 = _

  • Start at 0.
  • Count by 3s until you reach 15
  • Count the number of times you count up to 15.

3, 6, 9, 12, 15.
15 ÷ 3 = 5

Question 15.
3)\(\bar { 2 4 }\)
_______

Answer: 8

Explanation:

  • Start at 0.
  • Count by 3s until you reach 24
  • Count the number of times you count up to 24.

3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21, 24.
The quotient is 8.

Question 16.
3)\(\bar { 9 }\)
_______

Answer: 3

Explanation:

9 ÷ 3 = 3
3 divides 9 three times. So, the quotient is 3.

Problem Solving

Question 17.
The principal at Miller Street School has 12 packs of new pencils. She will give 3 packs to each third-grade class. How many third-grade classes are there?
_______

Answer: 4 classes

Explanation:

The principal at Miller Street School has 12 packs of new pencils
She will give 3 packs to each third-grade class
Divide the number of packs by number of packs for each class
= 12  ÷ 3 = 12/3 = 4 classes.

Question 18.
Mike has $21 to spend at the mall. He spends all of his money on bracelets for his sisters. Bracelets cost $3 each. How many bracelets does he buy?
_______

Answer: 7 bracelets

Explanation:

Mike has $21 to spend at the mall
Bracelets cost $3 each
Divide total cost Mike spend by the cost of each bracelet
21 ÷ 3 = 7
Thus the answer is 7 bracelets.

Divide by 3 – Page No. 388

Lesson Check

Question 1.
There are 18 counters divided equally among 3 groups. How many counters are in each group?
Options:
a. 5
b. 6
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: 6

Explanation:

There are 18 counters divided equally among 3 groups
Number of counters in each group = x
x = Number of counters by number of groups
x = 18 ÷ 3 = 6 counters

Question 2.
Josh has 27 signed baseballs. He places the baseballs equally on 3 shelves. How many baseballs are on each shelf?
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 9

Explanation:

Josh has 27 signed baseballs
He places the baseballs equally on 3 shelves
Number of baseballs are on each shelf = no. of signed baseballs ÷ baseballs equally on 3 shelves
= 27 ÷ 3 = 9 baseballs

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Each bicycle has 2 wheels. How many wheels do 8 bicycles have?
Options:
a. 10
b. 16
c. 24
d. 32

Answer: 16

Explanation:

Each bicycle has 2 wheels
Number of wheels do 8 bicycles have = x
x = 8 × 2 = 16 wheels
option B is the correct answer

Question 4.
How many students watch less than 3 hours of TV a day?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Divide by 3 img 9
Options:
a. 3
b. 7
c. 8
d. 13

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Number of students who watch 0 hours of TV a day = 1
Number of students who watch 1 hour of TV a day = 2
Number of students who watch 2 hours of TV a day = 4
Total number of students who watch less than 3 hours = 1 + 2 + 4 = 7

Question 5.
Which of the following is an example of the Distributive Property?
Options:
a. 3 × 6 = 18
b. 6 × 3 = 15 + 3
c. 3 × 6 = 6 × 3
d. 6 × 3 = (3 × 2) + (3 × 4)

Answer: 6 × 3 = (3 × 2) + (3 × 4)

Explanation:

The distributive property of multiplication states that when a number is multiplied by the sum of two numbers, the first number can be distributed to both of those numbers and multiplied by each of them separately, then adding the two products together for the same result as multiplying the first number by the sum.
6 × 3 = (3 × 2) + (3 × 4) is the example of the Distributive Property

Question 6.
Which unknown number completes the equations?
3 × □ = 21   21 ÷ 3 = □
Options:
a. 3
b. 6
c. 7
d. 18

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Let □ is the unknown factor
Check whether it is related fact for both multiplication and division
3 × □ = 21
□ = 21/3 = 7
The related multiplication and division facts of 21, 7 and 3 is 3 × 7 = 21 and 21 ÷ 3 = 7
Thus the correct answer is option C

Divide by 4 – Page No. 393

Draw tiles to make an array. Find the quotient.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Divide by 4 img 10

Answer: 4

Explanation:

Question 2.
20 ÷ 4 = ______

Answer: 5

Go Math Chapter 7 key Grade 3 divide by 4 image_1

20 ÷ 4 = 5

Question 3.
12 ÷ 4 = ______

Answer: 3

HMH Go math chapter 7 grade 3 key divide by 4 image_2

12 ÷ 4 = 3

Question 4.
10 ÷ 2 = ______

Answer: 5

Go Math Answer Key Grade 3 chapter 7 divide by 4 image_3

10 ÷ 2 = 5

Find the quotient.

Question 5.
24 ÷ 3 = ______

Answer: 8

Explanation:

24 ÷ 3
3 divides 24 by 8 times
So, the quotient is 8

Question 6.
______ = 8 ÷ 2

Answer: 4

Explanation:

2 divides 8 by four times. So, the quotient is 4.

Question 7.
32 ÷ 4 = ______

Answer: 8

Explanation:

4 divides 32 eight times. So the quotient is 8.

Question 8.
______ = 28 ÷ 4

Answer: 7

Explanation:

4 divides 28 seven times. You can also check the multiplication table to find the quotient.

28 ÷ 4 = 7

Thus the quotient is 7.

Question 9.
4)\(\bar { 3 6 }\)
______

Answer: 9

Explanation:

36 ÷ 4 = _

4 divides 36 nine times.

36 ÷ 4 = 9

So, the quotient is 9.

Question 10.
4)\(\bar { 8 }\)
______

Answer: 2

Explanation:

8 ÷ 4 = 2

4 divides 8 two times. So, the quotient is of 8 and 4 is 2.

Question 11.
4)\(\bar { 2 4 }\)
______

Answer: 6

Explanation:

24 ÷ 4
24/4 = 6
Thus the quotient is 6

Question 12.
3)\(\bar { 3 0 }\)
______

Answer: 10

Explanation:

30 ÷ 3
30/3 = 10
The quotient is 10

Find the unknown number.

Question 13.
20 ÷ 5 = a
a = ______

Answer: 4

Explanation:

a is the unknown number
20 ÷ 5 = a
a = 20/5
5 divides 20 four times
Thus the quotient is 4.

Question 14.
32 ÷ 4 = p
p = ______

Answer: 8

Explanation:

P is the unknown number.
P = 32 ÷ 4
P = 32/4 = 8
Therefore the unknown number p is 8.

Question 15.
40 ÷ 10 = □
□ = ______

Answer: 4

Explanation:

□ = 40 ÷ 10
10 dives 40 four times. Thus the unknown number is 4.

Question 16.
18 ÷ 3 = x
x = ______

Answer: 6

Explanation:

X = 18 ÷ 3
= 18/3 = 6
Thus the unknown value x is 6.

Problem Solving

Question 17.
Ms. Higgins has 28 students in her gym class. She puts them in 4 equal groups. How many students are in each group?
______

Answer: 7 students

Explanation:

Ms. Higgins has 28 students in her gym class.
She puts them in 4 equal groups.
Divide number of students by number of equal groups
= 28 ÷ 4
= 7
Therefore there are 7 students in each group.

Question 18.
Andy has 36 CDs. He buys a case that holds 4 CDs in each section. How many sections can he fill?
______

Answer: 9 CDs

Explanation:

Andy has 36 CDs.
He buys a case that holds 4 CDs in each section.
Divide the total number of CDs by number of CDs in each section
= 36 ÷ 4 = 9
Thus Andy can fill 9 sections.

Divide by 4 – Page No. 394

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Darion picks 16 grapefruits off a tree in his backyard. He puts 4 grapefruits in each bag. How many bags does he need?
Options:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 5
d. 6

Answer: 4

Explanation:

Given:

Darion picks 16 grapefruits off a tree in his backyard
He puts 4 grapefruits in each bag
Number of bags he needs = x
Divide the number of grapefruits by number of grapefruits in each bag
x = 16 ÷ 4 = 4
Thus Darion needs 4 bags to put grapefruits.

Question 2.
Tori has a bag of 32 markers to share equally among 3 friends and herself. How many markers will Tori and each of her friends get?
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 8

Explanation:

Tori has a bag of 32 markers to share equally among 3 friends and herself
Total number of markers = 32
Number of equal groups = 3 friends and Tori = 3 + 1 = 4
To find the number of marks do they get, we need to divide the number of markers by number of people
= 32 ÷ 4 = 8
Therefore each friend gets 8 markers.
So, the correct answer is option C

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Find the product.
3 × 7
Options:
a. 18
b. 21
c. 24
d. 28

Answer: 21

Explanation:

We find the product of 7 and 3 by simply calculating 7 times 3 which equals 21.
So, the correct answer is option B.

Question 4.
Which of the following describes this pattern?
8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28
Options:
a. Multiply by 4.
b. Add 4.
c. Multiply by 2.
d. Subtract 4.

Answer: Multiply by 4

Explanation:

We can see that sequence is formed by adding 4 each time
8
8 + 4 = 12
12 + 4 = 16
16 + 4 = 20
20 + 4 = 24
24 + 4 = 28
The pattern is formed by adding 4 to the previous number.
By seeing this we can say that it is the multiple of 4.
Thus the correct answer is option C

Question 5.
Which is an example of the Commutative Property of Multiplication?
Options:
a. 3 × 6 = 2 × 9
b. 2 × 4 = 5 + 3
c. 4 × 5 = 5 × 4
d. 2 × 5 = 5 + 5

Answer: 4 × 5 = 5 × 4

Explanation:

According to the commutative property of multiplication, changing the order of the numbers we are multiplying, does not change the product.
a × b = b × a
So, the perfect example of Commutative Property of Multiplication is 4 × 5 = 5 × 4.
Option C is the correct answer.

Question 6.
Jasmine has 18 model horses. She places the model horses equally on 3 shelves. How many model horses are on each shelf?
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 15
d. 21

Answer: 6

Explanation:

Jasmine has 18 model horses
She places the model horses equally on 3 shelves
To find the model horses are on each shelf we have to write the division equation
= number of model horses by number of equal shelves
= 18 ÷ 3 = 6 model horses
Therefore there are 6 model horses are on each shelf.

Divide by 6 – Page No. 399

Find the unknown factor and quotient.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Divide by 6 img 11

Answer: 7, 7

Explanation:

First, use a related multiplication fact
6 × _ = 42
Let _ be x
6 × x = 42
x = 42/6 = 7
Next use factors to divide 42 and 6
Factor of 6 are 3 and 2
So, first divide by 3
42 ÷ 3 = 14
14 ÷ 2 = 7
Thus 42 ÷ 6 = 7

Question 2.
6 × ______ = 18 18 ÷ 6 = ______

Answer: 3, 3

Explanation:

First, use a related multiplication fact
6 × _ = 18
Let x represents the unknown factor
6 × x = 18
x = 18/6 = 3
Next use factors to divide 18 and 6
Factor of 6 are 3 and 2
So, first divide by 3
18 ÷ 3 = 6
6 ÷ 2 = 3
18 ÷ 6 = 3

Question 3.
4 × ______ = 24 24 ÷ 4 = ______

Answer: 6, 6

Explanation:

First, use a related multiplication fact
4 × _ = 24
4 × x = 24
x =24/4 = 6
x = 6
Next use factors to divide 24 and 4
Factors of 4 are 2, 2
So, first divide by 2
24 ÷ 2 = 12
12 ÷ 2 = 6
24 ÷ 4 = 6

Question 4.
6 × ______ = 54 54 ÷ 6 = ______

Answer: 9, 9

Explanation:

First, use a related multiplication fact
6 × x = 54
x = 54/6 = 9
x = 9
Next use factors to divide 54 and 6
Factors of 6 are 3, 2
So, first divide by 3
54 ÷ 3 = 18
Next divide by 2
18 ÷ 2 = 9
54 ÷ 6 = 9

Question 5.
______ = 24 ÷ 6

Answer: 4

Explanation:

Use factors to divide 54 and 6
Factors of 6 are 3, 2
So, first divide by 3
24 ÷ 3 = 8
Next divide by 2
8 ÷ 2 = 4
Thus 24 ÷ 6 = 4

Question 6.
48 ÷ 6 = ______

Answer: 8

Explanation:

Use factors to divide 48 and 6
Factors of 6 are 3, 2
So, first divide by 3
48 ÷ 3 = 16
Next divide by 2
16 ÷ 2 = 8
Thus 48 ÷ 6 = 8

Question 7.
______ = 6 ÷ 6

Answer: 1

Explanation:

Any number divided by the same number will be 1. So, the quotient of 6/6 = 1.

Question 8.
12 ÷ 6 = ______

Answer: 2

Explanation:

Use factors to divide 12 and 6
Factors of 6 are 3, 2
So, first divide by 3
12 ÷ 3 = 4
Next divide by 2
4 ÷ 2 = 2
Thus 12 ÷ 6 = 2

Question 9.
6)\(\bar { 3 6 }\)
______

Answer: 6

Explanation:

36 ÷ 6
Factors of 6 are 3, 2
So, first divide by 3
36 ÷ 3 = 12
Next divide by 2
12 ÷ 2 = 6
Thus 36 ÷ 6 = 6

Question 10.
6)\(\bar { 5 4 }\)
______

Answer: 9

Explanation:

54 ÷ 6
Factors of 6 are 3, 2
So, first divide by 3
54 ÷ 3 = 18
Next divide by 2
18 ÷ 2 = 9
54 ÷ 6 = 9

Question 11.
6)\(\bar { 3 0 }\)
______

Answer: 5

Explanation:

30 ÷ 6
Factors of 6 are 3, 2
So, first divide by 3
30 ÷ 3 = 10
Next divide by 2
10 ÷ 2 = 5
Thus 30 ÷ 6 = 5

Question 12.
1)\(\bar { 6 }\)
______

Answer: 6

Explanation:

6 ÷ 1 = 6
Any number divided by 1 will be always the same number. So, the quotient is 6

Question 13.
p = 42 ÷ 6
p = ______

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Factor of 6 are 3 and 2
So, first divide by 3
42 ÷ 3 = 14
14 ÷ 2 = 7
Thus 42 ÷ 6 = 7

Question 14.
18 ÷ 3 = q
q = ______

Answer: 6

Explanation:

18 ÷ 3 = q
q = 18 ÷ 3
q = 18/3
3 divides 18 by 6 times. So, the quotient is 6

Question 15.
r = 30 ÷ 6
r = ______

Answer: 5

Explanation:

r = 30 ÷ 6
r = 30/6
6 divides 30 by 5 times. So, the quotient is 5

Question 16.
60 ÷ 6 = s
s = ______

Answer: 10

Explanation:

60 ÷ 6 = s
s = 60/6
6 divides 60 by 10 times. So, the quotient is 10.

Problem Solving

Question 17.
Lucas has 36 pages of a book left to read. If he reads 6 pages a day, how many days will it take Lucas to finish the book?
______

Answer: 6 pages

Explanation:

Lucas has 36 pages of a book left to read
If he reads 6 pages a day, how many days will it take Lucas to finish the book
Let the number of days Lucas take to finish the book = a
a × 6 = 36
a = 36/6 = 6 days
Thus Lucas take 6 days to finish the book

Question 18.
Juan has $24 to spend at the bookstore. If books cost $6 each, how many books can he buy?
______

Answer: 4 books

Explanation:

Juan has $24 to spend at the bookstore
Each book costs $6
Number of books he can buy = x
x × 6 = 24
x = 24/6
x = 4
Therefore Juan can buy 4 books.

Divide by 6 – Page No. 400

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Ella earned $54 last week babysitting. She earns $6 an hour. How many hours did Ella babysit last week?
Options:
a. 6 hours
b. 7 hours
c. 8 hours
d. 9 hours

Answer: 9 hours

Explanation:

Ella earned $54 last week babysitting
She earns $6 an hour
To find:
How many hours did Ella babysit last week
Divide Ella earned last week by she earns for an hour
= $54 ÷ $6 = 9 hours
Thus Ella babysits last week for 9 hours.

Question 2.
What is the unknown factor and quotient?
Options:
6 × □ = 42 42 ÷ 6 = □
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 7

Explanation:

□ be the unknown factor
6 × □ = 42
□  = 42/6 = 7
The factors of 6 and 42 is 7
Use a related multiplication fact here
42 ÷ 6 = □
□ = 7
42 ÷ 6 = 7
So, the correct answer is  option B.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Coach Clarke has 48 students in his P.E. class. He places the students in teams of 6 for an activity. How many teams can Coach Clarke make?
Options:
a. 7
b. 8
c. 9
d. 54

Answer: 8

Explanation:

Coach Clarke has 48 students in his P.E. class
He places the students in teams of 6 for an activity
Number of teams can Coach Clarke make = x
Divide Number of students by the number of students in each team
48 ÷ 6 = 8
Thus Coach Clarke can make 8 teams.

Question 4.
Each month for 7 months, Eva reads 3 books. How many more books does she need to read before she has read 30 books?
Options:
a. 7
b. 9
c. 27
d. 33

Answer: 9

Explanation:

Eva reads 3 books per month
For 7 months = 3 × 7 = 21
We need to find how many more books does she need to read before she has read 30 books
Subtract the number of books she read for 7 months from a number of books
= 30 – 21 = 9 books
So, the answer is option B.

Question 5.
Each cow has 4 legs. How many legs will 5 cows have?
Options:
a. 9
b. 16
c. 20
d. 24

Answer: 20

Explanation:

Each cow has 4 legs
Number of legs will 5 cows have = x
x = 5 × 4 = 20 legs
Thus 5 cows will have 20 legs.

Question 6.
Find the product.
3 × 9
Options:
a. 36
b. 27
c. 18
d. 12

Answer: 27

Explanation:

We find the product of 3 and 9 by simply calculating 9 times 3 which equals 27.
You can also find the answer by checking the multiplication table.
Thus the answer is option B.

Mid -Chapter Checkpoint – Page No. 401

Concepts and Skills

Question 1.
Explain how to find 20 ÷ 4 by making an array.
Type below:
__________

Answer: 5

■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Explanation:

Total number of tiles = 20
Make a row of 5 tiles
Continue to make as many rows of 5 tiles as you can
We get 5 tiles in each row
So, the division equation is 20 ÷ 4 = 5

Question 2.
Explain how to find 30 ÷ 6 by making equal groups.
Type below:
__________

Answer: 5

Go Math Grade 3 chapter 7 answer key mid chapter image_1

By seeing the picture we can see that there are 6 groups of 5 each.

Find the unknown factor and quotient.

Question 3.
10 × _____ = 50
_____ = 50 ÷ 10

Answer: 5, 5

Explanation:

Let the unknown factor be y
10 × y = 50
y = 50/10 = 5
In order to find the quotient, we need to check whether the dividend the product in the related multiplication fact or not.
If both are related then the unknown factor is the quotient
That means 5 is the quotient.

Question 4.
2 × _____ = 16
_____ = 16 ÷ 2

Answer: 8, 8

Explanation:

Let the unknown factor be p
2 × p = 16
p = 16/2 = 8
To find the quotient we need to check whether the dividend the product in the related multiplication fact or not.
If both are related then the unknown factor is the quotient.
Therefore, 16 ÷ 2 = 8

Question 5.
2 × _____ = 20
_____ = 20 ÷ 2

Answer: 10, 10

Explanation:

Let the unknown factor be p
2 × p = 20
p = 20/2 = 10
To find the quotient we need to check whether the dividend the product in the related multiplication fact or not.
If both are related then the unknown factor is the quotient.
20 ÷ 2 = 10
Therefore, the unknown factor and quotient are 10.

Question 6.
5 × _____ = 20
_____ = 20 ÷ 5

Answer: 4, 4

Let the unknown factor be y
5 × y = 20
y = 20/5 = 4
In order to find the quotient, we have to check whether the dividend the product in the related multiplication fact or not.
If both are related then the unknown factor is the quotient.
20 ÷ 5 = 4
That means 4 is the quotient.

Find the quotient.

Question 7.
_____ = 6 ÷ 6

Answer: 1

Explanation:

6/6 = 1
The number which is divided by the same number will be always 1. Thus the quotient is 1.

Question 8.
21 ÷ 3 = _____

Answer: 7

Explanation:

3 divides 21 seven times.
Thus the quotient of 21 ÷ 3 is 7.

Question 9.
_____ = 0 ÷ 3

Answer: 0

Explanation:

0 divided by any number will be 0. Thus the quotient is 0.

Question 10.
36 ÷ 4 = _____

Answer: 9

Explanation:

4 divides 36 nine times.
So, the quotient is 9.

Question 11.
5)\(\bar { 3 5 }\)
_____

Answer: 7

Explanation:

35 ÷ 5

5 divides 35 seven times. Thus the quotient is 7.

Question 12.
4)\(\bar { 2 4 }\)
_____

Answer: 6

Explanation:

24 ÷ 4 = _

4 divides 24 six times. So, the quotient is 6.

Question 13.
6)\(\bar { 5 4 }\)
_____

Answer: 9

Explanation:

54 ÷ 6 = x
Let x represents the unknown number.
6 divides 56 nine times.
Thus the quotient is 9.

Question 14.
3)\(\bar { 9 }\)
_____

Answer: 3

Explanation:

9 ÷ 3 = 3
3 divides 9 three times.
So, the quotient is 3 and the remainder is 0.

Mid -Chapter Checkpoint – Page No. 402

Question 15.
Carter has 18 new books. He plans to read 3 of them each week. How many weeks will it take Carter to read all of his new books?
_____ weeks

Answer: 6 weeks

Explanation:

Given,
Carter has 18 new books
He plans to read 3 of them each week.
Number of weeks will it take Carter to read all of his new books = x
To find x we need to divide the number of new books by number of books he planned to read each week
That means 18 ÷ 3 = 6 weeks

Question 16.
Gabriella made 5 waffles for breakfast. She has 25 strawberries and 15 blueberries to put on top of the waffles. She will put an equal number of berries on each waffle. How many berries will Gabriella put on each waffle?
_____ berries

Answer: 8 berries

Explanation:

Gabriella made 5 waffles for breakfast
She has 25 strawberries and 15 blueberries to put on top of the waffles
Total number of berries = 25 + 15 = 40
Number of strawberries she puts on each waffle = 25 ÷ 5 = 5
Number of blueberries she puts on each waffle = 15 ÷ 5 = 3
Total number of berries she puts on each waffle = 5 + 3 = 8 berries

Question 17.
There are 60 people at the fair waiting in line for a ride. Each car in the ride can hold 10 people. Write an equation that could be used to find the number of cars needed to hold all 60 people.
Type below:
____________

Answer: 60 ÷ 10 = 6

Explanation:

Given that, There are 60 people at the fair waiting in line for a ride.
Each car in the ride can hold 10 people
To write the equation we need to divide the number of people by Each car in the ride can hold 10 people
= 60 ÷ 10 = 6
Therefore, 6 cars are needed to hold all 60 people.

Question 18.
Alyssa has 4 cupcakes. She gives 2 cupcakes to each of her cousins. How many cousins does Alyssa have?
_____ cousins

Answer: 2

Explanation:

Alyssa has 4 cupcakes
She gives 2 cupcakes to each of her cousins
Divide the number of cupcakes by number of cupcakes she gave for each of her cousins
= 4 ÷ 2 = 2 cousins

Divide by 7 – Page No. 407

Find the unknown factor and quotient.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Divide by 7 img 12

Answer: 6, 6

Explanation:

Let the unknown factor be x.
7 × x  = 42
x = 42/7 = 6
Now to find the quotient first check whether the dividend the product are related multiplication and division facts are not.
If both are related facts then the unknown factor is the quotient.
42 ÷ 7 = 6

Question 2.
7 × _____ = 35 35 ÷ 7 = _____

Answer: 5, 5

Explanation:

7 × y = 35
y = 35/7 = 5
Thus the unknown factor is 5.
Now check whether the dividend the product is related to the multiplication and division facts is not. If both are related facts then the unknown factor is the quotient.
35 ÷ 7 = 5

Question 3.
7 × _____ = 7 7 ÷ 7 = _____

Answer: 1, 1

Explanation:

The number divided by the Same number will be 1. So, the quotient and the unknown factor is 1.

Question 4.
5 × _____ = 20 20 ÷ 5 = _____

Answer: 4, 4

Explanation:

Let a be the unknown factor.
5 × a = 20
a = 20/5 = 4.
Check whether the dividend the product are related to the multiplication and division facts are not. If both are same  then the quotient is equal to the unknown factor I.e., 4

Find the quotient.

Question 5.
7)\(\bar { 2 1 }\)
_____

Answer: 3

Explanation:

21 ÷ 7 = _
7 divides 21 three times.
So, the quotient is 3.

Question 6.
7)\(\bar { 1 4 }\)
_____

Answer: 2

Explanation:

14 divides 7 two times. Thus the quotient is 2.

Question 7.
6)\(\bar { 4 8 }\)
_____

Answer: 8

Explanation:

48 ÷ 6 = x
6 divides 48 8 times. Thus the unknown number or quotient of 48 and 6 is 8.

Question 8.
7)\(\bar { 6 3 }\)
_____

Answer: 9

Explanation:

63 ÷ 7 = _
7 divides 63 nine times. So, the quotient is 9.

Question 9.
_____ = 35 ÷ 7

Answer: 5

Explanation:

7 divides 35 five times. Thus the quotient of 35 and 7 is 5.

Question 10.
0 ÷ 7 = _____

Answer: 0

Explanation:

0 divided by any number is always 0. So the quotient is 0.

Question 11.
_____ = 56 ÷ 7

Answer: 8

Explanation:

7 divides 56 eight times. Thus the quotient of 56 and 7 is 8.

Question 12.
32 ÷ 8 = _____

Answer: 4

Explanation:

8 divides 32 four times. Thus the quotient of 32 and 8 is 4.

Find the unknown number.

Question 13.
56 ÷ 7 = e
e = _____

Answer: 8

Explanation:

56 ÷ 7 = e
e = 56 ÷ 7
= 56/7
e = 8
Thus the unknown value of e is 8.

Question 14.
k = 32 ÷ 4
k = _____

Answer: 8

Explanation:

k = 32 ÷ 4
k = 32/4 = 8
The unknown number k is 8.

Question 15.
g = 49 ÷ 7
g = _____

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Given, g = 49 ÷ 7
7 divides 49 seven times.
g = 49/7 = 7
Therefore g = 7.

Question 16.
28 ÷ 7 = s
s = _____

Answer: 4

Explanation:

s = 28 ÷ 7
s = 28/7 = 4
Thus the unknown value s  is 4.

Problem Solving

Question 17.
Twenty-eight players sign up for basketball. The coach puts 7 players on each team. How many teams are there?
_____

Answer: 4 teams

Explanation:

Total number of players = 28
The coach puts 7 players on each team.
To find the number of teams divide total number of players by number of players in each team.
= 28 ÷ 7 = 4
Therefore total number of teams = 4

Question 18.
Roberto read 42 books over 7 months. He read the same number of books each month. How many books did Roberto read each month?
_____

Answer: 6 books

Explanation:

Roberto read 42 books for 7 months.
Number of books he read per month = 42 ÷ 7 = 6 books.
Therefore he reads 6 books per month.

Divide by 7 – Page No. 408

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Elliot earned $49 last month walking his neighbor’s dog. He earns $7 each time he walks the dog. How many times did Elliot walk his neighbor’s dog last month?
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Elliot earned $49 last month walking his neighbor’s dog.
He earns $7 each time he walks the dog
Divide Elliot earned $49 last month by he earned each time
49 ÷ 7 = 7
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 2.
Which is the unknown factor and quotient?
Options:
7 × □ = 63 63 ÷ 7 = □
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 9

Explanation:

7 × □ = 63
□  = 63/7 = 9
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Maria puts 6 strawberries in each smoothie she makes. She makes 3 smoothies. Altogether, how many strawberries does Maria use in the smoothies?
Options:
a. 9
b. 12
c. 18
d. 24

Answer: 18

Explanation:

Maria puts 6 strawberries in each smoothie she makes
She makes 3 smoothies
For each smoothie, she puts 6 strawberries
For 3 smoothie she puts y strawberries
y = 6 × 3 = 18
Therefore the correct answer is option C.

Question 4.
Kaitlyn makes 4 bracelets. She uses 8 beads for each bracelet. How many beads does she use in all?
Options:
a. 12
b. 16
c. 32
d. 40

Answer: 32

Explanation:

Kaitlyn makes 4 bracelets
She uses 8 beads for each bracelet
Multiply number of bracelets with number of beads for each bracelet
8 × 4 = 32

Question 5.
What is the unknown factor?
2 × 5 = 5 × □
Options:
a. 10
b. 5
c. 2
d. 1

Answer: 2

Explanation:
2 × 5 = 5 × □
According to the commutative property of multiplication a × b = b × a
So, 2 × 5 = 5 × 2
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 6.
Which division equation is related to the following multiplication equation?
3 × 4 = 12
Options:
a. 12 ÷ 4 = 3
b. 8 ÷ 2 = 4
c. 12 ÷ 2 = 6
d. 10 ÷ 5 = 2

Answer: 12 ÷ 4 = 3

Explanation:
The related multiplication and division fact of 3 × 4 = 12 is 12 ÷ 4 = 3.

Divide by 8 – Page No. 413

Find the unknown factor and quotient.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Divide by 8 img 13

Answer: 4, 4

Explanation:

Let x be the unknown factor.
8 × x = 32
x = 32/8 = 4
So the unknown factor = 4
Now check whether the dividend the product is related to the multiplication and division facts is not.
If both are related facts then the unknown factor is the quotient.
32 ÷ 8 = 4
So, 4 is the quotient.

Question 2.
3 × ______ = 27 27 ÷ 3 = ______

Answer: 9, 9

Explanation:

Let y be the unknown factor.
3 × y = 27
y = 27/3 = 9
y = 9
Now check whether the dividend the product is related to the multiplication and division facts is not.
If both are related facts then the unknown factor is the quotient.
27 ÷ 3 = 9
Thus the quotient is 9.

Question 3.
8 × ______ = 8 8 ÷ 8 = ______

Answer: 1, 1

Explanation:

8 × x = 8
x = 8/8 = 1
The number divided by the same number is always 1. Thus the quotient of 8 ÷ 8 = 1.

Question 4.
8 × ______ = 72 72 ÷ 8 = ______

Answer: 9, 9

Explanation:

8 × x = 72
x = 72/8 = 9
Check if the dividend the product is related to the multiplication and division facts.
If both are related facts then the unknown factor is the quotient.
72 ÷ 8 = 9
Thus the quotient is 9.

Find the quotient.

Question 5.
______ = 24 ÷ 8

Answer: 3

Explanation:

24 ÷ 8
8 divides 24 three times. So, the quotient of 24 ÷ 8 is 3.

Question 6.
40 ÷ 8 = ______

Answer: 5

Explanation:

40 ÷ 8 = 5 because 8 divides 40 five times.
Thus the quotient is 5.

Question 7.
______ = 56 ÷ 8

Answer: 7

Explanation:

56 ÷ 8
8 divides 56 seven times. So, the quotient of 56 and 8 is 7.

Question 8.
14 ÷ 2 = ______

Answer: 7

Explanation:

7 divides 14 two times. thus the quotient of 14 ÷ 2 = 7.

Question 9.
8)\(\bar { 6 4 }\)
______

Answer: 8

Explanation:

64 ÷ 8 = 8
8 divides 64 eight times. So, the quotient of 64 ÷ 8 = 8.

Question 10.
7)\(\bar { 2 8 }\)
______

Answer: 4

Explanation:

28 ÷ 7
7 divides 28 four times.
28/7 = 4
Thus the quotient is 4.

Question 11.
8)\(\bar { 1 6 }\)
______

Answer: 2

Explanation:

16 ÷ 8 = x
x = 16/8 = 2
8 divides 16 two times. Thus the quotient is 2.

Question 12.
8)\(\bar { 4 8 }\)
______

Answer: 6

Explanation:

48 ÷ 8 = y
y = 48/8 = 6
8 divides 48 six times. So, the quotients is 6.

Find the unknown number.

Question 13.
16 ÷ p = 8
p = ______

Answer: 2

Explanation:

p is the unknown number
16 ÷ p = 8
Make p as the subject.
We get p = 16/8 = 2.
p = 2

Question 14.
25 ÷ □ = 5
□ = ______

Answer: 5

Explanation:

□ is the unknown number
25 ÷ □ = 5
□ = 25/5 = 5
Therefore the value □ is 5.

Question 15.
24 ÷ a = 3
a = ______

Answer: 8

Explanation:

a is the unknown number
24 ÷ a = 3
a = 24 ÷ 3 = 8
So, the value of a is 8.

Question 16.
k ÷ 10 = 8
k = ______

Answer: 80

Explanation:

K is the unknown number
k ÷ 10 = 8
k = 8 × 10
k = 80

Problem Solving

Question 17.
Sixty-four students are going on a field trip. There is 1 adult for every 8 students. How many adults are there?
______

Answer: 8 adults

Explanation:

Total number of students going for trip = 64
There are 1 adult for every 8 students
Total number of adults = x
x × 8 = 64 × 1
x = 64/8 = 8
Therefore there are 8 adults for every 8 students.

Question 18.
Mr. Chen spends $32 for tickets to a play. If the tickets cost $8 each, how many tickets does Mr. Chen buy?
______

Answer: 4 tickets

Explanation:

Mr. Chen spends $32 for tickets to a play.
The tickets cost $8 each.
To find the number of tickets that Mr. Chen buys we need to divide the total cost of tickets by the cost of each ticket.
= 32/8 = 4
Thus the cost of each ticket is $4.

Divide by 8 – Page No. 413

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Mrs. Wilke spends $72 on pies for the school fair. Each pie costs $8. How many pies does Mrs. Wilke buy for the school fair?
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 9

Explanation:

Mrs. Wilke spends $72 on pies for the school fair
Each pie costs $8.
To know how many pies does Mrs. Wilke buy for the school fair
We have to divide 72 ÷ 8 = 9
Thus Mrs. Wilke buys 9 pies for the school fair.

Question 2.
Find the unknown factor and quotient.
8 × □ = 40
40 ÷ □ = 8
Options:
a. 4
b. 5
c. 6
d. 7

Answer: 5

Explanation:

8 × □ = 40
□ = 40/8 = 5
So, the answer is option B.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Find the product.
(3 × 2) × 5
Options:
a. 6
b. 10
c. 20
d. 30

Answer: 30

Explanation:
(3 × 2) × 5
6 × 5 = 30
Thus the answer is option D.

Question 4.
Which of the following has the same product as 4 × 9?
Options:
a. 3 × 8
b. 9 × 4
c. 5 × 6
d. 7 × 2

Answer: 9 × 4

Explanation:
Among all the 4 options 9 × 4 is the same product as 4 × 9
So, the correct answer is option B.

Question 5.
Find the unknown factor.
8 × □ = 32
Options:
a. 4
b. 5
c. 6
d. 32

Answer: 4

Explanation:

8 × □ = 32
□ = 32/8 = 4
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 6.
Which multiplication sentence represents the array?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Divide by 8 img 14
Options:
a. 1 × 8 = 8
b. 4 + 4 = 8
c. 2 × 4 = 8
d. 4 × 3 = 12

Answer: 2 × 4 = 8

Explanation:

There are 2 rows and each row contains 4 arrays
The sentence that represents the array is 2 × 4 = 8
So, the correct answer is option C.

Divide by 9 – Page No. 419

Find the quotient.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Divide by 9 img 15

Answer: 4

Explanation:

Factors of 9 are 3, 3
First, divide by 3
36 ÷ 3 = 12
Next divide by 3
12 ÷ 3 = 4
So, the quotient is 4.

Question 2.
30 ÷ 6 = _______

Answer: 5

Explanation:

Factors of 6 are 3, 2
So, first divide by 3
30 ÷ 3 = 30/3 = 10
Next divide by 2
10 ÷ 2 = 5
So, 30 ÷ 6 = 5

Question 3.
_______ = 81 ÷ 9

Answer: 9

Explanation:

Factors of 9 are 3, 3
So, first divide by 3
81 ÷ 3 = 27
Next divide by 3
27 ÷ 3 = 9
The quotient is 9.

Question 4.
27 ÷ 9 = _______

Answer: 3

Explanation:

Factors of 9 are 3, 3
So, first divide by 3
27 ÷ 3 = 9
Next divide by 3
9 ÷ 3 = 3
The quotient is 3.

Question 5.
9 ÷ 9 = _______

Answer: 1

Explanation:

Factors of 9 are 3, 3
So, first divide by 3
9 ÷ 3 = 3
Next divide by 3
3 ÷ 3 = 1
Thus the quotient is 1.

Question 6.
_______ = 63 ÷ 7

Answer: 9

Explanation:

7 divides 63 nine times. Thus the quotient of 63 ÷ 7 is 9.

Question 7.
36 ÷ 6 = _______

Answer: 6

Explanation:

The Factors of 6 are 3, 2
So, first divide 36 by 3
36 ÷ 3 = 12
Next divide 12 by 2
12 ÷ 2 = 6
Thus the quotient of 36 ÷ 6 = 6

Question 8.
_______ = 90 ÷ 9

Answer: 10

Explanation:

Factors of 9 are 3, 3
So, first divide by 3
90 ÷ 3 = 30
Next divide 30 by 3
30 ÷ 3 = 10
So, the quotient is 10.

Question 9.
9)\(\bar { 6 3 }\)
_______

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Factors of 9 are 3, 3
So, first, divide by 3
63 ÷ 3 = 21
Next divide 21 by 3
21 ÷ 3 = 7

Question 10.
9)\(\bar { 1 8 }\)
_______

Answer: 2

Explanation:

Factors of 9 are 3, 3
So, first, divide by 3
18 ÷ 3 = 6
Again divide 6 by 3
6 ÷ 3 = 2

Question 11.
7)\(\bar { 4 9 }\)
_______

Answer: 7

Explanation:

7 divides 49 seven times.
49 ÷ 7 = 7
So, the quotient is 7.

Question 12.
9)\(\bar { 4 5 }\)
_______

Answer: 5

Explanation:

Factors of 9 are 3, 3
So, first, divide by 3
45 ÷ 3 = 15
Next divide 15 by 3
15 ÷ 3 = 5
So, 5 is the quotient.

Find the unknown number.

Question 13.
48 ÷ 8 = g
g = _______

Answer: 6

Explanation:

g is the unknown number
g = 48 ÷ 8
g = 48/8 = 6
Thus g = 6.

Question 14.
s = 72 ÷ 9
s = _______

Answer: 8

Explanation:

s is the unknown number
s = 72 ÷ 9
9 divides 72 eight times.
s = 72/9 = 8
s = 8.

Question 15.
m = 0 ÷ 9
m = _______

Answer: 0

Explanation:

m is the unknown number.
0 divided by any number is 0.
m = 0 ÷ 9 = 0
So. m = 0

Question 16.
54 ÷ 9 = n
n = _______

Answer: 6

Explanation:

n is the unknown number.
54 ÷ 9 = n
9 divides 54 six times.
n = 54/9 = 6
n = 6

Problem Solving

Question 17.
A crate of oranges has trays inside that hold 9 oranges each. There are 72 oranges in the crate. If all trays are filled, how many trays are there?
_______

Answer: 8 trays

Explanation:

A crate of oranges has trays inside that hold 9 oranges each.
Each tray holds 9 oranges.
There are 72 oranges in the crate.
To find the number of trays divide the total number of oranges by number of oranges in one tray.
= 72 ÷ 9 = 8
Therefore there are 8 trays.

Question 18.
Van has 45 new baseball cards. He puts them in a binder that holds 9 cards on each page. How many pages does he fill?
_______

Answer: 5 pages

Explanation:

Given that Van has 45 new baseball cards.
He puts them in a binder that holds 9 cards on each page.
Number of pages he filled = x
x × 9 = 45
x = 45/9 = 5 pages.
Therefore Van has filled 5 pages.

Divide by 9 – Page No. 420

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Darci sets up a room for a banquet. She has 54 chairs. She places 9 chairs at each table. How many tables have 9 chairs?
Options:
a. 5
b. 6
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: 6

Explanation:

Darci sets up a room for a banquet. She has 54 chairs.
She places 9 chairs at each table.
Divide the number of chairs by the number of chairs at each table
54 ÷ 9 = 6
Thus 6 tables have 9 chairs

Question 2.
Mr. Robinson sets 36 glasses on a table. He puts the same number of glasses in each of 9 rows. How many glasses does he put in each row?
Options:
a. 4
b. 5
c. 6
d. 7

Answer: 4

Explanation:

Mr. Robinson sets 36 glasses on a table.
He puts the same number of glasses in each of 9 rows.
Number of glasses in each row = x
x = 36 ÷ 9 |
x = 4
So, the correct answer is option A.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Each month for 9 months, Jordan buys 2 sports books. How many more sports books does he need to buy before he has bought 25 sports books?
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Question 4.
Find the product.
8
× 7
——
Options:
a. 49
b. 56
c. 63
d. 64

Answer: 56

Explanation:

Add 8 7 times = 8 + 8 + 8 + 8 + 8 + 8 + 8 = 56
Thus the product of 8 and 7 is 56
So, the correct answer is option B.

Question 5.
Adriana made 30 pet collars to bring to the pet fair. She wants to display 3 pet collars on each hook. How many hooks will Adriana need to display all 30 pet collars?
Options:
a. 32
b. 12
c. 10
d. 9

Answer: 10

Explanation:

Adriana made 30 pet collars to bring to the pet fair.
She wants to display 3 pet collars on each hook
Divide No. of pet collars by number in each hook
30 ÷ 3 = 10
So, the correct answer is option C.

Question 6.
Carla packs 4 boxes of books. Each box has 9 books. How many books does Carla pack?
Options:
a. 36
b. 27
c. 13
d. 5

Answer: 36

Explanation:

Carla packs 4 boxes of books
Each box has 9 books
Total number of books = x
x = 4 × 9 = 36
Thus Carla packs 36 books

Problem Solving Two-Step Problems – Page No. 425

Solve the problem.

Question 1.
Jack has 3 boxes of pencils with the same number of pencils in each box. His mother gives him 4 more pencils. Now Jack has 28 pencils. How many pencils are in each box?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Two-Step Problems img 16

Answer: 8 pencils

Explanation:

Jack has 3 boxes of pencils with the same number of pencils in each box
His mother gives him 4 more pencils
Now Jack has 28 pencils
To find the number of pencils in each box subtract that 4 pencils from total pencils
= 28 – 4 = 24
Now, there are 24 pencils
To know the number of pencils in each box divide number of pencils by number of boxes
= 24 ÷ 3 = 8 pencils
There are 8 pencils in each box.

Question 2.
The art teacher has 48 paintbrushes. She puts 8 paintbrushes on each table in her classroom. How many tables are in her classroom?
Type below:
__________

Answer: 6 tables

Explanation:

Given,
The art teacher has 48 paintbrushes
She puts 8 paintbrushes on each table in her classroom
Number of tables in her classroom = y
Divide the total number of paintbrushes by number of paintbrushes on each table
= 48 ÷ 8 = 6 tables
Thus there are 6 tables in her classroom

Question 3.
Ricardo has 2 cases of video games with the same number of games in each case. He gives 4 games to his brother. Ricardo has 10 games left. How many video games were in each case?
Type below:
__________

Answer: 7 video games

Explanation:

Ricardo has 2 cases of video games with the same number of games in each case
He gives 4 games to his brother
Ricardo has 10 games left
To find the number of video games in each case first add the number of video games
10 + 4 = 14
Now Divide number of video games by number of cases
= 14 ÷ 2 = 7 video games
There are 7 video games in each case

Question 4.
Patty has $20 to spend on gifts for her friends. Her mother gives her $5 more. If each gift costs $5, how many gifts can she buy?
Type below:
__________

Answer: 5 gifts

Explanation:

Patty has $20 to spend on gifts for her friends
Her mother gives her $5 more.
If each gift costs $5 then the number of gifts she buys = x
Add $20 + $5 = $25
Divide the total amount by each gift cost
25 ÷ 5 = 5
Thus Patty buys 5 gifts for her friends.

Question 5.
Joe has a collection of 35 DVD movies. He received 8 of them as gifts. Joe bought the rest of his movies over 3 years. If he bought the same number of movies each year, how many movies did Joe buy last year?
Type below:
__________

Answer: 9 movies

Explanation:

Joe has a collection of 35 DVD movies
He received 8 of them as gifts.
Joe bought the rest of his movies over 3 years
Subtract gifted DVDs from total collection = 35 – 8 = 27
Now, to know movies did Joe buy last year
divide 27 ÷ 3 = 9 movies
Thus Joe bought 9 movies last year.

Question 6.
Liz has a 24-inch-long ribbon. She cuts nine 2-inch pieces from her original ribbon. How much of the original ribbon is left?
Type below:
__________

Answer: 6 inches

Explanation:

Liz has a 24-inch-long ribbon
She cuts nine 2-inch pieces from her original ribbon
= 9 × 2 inches = 18 inches
Subtract 18 from 24 inches
= 24 – 18
= 6 inches
The original ribbon left is 6 inches.

Two-Step Problems – Page No. 426

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Gavin saved $16 to buy packs of baseball cards. His father gives him $4 more. If each pack of cards costs $5, how many packs can Gavin buy?
Options:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 5
d. 6

Answer: 4

Explanation:

Gavin saved $16 to buy packs of baseball cards
His father gives him $4 more
= $16 + $4 = $20
Each pack of cards costs $5
Divide 20 ÷ 5 = 4
Gavin can buy 4 packs of baseball cards.

Question 2.
Chelsea buys 8 packs of markers. Each pack contains the same number of markers. Chelsea gives 10 markers to her brother. Then, she has 54 markers left. How many markers were in each pack?
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 8

Explanation:

Chelsea buys 8 packs of markers
Chelsea gives 10 markers to her brother.
She has 54 markers left.
Total number of markers = 54 + 10 = 64 markers
Divide total number of markers by number of packs
= 64 ÷ 8 =8
There are 8 markers in each pack.
So, the correct answer is option C.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Each foot has 5 toes. How many toes will 6 feet have?
Options:
a. 11
b. 25
c. 30
d. 35

Answer: 30

Explanation:

Each foot has 5 toes
Number of toes will 6 feet have = x
x × 1 = 5 × 6
x = 30 toes
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 4.
Each month for 5 months, Sophie makes 2 quilts. How many more quilts does she need to make before she has made 16 quilts?
Options:
a. 3
b. 6
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: 6

Explanation:

Sophie makes 2 quilts each month
Number of quilts for 5 months = x
x = 5 × 2 = 10
She has made 16 quilts
Subtract the number of quilts for 5 months from a number of quilts
= 16 – 10 = 6 quilts
So, the answer is option B.

Question 5.
Meredith practices the piano for 3 hours each week. How many hours will she practice in 8 weeks?
Options:
a. 18 hours
b. 21 hours
c. 24 hours
d. 27 hours

Answer: 24 hours

Explanation:

Meredith practices the piano for 3 hours each week
Number of hours she practice in 8 weeks = y
y = 8 × 3
y = 24 hours
So, the answer is option C.

Question 6.
Find the unknown factor.
9 × □ = 36
Options:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 6
d. 8

Answer: 4

Explanation:

□ is the unknown factor
9 × □ = 36
□ = 36/9
□ = 4
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Order of Operations – Page No. 431

Write correct if the operations are listed in the correct order.
If not correct, write the correct order of operations.

Question 1.
45 – 3 × 5 subtract, multiply
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Order of Operations img 17

Answer: multiply, subtract

Explanation:

Step 1:

First, multiply from left to right

Step 2:
Then subtract from left to right

3 × 5 = 15
45 – 15 = 30

Question 2.
3 × 4 ÷ 2 divide, multiply
__________

Answer: multiply, divide

Explanation:

Step 1:

First, divide from left to right

Step 2:
Then divide from left to right
4 ÷ 2 = 2
3 × 2 = 6
3 × 4 ÷ 2 = 6

Question 3.
5 + 12 ÷ 2 divide, add
__________

Answer: correct

Explanation:

Step 1:

First, divide from left to right

Step 2:
Then add from left to right
12 ÷ 2 = 6, 5 + 6 = 11

Question 4.
7 × 10 + 3 add, multiply
__________

Answer: multiply, add

Explanation:

Step 1:

First, multiply from left to right

Step 2:
Then add from left to right

Follow the order of operations to find the unknown number.

Question 5.
6 + 4 × 3 = n
n = _______

Answer: 18

Explanation:

Step 1:

First, multiply from left to right

Step 2:
Then add from left to right

n = 6 + 4 × 3
n = 6 + 12 = 18

Question 6.
8 − 3 + 2 = k
k = _______

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Step 1:

First, add from left to right

Step 2:
Then subtract from left to right
k = 8 − 3 + 2
k = 8 – 1 = 7

Question 7.
24 ÷ 3 + 5 = p
p = _______

Answer: 13

Explanation:

Step 1:

First, divide from left to right

Step 2:
Then add from left to right
24 ÷ 3 + 5
8 + 5 = 13
p = 13

Question 8.
12 − 2 × 5 = r
r = _______

Answer: 2

Explanation:

Step 1:

First, multiply from left to right

Step 2:
Then subtract from left to right
r = 12 − 2 × 5
r = 12 – 10 = 2

Question 9.
7 × 8 − 6 = j
j = _______

Answer: 50

Explanation:

Step 1:

First, multiply from left to right

Step 2:
Then subtract from left to right
j = 7 × 8 − 6
j = 56 – 6 = 50

Question 10.
4 + 3 × 9 = w
w = _______

Answer: 31

Explanation:

Step 1:

First, multiply from left to right

Step 2:
Then add from left to right
w = 4 + 3 × 9
w = 4 + 27
w = 31

Problem Solving

Question 11.
Shelley bought 3 kites for $6 each. She gave the clerk $20. How much change should Shelley get?
_______

Answer: $2

Explanation:

Shelley bought 3 kites for $6 each
She gave the clerk $20
Each kite = $6
Three kites = 3 × $6 = $18
$20 – $18 = $2
Thus Shelley gets $2 change

Question 12.
Tim has 5 apples and 3 bags with 8 apples in each bag. How many apples does Tim have in all?
_______

Answer: 29 apples

Explanation:

Tim has 5 apples
There are 3 bags
Each bag has 8 apples
Number of apples in 3 bags = 8 × 3 = 24 apples
Now to find the total number of apples that Tim have
Add 24 apples and extra 5 apples
We get 24 + 5 = 29 apples

Order of Operations – Page No. 432

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Natalie is making doll costumes. Each costume has 4 buttons that cost 3¢ each and a zipper that costs 7¢. How much does she spend on buttons and a zipper for each costume?
Options:
a. 19¢
b. 33¢
c. 40¢
d. 49¢

Answer: 19¢

Explanation:

Natalie is making doll costumes. Each costume has 4 buttons that cost 3¢ each and a zipper that costs 7¢.
Each button cost 3¢
Cost of 4 buttons = 4 × 3 = 12¢
Add cost of 4 buttons and zipper that costs 7¢
12¢ + 7¢ = 19¢

Question 2.
Leonardo’s mother gave him 5 bags with 6 flower bulbs in each bag to plant. He has planted all except 3 bulbs. How many flower bulbs has Leonardo planted?
Options:
a. 12
b. 15
c. 27
d. 33

Answer: 27

Explanation:

Leonardo’s mother gave him 5 bags with 6 flower bulbs in each bag to plant
Each bag has 6 flower bulbs
5 bags have x flower bulbs
x = 5 × 6 = 30 flower bulbs
He has planted all except 3 bulbs
Subtract 3 bulbs from 30 flower bulbs
30 – 3 = 27 flower bulbs
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Each story in Will’s apartment building is 9 feet tall. There are 10 stories in the building. How tall is the apartment building?
Options:
a. 90 feet
b. 80 feet
c. 19 feet
d. 9 feet

Answer: 90 feet

Explanation:

Each story in Will’s apartment building is 9 feet tall
There are 10 stories in the building
= 10 × 9 = 90 feet
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 4.
Which of the following describes a pattern in the table?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Order of Operations img 18
Options:
a. Add 3.
b. Multiply by 2.
c. Subtract 3.
d. Multiply by 4

Answer: Multiply by 4

Explanation:

The above pattern shows that the number of tables is multiplied by 4.
So, the correct answer is option D.

Question 5.
For decorations, Meg cut out 8 groups of 7 snowflakes each. How many snowflakes did Meg cut out in all?
Options:
a. 72
b. 63
c. 58
d. 56

Answer: 56

Explanation:

Meg cut out 8 groups of 7 snowflakes each
Each group has 7 snowflakes
8 groups have x snowflakes
8 × 7 = 56 snowflakes

Question 6.
A small van can hold 6 students. How many small vans are needed to take 36 students on a field trip to the music museum?
Options:
a. 4
b. 6
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: 6

Explanation:

A small van can hold 6 students
Total number of students = 36
Divide the number of students by the number of students in each van
36 ÷ 6 = 6 vans

Review/Test – Page No. 433

Question 1.
Ming divided 35 marbles between 7 different friends. Each friend received the same number of marbles. How many marbles did Ming give to each friend?
35 ÷ 7 = a
7 × a = 35
Options:
a. 4
b. 5
c. 6
d. 7

Answer: 5

Explanation:

Given,
Ming divided 35 marbles between 7 different friends.
Each friend received the same number of marbles
Let the number of marbles that each friend get = a
a × 7 = 35
a = 35/7 = 5
Now check whether the dividend and the product are related facts or not.
If both are same then the quotient and the unknown factor are 5
So, the correct answer is option B.

Question 2.
Mrs. Conner has 16 shoes.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Review/Test img 19
Select one number from each column to show the division equation represented by the picture.
16 ÷ \(\frac{?}{(\text { divisor })}=\frac{?}{(\text { quotient })}\)
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Review/Test img 20
Type below:
____________

Answer:

16 ÷ 1 = 16
1 is the divisor and 16 is the quotient

16 ÷ 2 = 8
2 is the divisor and 8 is the quotient.

16 ÷ 4 = 4
4 is the divisor and 4 is the quotient.

16 ÷ 16 = 1
16 is the divisor and 1 is the quotient.

Question 3.
Twenty boys are going camping. They brought 5 tents. An equal number of boys sleep in each tent. How many boys will sleep in each tent?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Review/Test img 21
______ boys

Answer: 4 boys

Explanation:

Given,
Twenty boys are going camping.
They brought 5 tents. An equal number of boys sleep in each tent.
Let the number of boys in each camp = x
x × 5 = 20
x = 20/5
x = 4
Therefore there are 4 boys in each tent.

Review/Test – Page No. 434

Question 4.
Circle a number for the unknown factor and quotient that makes the equation true.
4 ×Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Review/Test img 22 = 28 Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Review/Test img 23 = 28 ÷ 4
______                                ______

Answer: 7, 7

Explanation:

4 × Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 review solution image_1 = 28  Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 review solution image_1 = 28 ÷ 4

Question 5.
Mrs. Walters has 30 markers. She gives each student 10 markers. How many students received the markers?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Review/Test img 24
Write a division equation to represent the repeated subtraction.
______ ÷ ______ = ______

Answer: 30 ÷ 10 = 3

Explanation:

Step 1:

Start with 30

Step 2:

Subtract with 10 until you reach 0.

Step 3:

Count the number of times you subtract 10.

You subtracted 10 three times.
So, there are 3 groups of students receive 10 markers.

Question 6.
Complete the chart to show the quotients.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Review/Test img 25
Type below:
____________

Answer:

÷ 27 36 45 54
9 3 4 5 6

Explanation:

Divide 27 ÷ 9 = 3
Divide 36 ÷ 9 = 4
Divide 45 ÷ 9 = 5
Divide 54 ÷ 9 = 6

Question 7.
For numbers 7a–7e, select True or False for each equation.
a. 12 ÷ 6 = 2
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

6 divides 12 by 2 times. So, the quotient is 2.
Thus the above equation is true.

Question 7.
b. 24 ÷ 6 = 3
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation:

6 divides 24 four times. So, the quotient is 4.
The above equation is False.

Question 7.
c. 30 ÷ 6 = 6
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation:

6 divides 30 five times. The quotient is 5.
The above equation is false.

Question 7.
d. 42 ÷ 6 = 7
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

6 divides 42 seven times. The quotient is 7
The given equation is True.

Question 7.
d. 48 ÷ 6 = 8
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

6 divides 48 eight times. So, the quotient is 8.
The above equation is true.

Review/Test – Page No. 435

Question 8.
Alicia says that 6 ÷ 2 + 5 is the same as 5 + 6 ÷ 2. Is Alicia correct or incorrect? Explain.
____________

Answer: Alicia is correct because both the answer of equations are same

6 ÷ 2 + 5 = 3 + 5 = 8
5 + 6 ÷ 2 = 5 + 3 = 8

Question 9.
Keith arranged 40 toy cars in 8 equal rows. How many toy cars are in each row?
______ toy cars

Answer:  5 toy cars

Explanation:

Keith arranged 40 toy cars in 8 equal rows
To know the number of cars in each row
Divide the total number of toy cars by number of equal rows
= 40 ÷ 8 = 40/8 = 5
Thus there are 5 toy cars in each row

Question 10.
Bella made $21 selling bracelets. She wants to know how many bracelets she sold. Bella used this number line.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Review/Test img 26
Write the division equation that the number line represents.
______ ÷ ______ = ______

Answer: 21 ÷ 3 = 7

Explanation:

Step 1:

The count starts at 0.

Step 2:

Jump by 3 until you reach point 21

Step 3:

Count the number of jumps till you reach 21

Step 4:

Number of jumps = 7
So, the answer is 21 ÷ 3 = 7

Question 11.
Each picnic table seats 6 people. How many picnic tables are needed to seat 24 people? Explain the strategy you used to solve the problem.
______ picnic tables

Answer: 4 picnic tables

Explanation:

Given,
Each picnic table seats 6 people
Number of picnic tables are needed to seat 24 people = x
To find the x we have to divide no. of people by number if seats for each picnic table
x = 24 ÷ 6
x = 24/6 = 4
Therefore 4 picnic tables are needed to seat 24 people

Review/Test – Page No. 436

Question 12.
Finn bought 2 packs of stickers. Each pack had the same number of stickers. A friend gave him 4 more stickers. Now he has 24 stickers in all. How many stickers were in each pack? Explain how you solved the problem.
______ stickers

Answer: 14 stickers

Explanation:

Finn bought 2 packs of stickers
A friend gave him 4 more stickers
Now he has 24 stickers in all
Add 24 and 4
24 + 4 = 28 stickers
Divide the number of stickers by number of packs of stickers
= 28 ÷ 2 = 14 stickers
Therefore there are 14 stickers in each pack

Question 13.
Ana used 49 strawberries to make 7 strawberry smoothies. She used the same number of strawberries in each smoothie. How many strawberries did Ana use in each smoothie?
______ strawberries

Answer: 7 strawberries

Explanation:

Ana used 49 strawberries to make 7 strawberry smoothies. She used the same number of strawberries in each smoothie
Divide number of strawberries by number of strawberry smoothies
49 ÷ 7 = 7 strawberries

Question 14.
For numbers 14a–14e, use the order of operation to select True or False for each equation.
a. 81 ÷ 9 + 2 = 11
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

Step 1:

First, divide from left to right
81 ÷ 9 = 9

Step 2:
Then add from left to right
9 + 2 = 11
So, the above statement is true

Question 14.
b. 6 + 4 × 5 = 50
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

Step 1:

First, add from left to right
6 + 4 = 10

Step 2:
Then multiply from left to right
10 × 5 = 50
Thus the above equation is true

Question 14.
c. 10 + 10 ÷ 2 = 15
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

Step 1:

First, divide from left to right
10 ÷ 2 = 5

Step 2:
Then add from left to right
10 + 5 = 15
So, the answer is true

Question 14.
d. 12 − 3 × 2 = 6
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

Step 1:

First, multiply from left to right
3 × 2 = 6

Step 2:
Then subtract from left to right
12 – 6 = 6
Thus the above equation is true

Question 14.
e. 20 ÷ 4 × 5 = 1
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

Step 1:

First, multiply from left to right
4 × 5 = 20

Step 2:
Then divide from left to right
20 ÷ 20 = 1
Thus the above equation is true.

Question 15.
A flower shop sells daffodils in bunches of 9. It sells 27 daffodils. How many bunches of daffodils does the shop sell?
_______ bunches

Answer: 3 bunches

Explanation:

A flower shop sells daffodils in bunches of 9
It sells 27 daffodils
Divide the number of daffodils by number daffodils in each bunch
= 27 ÷ 9 = 3 bunches

Review/Test – Page No. 437

Question 16.
Aviva started a table showing a division pattern.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Review/Test img 27
Part A
Complete the table.
Compare the quotients when dividing by 10 and when dividing by 5. Describe a pattern you see in the quotients.
Type below:
__________

Answer:

÷ 20 30 40 50
10 2 3 4 5
5 4 6 8 10

Divide by 10:

20 ÷ 10 = 2
30 ÷ 10 = 3
40 ÷ 10 = 4
50 ÷ 10 = 5

Divide by 5:

20 ÷ 5 = 4
30 ÷ 5 = 6
40 ÷ 5 = 8
50 ÷ 5 = 10

Question 16.
Part B
Find the quotient, a.
70 ÷ 10 = a
a = _____

How could you use a to find the value of n? Find the value of n.
70 ÷ 5 = n
n = _____
a = _____
n = _____

Answer: n = 14; a = 7

Explanation:

Let a be the unknown factor
70 ÷ 10 = a
a = 70/10
10 divides 70 seven times. So, the quotient a is 7.

n represents the unknown number
70 ÷ 5 = n
n = 70/5 = 14
5 divides 70 fourteen times. The value of n is 14.

Question 17.
Ben needs 2 oranges to make a glass of orange juice. If oranges come in bags of 10, how many glasses of orange juice can he make using one bag of oranges?
_____ glasses

Answer: 5 glasses

Explanation:

Ben needs 2 oranges to make a glass of orange juice.
1 bag contains 10 oranges.
10 ÷ 2 = 5 glasses
Thus 5 glasses of orange juice can be made by one bag of oranges.

Review/Test – Page No. 438

Question 18.
For numbers 18a–18e, select True or False for each equation.
a. 0 ÷ 9 = 0
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

0 divided by any number will be always 0. So, the quotient is 0.
The above equation is true.

Question 18.
b. 9 ÷ 9 = 1
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

9 divides 9 one time. Thus the quotient is 1.
The above equation is true.

Question 18.
c. 27 ÷ 9 = 4
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation:

9 divides 27 three times. So, the quotient is 3.
Thus the above equation is false.

Question 18.
d. 54 ÷ 9 = 6
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

9 divides 54 six times. The quotient is 6.
So, the above statement is true.

Question 18.
e. 90 ÷ 9 = 9
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation:

9 divides 90 ten times. The quotient is 10.
So, the above statement is false.

Question 19.
Ellen is making gift baskets for four friends. She has 16 prizes she wants to divide equally among the baskets. How many prizes should she put in each basket?
_______ prizes

Answer: 4 prizes

Explanation:

Ellen is making gift baskets for 4 friends.
She has 16 prizes she wants to divide equally among the baskets.
Divide the number of prizes by the number of friends
= 16 ÷ 4 = 4
Thus she should put 4 prizes in each basket.

Question 20.
Emily is buying a pet rabbit. She needs to buy items for her rabbit at the pet store.
Part A
Emily buys a cage and 2 bowls for $54. The cage costs $40. Each bowl costs the same amount. What is the price of 1 bowl? Explain the steps you used to solve
the problem.
$ _______

Answer: $7

Explanation:

Emily buys a cage and 2 bowls for $54.
The cage costs $40.
Subtract the cost of cage from $54
$54 – $40 = $14
The cost of 2 bowls = $14
The cot of 1 bowl = x
x × 2 = 14
x = 14/2 = 7
Therefore the cost of each bowl = $7

Question 20.
Part B
Emily also buys food and toys for her rabbit. She buys a bag of food for $20. She buys 2 toys for $3 each. Write one equation to describe the total amount Emily spends on food and toys. Explain how to use the order of operations to solve the equation.
Type below:
____________

Answer: $26

Explanation:

Rule 1: First perform any calculations inside parentheses.
Rule 2: Next perform all multiplications and divisions, working from left to right.
Rule 3: Lastly, perform all additions and subtractions, working from left to right.
$20 + $3 × 2
$20 + $6 = $26

We wish the knowledge shared regarding the Go Math Answer Key for Grade 3 Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies have helped you during your preparation. You will find various approaches to solve problems in our Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Extra Practice. Those who want to arrive at the solutions easily can choose the method of your convenience. Check out the review links provided at the end of the chapter and improvise on the skills.

Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units

Hey guys!!! Are you searching for the grade 2 answer key on various websites? If yes then you can stop your search now. Here you can get detailed explanations for all the questions on this page. As per your convenience, we have provided the Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units in pdf format. Hence Download HMH Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 9 Solution Key Length in Metric Units Concepts for free of cost.

Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 9 Answer Key Length in Metric Units Concepts

Check out the topics before starting your preparation for the exams. We have provided solutions for all the questions as per the textbook. Test yourself by solving the problems given in the mid-chapter checkpoint and review the test. By solving the review test problems you can know how much you have learned from this chapter. Click on the below-given links and kickstart your preparation.

Chapter: 9 – Length in Metric Units

Lesson: 1 Measure with a Centimeter Model

Lesson: 2 Estimate Lengths in Centimeters

Lesson: 3 Measure with a Centimeter Ruler

Lesson: 4 Problem Solving • Add and Subtract Lengths

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson: 5 Centimeters and Meters

Lesson: 6 Estimate Lengths in Meters

Lesson: 7 Measure and Compare Lengths

Review/Test

Length in Metric Units Show What You Know

Compare Lengths
Question 1.
Order the strings from shortest to longest.
Write 1, 2, 3.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 1.1
Answer:
2nd-Grade-Go-Math-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-1.1
By seeing the above figure we can order the strings from shortest to longest.

Use Nonstandard Units to Measure Length
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 1.2
Question 2.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 1.3
Answer:
about 7 cubes
2nd-Grade-Go-Math-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-1.3

Explanation:
Use the cube to measure the length of the pencil. The estimated measure of a pencil is 7

Question 3.

2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 1.4
Answer:
about 7 cubes
2nd-Grade-Go-Math-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-1.4

Explanation:
Use the cube to measure the length of the pen. The estimated measure of a pen is 7.

Measure Length Twice: Nonstandard Units
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 1.5
Question 4.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 1.6
Answer: about 21 linking cubes
2nd-Grade-Go-Math-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-1.5
2nd-Grade-Go-Math-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-1.6

Question 5.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 1.7
Answer: about 9
2nd-Grade-Go-Math-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-1.5 (1)
2nd-Grade-Go-Math-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-1.7

Length in Metric Units Vocabulary Builder

2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 2.1

Visualize It
Fill in the graphic organizer. Think of an object and write about how you can measure the length of that object.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 2.2

Understand Vocabulary
Use the color tiles to estimate the length of each straw.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 2.3
Question 1.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 2.4
about _______ tiles
Answer: 6  tiles
By using the color tiles we can measure the length of the straw.
2nd-Grade-Go-Math-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-2.4

Question 2.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 2.5
about ______ tiles
Answer: 3 tiles
By using the color tiles we can measure the length of the straw.
2nd-Grade-Go-Math-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-2.5

Length in Metric Units Game Estimating Length

Materials
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 2.6
Play with a partner.

  1. Take turns choosing a picture. Find the real object.
  2. Each player estimates the length of the object in cubes and then makes a cube train for his or her estimate.
  3. Compare the cube trains to the length of the object. The player with the closer estimate puts a counter on the picture. If there is a tie, both players put a counter on the picture.
  4. Repeat until all pictures are covered. The player with more counters on the board wins.
    2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 2.7

Length in Metric Units Vocabulary Game

2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 3.1
Go Fish

For 3 players
Materials

  • 4 sets of word cards

How to Play

  1. Every player is dealt 5 cards. Put the rest face-down in a draw pile.
  2. Ask another player for a word card to match a word card you have.
    • If the player has the word card, he or she gives it to you. Put both cards in front of you. Take another turn.
    • If the player does not have the word, he or she answers, “Go fish.” Take a card from the pile. If the word you get matches one you are holding, put both cards in front of you. Take another turn. If it does not match, your turn is over.
  3. The game is over when one player has no cards left. The player with the most pairs wins.
    2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 3.2

The Write Way
Reflect
Choose one idea. Write about it in the space below.

  • Compare a centimeter to a meter. Explain how they are alike and how they are different.
  • Explain how you would find the length of this crayon in centimeters.
    2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 3.3
    How would you compare the length of a door to the length of a window in meters? Draw pictures and write to explain. Use another piece of paper for your drawing.
    2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 3.4

Lesson 9.1 Measure with a Centimeter Model

Essential Question How do you use a centimeter model to measure the lengths of objects?

Listen and Draw

Use 2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.1 1 to measure the length.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.1 2 ______ unit cubes
Answer:  8 unit cubes
2nd-Grade-Go-Math-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.1-2

2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.1 3 ______ unit cubes
Answer:  13 unit cubes
2nd-Grade-Go-Math-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.1-3

2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.1 4 ______ unit cubes
Answer:  9 unit cubes
2nd-Grade-Go-Math-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.1-4

HOME CONNECTION • Your child used unit cubes as an introduction to measurement of length before using metric measurement tools.

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES
Use Tools
Describe how to use unit cubes to measure an object’s length.
Answer:
We can measure the length of the object by locating the unit cubes in a sequence.

Share and Show

Use a unit cube. Measure the length in centimeters.
Question 1.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.1 5
about ________ centimeters
Answer: about 22 centimeters as one cube is equal to one centimeter
2nd-Grade-Go-Math-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.1-5

Question 2.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.1 6
about _________ centimeters
Answer: about 13 centimeters as one cube is equal to one centimeter
2nd-Grade-Go-Math-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.1-6

Question 3.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.1 7
about ________ centimeters
Answer: about 13 centimeters as one cube is equal to one centimeter
2nd-Grade-Go-Math-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.1-7

On Your Own

Use a unit cube. Measure the length in centimeters.
Question 4.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.1 8
about _________ centimeters
Answer: 7 centimeters as one cube is equal to one centimeter
2nd-Grade-Go-Math-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.1-8

Question 5.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.1 9
about ________ centimeters
Answer: about 18 centimeters as one cube is equal to one centimeter
2nd-Grade-Go-Math-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.1-9

Question 6.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.1 10
about ________ centimeters
Answer: about 14 centimeters as one cube is equal to one centimeter
2nd-Grade-Go-Math-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.1-10

Question 7.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.1 11
about __________ centimeters
Answer: about 10 centimeters as one cube is equal to one centimeter
2nd-Grade-Go-Math-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.1-11

Question 8.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.1 12
about __________ centimeters
Answer: about 17 centimeters as one cube is equal to one centimeter
2nd-Grade-Go-Math-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.1-12

Problem Solving • Applications

Solve. Write or draw to explain.
Question 9.
THINK SMARTER
Mrs. Duncan measured the lengths of a crayon and a pencil. The pencil is double the length of the crayon. The sum of their lengths is 24 centimeters. What are their lengths?
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.1 13
crayon : _____________________
pencil : _____________
Answer:
Let the length of the crayon be x
Length of a pencil = 2x
As according to the question that the sum of their length is 24 centimeters.
So we have
x + 2x = 24
3x = 24
x = 8
Thus the length of the crayon = 8 centimeters
Length of pencil = 2x
Substitute the value of x
2 × 8 = 16
Thus the length of pencil is 16 centimeters and
length of crayons is 8 centimeters.

Question 13.
THINK SMARTER +
Marita uses unit cubes to measure the length of a straw. Circle the number in the box that makes the sentence true.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.1 14
Answer: The straw is 7 centimeters long.

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child compare the lengths of other objects to those in this lesson.

Measure with a Centimeter Model Homework & Practice 9.1

Use a unit cube. Measure the length in centimeters.
Question 1.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.1 15
about _______ centimeters
Answer: about 8 centimeters
2nd-Grade-Go-Math-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.1-15

Question 2.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.1 16
about _________ centimeters
Answer: about 11 centimeters
2nd-Grade-Go-Math-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.1-16

Question 3.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.1 17
about ________ centimeters
Answer: about 15 centimeters
2nd-Grade-Go-Math-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.1-17

Problem Solving
Solve. Write or draw to explain.
Question 4.
Susan has a pencil that is 3 centimeters shorter than this string. How long is the pencil?
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.1 18
about _________ centimeters
Answer: about 15 centimeters
2nd-Grade-Go-Math-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.1-18

Question 5.
WRITE
Write about using a unit cube to measure lengths in this lesson.
______________
_____________
Answer:
Let us say your cube has the dimensions of 3 × 4 × 5 to find the area of the cube in the cubic measure you would multiply the three dimensions together and divide by the area of the cubes.

Lesson Check
Question 1.
Sarah used unit cubes to measure the length of a ribbon. Each unit cube is about 1 centimeter long. What is a good estimate for the length of ribbon?
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.1 19
_________ centimeters
Answer: 6 centimeters
2nd-Grade-Go-Math-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.1-19

Spiral Review
Question 2.
What is the time on this clock?
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.1 20
Answer: 10 : 00
2nd-Grade-Go-Math-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.1-20

Question 3.
What is the time on this clock?
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.1 21
Answer: 04 : 40
2nd-Grade-Go-Math-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.1-21

Question 4.
Dan has a paper strip that is 28 inches long. He tears 6 inches off the strip. How long is the paper strip now?
_________ inches
Answer:  22 inches.

Explanation:
Given Dan has a paper strip that is 28 inches long
He tears 6 inches off the strip
so 28 inches – 6 inches = 22 inches
22 inches long is the paper strip.

Question 5.
Rita has 1 quarter, 1 dime, and 2 pennies. What is the total value of Rita’s coins?
$ ______ or ______ cents
Answer:
Quarter = 25 cents
dime = 10 cents
2 pennies = 2 cents
25 + 10 + 2 = 37 cents
Thus the total value of Rita’s coins 37 cents.

Lesson 9.2 Estimate Lengths in Centimeters

Essential Question How do you use known lengths to estimate unknown lengths?

Listen and Draw

Find three classroom objects that are shorter than your 10-centimeter strip. Draw the objects. Write estimates for their lengths.
about ________ centimeters

about ________ centimeters

about ________ centimeters

HOME CONNECTION • Your child used a 10-centimeter strip of paper to practice estimating the lengths of some classroom objects.

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES
Which object has a length closest to 10 centimeters? Explain.
Answer:
2nd-Grade-Go-Math-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.1-16 (1)

Share and Show

Question 1.
The yarn is about 5 centimeters long.
Circle the best estimate for the length of the crayon.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.2 1
Answer: 10 centimeters
Go-Math-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.2-1

Question 2.
The string is about 12 centimeters long.
Circle the best estimate for the length of the straw.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.2 2
Answer: 7 centimeters
Go-Math-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.2-2

On Your Own

Question 3.
The rope is about 8 centimeters long. Circle the best estimate for the length of the paper clip.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.2 3
Answer: 4 centimeters
Go-Math-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.2-3

Question 4.
The pencil is about 11 centimeters long.
Circle the best estimate for the length of the chain.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.2 4
Answer: 13 centimeters
Go-Math-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.2-4

Question 5.
The hair clip is about 7 centimeters long.
Circle the best estimate for the length of the yarn.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.2 5
Answer: 10 centimeters
Go-Math-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.2-5

Question 6.
The ribbon is about 13 centimeters long.
Circle the best estimate for the length of the string.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.2 6
Answer: 11 centimeters
Go-Math-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.2-6

Problem Solving • Applications

Question 7.
THINK SMARTER
For each question, circle the best estimate.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.2 7
Answer:
Go-Math-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.2-7

Question 8.
MATHEMATICAL PRACTICE
Analyze Mr. Lott has 250 more centimeters of tape than Mrs. Sanchez. Mr. Lott has 775 centimeters of tape. How many centimeters of tape does Mrs. Sanchez have?
________ centimeters
Answer: 525 centimeters

Explanation:
Given,
Mr. Lott has 250 more centimeters of tape than Mrs. Sanchez.
Mr. Lott has 775 centimeters of tape.
To find the length of tape we have to subtract 250 from 775
775 – 250 = 525 centimeters

Question 9.
THINK SMARTER
This feather is about 7 centimeters long. Rachel says the yarn is about 14 centimeters long. Is Rachel correct? Explain.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.2 8
________________
_________________
Answer: Yes Rachel is correct because the yarn is double length of the feather.

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Give your child an object that is about 5 centimeters long. Have him or her use it to estimate the lengths of some other objects.

Estimate Lengths in Centimeters Homework & Practice 9.2

Question 1.
The toothpick is about 6 centimeters long. Circle the best estimate for the length of the yarn.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.2 9
Answer: 9 centimeters
Go-Math-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.2-9

Question 2.
The pen is about 11 centimeters long. Circle the best estimate for the length of the eraser.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.2 10
Answer: 4 centimeters
Go-Math-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.2-10

Problem Solving
Question 3.
The string is about 6 centimeters long. Draw a pencil that is about 12 centimeters long.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.2 11
Answer:
Go math grade 2 chapter 9 answer key img_1

Question 4.
WRITE
Choose one exercise above. Describe how you decided which estimate was the best choice.
Answer: Lesson 9.2 Estimate Lengths in Centimeters in this exercise we estimate the length of an object by comparing with the other object. So, this was the best choice.

Lesson Check
Question 1.
The pencil is about 12 centimeters long. Estimate the length of the yarn.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.2 12
Answer: 5 centimeters

Spiral Review
Question 2.
Jeremy has 58 baseball cards. He gives 23 of them to his sister. How many baseball cards does Jeremy have left?
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.2 13
Answer: Jeremy left 35 baseball cards

Question 3.
What is the sum?
14 + 65 = ______
Answer: 79

Question 4.
Adrian has a cube train that is 13 inches long. He adds 6 inches of cubes to the train. How long is the cube train now?
_______ inches
Answer: 19 inches

Explanation:
Given,
Adrian has a cube train that is 13 inches long.
He adds 6 inches of cubes to the train.
13 + 6 = 19 inches

Question 5.
What is the total value of this group of coins?
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.2 14
$ _______, or ______ cents
Answer: 41c

Lesson 9.3 Measure with a Centimeter Ruler

Essential Question How do you use a centimeter ruler to measure lengths?

Listen and Draw

Find three small objects in the classroom.
Use unit cubes to measure their lengths.
Draw the objects and write their lengths.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.3 1

HOME CONNECTION • Your child used unit cubes to measure the lengths of some classroom objects as an introduction to measuring lengths in centimeters.

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES
Apply. Compare
Describe how the three lengths compare. Which object is shortest?
Answer: pencil with 7 centimeters is shortest
Go-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.3-1

Share and Show

Measure the length to the nearest centimeter.
Question 1.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.3 2
_______ centimeters
Answer: about 19 centimeters
Go-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.3-2

Question 2.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.3 3
_______ centimeters
Answer: about 10 centimeters
Go-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.3-3

Question 3.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.3 4
________ centimeters
Answer: about 15 centimeters
Go-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.3-4

On Your Own

Measure the length to the nearest centimeter.
Question 4.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.3 5
________ centimeters
Answer: 18 centimeters
Go-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.3-5

Question 5.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.3 6
_______ centimeters
Answer: 10 centimeters
Go-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.3-6

Question 6.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.3 7
________ centimeters
Answer: 12 centimeters
Go-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.3-7

Question 7.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.3 8
________ centimeters
Answer: 17 centimeters
Go-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.3-8

Question 8.
GO DEEPER
A marker is almost 13 centimeters long. This length ends between which two centimeter-marks on a ruler?
____________________
_____________________
Answer:
It ends between 13 cm and 14 cm mark.

Explanation:
Since this marker in the above question is almost 13 centimeters long and definitely ends between two centimeter marks, the two centimeters that the length of this marker ends between on a ruler should be 13cm and 14 cm marks on the ruler.

Problem Solving • Applications

Question 9.
THINK SMARTER
The crayon was on the table next to the centimeter ruler. The left edge of the crayon was not lined up with the zero mark on the ruler.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.3 9
What is the length of the crayon?
Explain how you found your answer.
____________________
____________________
Answer: 8 centimeter

Explanation:
Shown in the given figure that length of the crayon is between 3 to 11 cms
hence 11-3 we get 8 centimeters

Question 10.
THINK SMARTER
This is Lee’s string. Hana’s string is 7 centimeters long. Whose string is longer? Use a centimeter ruler to find out. Explain.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.3 10
____________________
___________________
Answer: Hana’s string is longer than Lee’s string.
Go-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.3-10

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child measure the lengths of some objects using a centimeter ruler.

Measure with a Centimeter Ruler Homework & Practice 9.3

Measure the length to the nearest centimeter.
Question 1.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.3 11
_________ centimeters
Answer: 9 centimeters
Go-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.3-11

Question 2.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.3 12
__________ centimeters
Answer: 12 centimeters
Go-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.3-12

Problem Solving
Question 3.
Draw a string that is about 8 centimeters long.
Then use a centimeter ruler to check the length.
Answer:
Go-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.3-9

Question 4.
WRITE
Measure the length of the top of your desk in centimeters.
Describe how you found the length.
___________________
___________________
Answer: 12 centimeters
by using rulers found the length of the desk

Lesson Check
Question 1.
Use a centimeter ruler. What is the length of this pencil to the nearest centimeter?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.3 13
_______ centimeters
Answer: 12 centimeters
Go-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.3-13
Spiral Review
Question 2.
What is the time on this clock?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.3 13
Answer: 04 : 05
Go-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.3-14

Question 3.
What is the total value of this group of coins?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.3 15
$ ______ or ______ cents
Answer: 41c

Question 4.
Use the line plot. How many pencils are 5 inches long?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.3 16
______ pencils
Answer: 2

Lesson 9.4 Problem Solving • Add and Subtract Lengths

Essential Question How can drawing a diagram help when solving problems about lengths?

Nate had 23 centimeters of string.
He gave 9 centimeters of string to Myra.
How much string does Nate have now?

Unlock the Problem
What information do
I need to use?
Nate had _________ centimeters of string.
He gave _______ centimeters of string to Myra.

Show how to solve the problem.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.4 1
Nate has ________ centimeters of string now.

Answer: Nate has 14 centimeters of string now.

HOME CONNECTION • Your child drew a diagram to represent a problem about lengths. The diagram can be used to choose the operation for solving the problem.

Try Another Problem

Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.4 2
Draw a diagram. Write a number sentence using a ☐ for the missing number. Then solve.
Question 1.
Ellie has a ribbon that is 12 centimeters long. Gwen has a ribbon that is 9 centimeters long. How many centimeters of ribbon do they have?
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.4 3
______________
They have _________ centimeters of ribbon.
Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.4-3
12 + 9 = 21 cm
Thus They have 21 centimeters of ribbon.

Question 2.
A string is 24 centimeters long. Justin cuts 8 centimeters off. How long is the string now?
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.4 4
___________
Now the string is _________ centimeters long.
Answer: 16 cm
Go-Math-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.4-4
24 – 8 = 16 cm
Now the string is 16 centimeters long.

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES
Explain how your diagram shows what happened in the first problem.
Answer:

Share and Show

Draw a diagram. Write a number sentence using a ☐ for the missing number. Then solve.
Question 3.
A chain of paper clips is 18 centimeters long. Sondra adds 6 centimeters of paper clips to the chain. How long is the chain now?
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.4 5
_____________
The chain is _______ centimeters long now.
Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.4-5
18 + 6 = 24 cm
Thus The chain is 24 centimeters long now.

Question 4.
THINK SMARTER
A ribbon was 22 centimeters long. Then Martha cut a piece off to give to Tao. Now the ribbon is 5 centimeters long. How many centimeters of ribbon did Martha give to Tao?
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.4 6
Martha gave _________ centimeters of ribbon to Tao.
Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.4-6
Given,
A ribbon was 22 centimeters long. Then Martha cut a piece off to give to Tao. Now the ribbon is 5 centimeters long.
22 – 5 = 17 cm
Thus Martha gave 17 centimeters of ribbon to Tao.

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child explain how he or she used a diagram to solve one problem in this lesson.

Problem Solving • Add and Subtract Lengths Homework & Practice 9.4

Draw a diagram. Write a number sentence using a ☐ for the missing number. Then solve.
Question 1.
A straw is 20 centimeters long. Mr. Jones cuts off 8 centimeters of the straw. How long is the straw now?
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.4 7
________________
The straw is _______ centimeters long now.
Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.4-7
Given,
A straw is 20 centimeters long.
Mr. Jones cuts off 8 centimeters of the straw.
20 – 8 = 12 cm
The straw is 12 centimeters long now.

Question 2.
WRITE
Describe a diagram for a problem about the total length of two ribbons, 13 centimeters long and 5 centimeters long.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.4 8
Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.4-8
13 + 5 = 18 centimeters

Lesson Check
Question 1.
Tina has a paper clip chain that is 25 centimeters long. She takes off 8 centimeters of the chain. How long is the chain now?
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.4 9
________ centimeters
Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.4-9
Given,
Tina has a paper clip chain that is 25 centimeters long. She takes off 8 centimeters of the chain.
25 – 8 = 17 centimeters
The chain is 17 centimeters long.

Spiral Review
Question 2.
What is the sum?
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.4 10
Answer: 472
Go-Math-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.4-10

Question 3.
What is another way to write the time half past 7?
_____ : ______
Answer: 07 : 30

Question 4.
Molly has these coins in her pocket. How much money does she have in her pocket?
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.4 11
$ ______ or ______ cents
Answer:
1 quarter = 25 cents
1 dime = 10 cents
1 dime = 10 cents
1 nickel = 5 cents
25c + 10c + 10c + 5c + 50c
= 100 cents

Length in Metric Units Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Concepts and Skills

Use a unit cube. Measure the length in centimeters.
Question 1.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.4 12
about ______ centimeters
Answer: about 11 centimeters
Go-Math-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.4-12

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.4 13
about ________ centimeters
Answer: about 7 centimeters

Question 3.
The pencil is about 11 centimeters long. Circle the best estimate for the length of the string.
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.4 14
Answer: 7 centimeters
Go-Math-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.4-14

Question 4.
THINK SMARTER
Use a centimeter ruler. What is the length of this ribbon to the nearest centimeter?
Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.4 15
_______ centimeters
Answer: 16 centimeters
Go-Math-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.4-15

Lesson 9.5 Centimeters and Meters

Essential Question How is measuring in meters different from measuring in centimeters?

Listen and Draw

Draw or write to describe how you did each measurement.
1st measurement
Go-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.3-11

2nd measurement
Go-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.3-4

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES
Describe how the lengths of the yarn and the sheet of paper are different.
Answer:

Share and Show

Measure to the nearest centimeter.
Then measure to the nearest meter.
Question 1.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 9 Answer Key Pdf Length in Metric Units Concepts 9.5 1
______ centimeters
______ meters
Answer:
100 centimeters
1 meters

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 9 Answer Key Pdf Length in Metric Units Concepts 9.5 2
______ centimeters
______ meters
Answer: 2.5 meters
250 centimeters
2.5  meters

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 9 Answer Key Pdf Length in Metric Units Concepts 9.5 3
______ centimeters
______ meters
Answer:
400 centimeters
4 meters

On Your Own

Measure to the nearest centimeter.
Then measure to the nearest meter.
Question 4.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 9 Answer Key Pdf Length in Metric Units Concepts 9.5 4
______ centimeters
______ meters
Answer: 2 meters
200 centimeters
2 meters

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 9 Answer Key Pdf Length in Metric Units Concepts 9.5 5
______ centimeters
______ meters
Answer:
150 centimeters
1.5  meters

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 9 Answer Key Pdf Length in Metric Units Concepts 9.5 6
______ centimeters
______ meters
Answer:
200 centimeters
2 meters

Question 7.
GO DEEPER
Write these lengths in order from shortest to longest.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 9 Answer Key Pdf Length in Metric Units Concepts 9.5 7
Answer:
200 centimeters
1 meter
10 meters

Problem Solving • Applications

Question 8.
THINK SMARTER
Mr. Ryan walked next to a barn. He wants to measure the length of the barn. Would the length be a greater number of centimeters or a greater number of meters? Explain your answer.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 9 Answer Key Pdf Length in Metric Units Concepts 9.5 8
Answer:
Meters as it is a realistic figure, centimeters would be far too small.

Question 9.
THINK SMARTER
Write the word on the tile that makes the sentence true.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 9 Answer Key Pdf Length in Metric Units Concepts 9.5 9
A bench is 2 _______ long.
A pencil is 15 _______ long.
A paper clip is 3 ______ long.
A bed is 3 ______ long.
Answer:
A bench is 2 meters long.
A pencil is 15 centimeters long.
A paper clip is 3 centimeters long.
A bed is 3 meters long.

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child describe how centimeters and meters are different.

Centimeters and Meters Homework & Practice 9.5

Measure to the nearest centimeter.
Then measure to the nearest meter.
Question 1.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 9 Answer Key Pdf Length in Metric Units Concepts 9.5 10
______ centimeters
______ meters
Answer:
150 centimeters
1.5 meters

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 9 Answer Key Pdf Length in Metric Units Concepts 9.5 11
______ centimeters
______ meters
Answer:
100 centimeters
1 meter

Problem Solving
Question 3.
Sally will measure the length of a wall in both centimeters and meters. Will there be fewer centimeters or fewer meters? Explain.
_________________
_________________
Answer:
There would be a fewer meter. Since 1 m=100 cm.
Fewer centimeters because there will be fewer centimeters

Question 4.
WRITE
Would you measure the length of a bench in centimeters or in meters? Explain your choice.
Answer: Meters

Step-by-step explanation:
Reason: Usually, the bench length is bigger than the length of the chair and the table.
So it will be measured using meters. If we use a meter it will easy to measure and accurate because it somewhat bigger in length than a chair and table.
1 meter = 100 centimeters.
The standard length of a bench will 1.5 meters to 2 meters. Usually, 3 to 4 people will sit on the bench.

Lesson Check
Question 1.
Use a centimeter ruler. What is the length of the toothbrush to the nearest centimeter?
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 9 Answer Key Pdf Length in Metric Units Concepts 9.5 12
______ centimeters
Answer: 14 centimeters
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-9-Answer-Key-Pdf-Length-in-Metric-Units-Concepts-9.5-12

Spiral Review
Question 2.
List a group of coins that equals 65 cents.
____________
_____________
Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-2-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.4

Question 3.
Janet has a poster that is about 3 feet long. Fill in the blanks with the word inches or feet to make the statement true.
3 ______ is longer than 12 ________.
Answer:
The measurement of feets is longer than inches.
1 feet = 12 inches
So, 3 feet is longer than 12 inches.

Question 4.
Last week, 483 children checked books out from the library. This week, only 162 children checked books out from the library. How many children checked out library books in the last two weeks?
Go Math Grade 2 Chapter 9 Answer Key Pdf Length in Metric Units Concepts 9.5 13
Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-2-Chapter-9-Answer-Key-Pdf-Length-in-Metric-Units-Concepts-9.5-13
Given,
Last week, 483 children checked books out from the library.
This week, only 162 children checked books out from the library.
483
+162
642

Question 5.
List a group of coins with a value of $1.00?
______________
_____________
Answer:
100 pennies, 20 nickels, 10 dimes, or 4 quarters

Lesson 9.6 Estimate Lengths in Meters

Essential Question How do you estimate the lengths of objects in meters?

Listen and Draw

Find an object that is about 10 centimeters long. Draw and label it.
Answer: pencil
Go-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.3-13

Is there a classroom object that is about 50 centimeters long? Draw and label it.
Answer: No

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES
Describe how the lengths of the two real objects compare.
Answer: Measure the length of an object twice, using length units of different lengths for the two measurements

Model and Draw

Estimate. About how many meter sticks will match the width of a door?
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.6 1
about ______ meters
Answer: about 1 meter

Share and Show

Find the real object.
Estimate its length in meters.
Question 1.
bookshelf
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.6 2
about _______ meters
Answer: 2 meters

Question 2.
bulletin board
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.6 3
about _______ meters
Answer: 1 meter

On Your Own

Find the real object.
Estimate its length in meters.
Question 3.
teacher’s desk
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.6 4
about _______ meters
Answer: 2.5 meters

Question 4.
wall
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.6 5
about _______ meters
Answer:  4 meters

Question 5.
window
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.6 6
about _______ meters
Answer: 2 meters

Question 6.
chalkboard
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.6 7
about _______ meters
Answer: 2 meters

Problem Solving • Applications

Question 7.
THINK SMARTER
R In meters, estimate the distance from your teacher’s desk to the door of your classroom.
about ________ meters
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.6 8
Explain how you made your estimate.
___________________
___________________
Answer: 3 meters
Explanation: by estimating the distance from your teacher’s desk to the door of your classroom
in meters we will get 3 meters by using measuring tape

Question 8.
THINK SMARTER
Estimate the length of an adult’s bicycle. Fill in the bubble next to all the sentences that are true.
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.6 9
Answer:
The bicycle is about 200 centimeters long.
The bicycle is less than 1 meter long.

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • With your child, estimate the lengths of some objects in meters.

Estimate Lengths in Meters Homework & Practice 9.6

Find the real object.
Estimate its length in meters.
Question 1.
poster
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.6 10
about ________ meters
Answer: 2 meters

Question 2.
chalkboard
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.6 11
about ________ meters
Answer: 2 meters

Problem Solving
Question 3.
Barbara and Luke each placed 2 meter sticks end-to-end along the length of a large table. About how long is the table?
about ________ meters
Answer: 4 meters

Question 4.
WRITE
Choose one object from above. Describe how you estimated its length.
__________________
__________________
Answer: Table
By comparing with the real world we can estimate the length of the table.

Lesson Check
Question 1.
What is the best estimate for the length of a real baseball bat?
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.6 12
_______ meter
Answer: 1 meter

Question 2.
What is the best estimate for the length of a real couch?
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.6 13
_______ meters
Answer: 2 meter

Spiral Review
Question 3.
Sara has two $1 bills, 3 quarters, and 1 dime. How much money does she have?
$ ____ . _____
Answer: $1 + $0.25 + $0.10 = $1.35

Question 4.
Use an inch ruler. What is the length of this straw to the nearest inch?
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.6 14
_______ inches
Answer: 3 inches
2nd-Grade-Go-Math-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.6-14

Question 5.
Scott has this money in his pocket. What is the total value of this money?
2nd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.6 15
$ _____ . _____
Answer: $1.15

Lesson 9.7 Measure and Compare Lengths

Essential Question How do you find the difference between the lengths of two objects?

Listen and Draw

Measure and record each length.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.7 1
_______ centimeters
Answer: 14 centimeters
Go-Math-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.7-1

Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.7 2
_______ centimeters
Answer: 8 centimeters
Go-Math-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.7-2

HOME CONNECTION • Your child measured these lengths as an introduction to measuring and then comparing lengths.

MATHEMATICAL PRACTICES
Name a classroom object that is longer than the paintbrush. Explain how you know.
Answer: Chalk board
as it is 2 meters long which is more than a paint brush

Model and Draw

How much longer is the pencil than the crayon?
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.7 3
The pencil is _______ centimeters longer than the crayon.
Answer: 3 centimeters
Go-Math-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.7-3

Share and Show

Measure the length of each object. Complete the number sentence to find the difference between the lengths.
Question 1.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.7 4
The string is ________ centimeters longer than the straw.
Answer: 13 – 9 = 4 centimeters
Go-Math-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.7-4

Question 2.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.7 5
The paintbrush is ________ centimeters longer than the toothpick.
Answer: 15 – 5 = 10 centimeters
Go-Math-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.7-5

On Your Own

Measure the length of each object. Complete the number sentence to find the difference between the lengths.
Question 3.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.7 6
The yarn is ________ centimeters longer than the crayon.
Answer: 10 – 8 = 2
Go-Math-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.7-6

Question 4.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.7 7
The string is ________ centimeters longer than the paper clip.
Answer:
8 – 4 = 4 centimeters
Go-Math-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.7-7

Question 5.
THINK SMARTER
Use a centimeter ruler. Measure the length of your desk and the length of a book.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.7 8
desk: ______ centimeters
book: ______ centimeters
Which is shorter? __________
How much shorter is it? __________
Answer:
book is shorter than desk.

Problem Solving • Applications

Analyze Relationships
Question 6.
Mark has a rope that is 23 centimeters long. He cuts 15 centimeters off. What is the length of the rope now?
_________ centimeters
Answer: 8 centimeters

Question 7.
The yellow ribbon is 15 centimeters longer than the green ribbon. The green ribbon is 29 centimeters long. What is the length of the yellow ribbon?
_________ centimeters
Answer: 44 centimeters

Question 8.
THINK SMARTER +
Measure the length of each object. Which object is longer? How much longer? Explain.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.7 9
________________
__________________
Answer:  Marker is 11 centimeters
and the string is 6 centimeters
hence the marker is longer than the string
Go-Math-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.7-9

TAKE HOME ACTIVITY • Have your child tell you how he or she solved one of the problems in this lesson.

Measure and Compare Lengths Homework & Practice 9.7

Measure the length of each object. Write a number sentence to find the difference between the lengths.
Question 1.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.7 10
The craft stick is ________ centimeters longer than the chalk.
Answer: 3 centimeters
Go-Math-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.7-10

Explanation:
The length of the craft stick is 8 centimeters
The length of chalk is 6 centimeters
11 – 8 = 3
Thus the craft stick is 3 centimeters longer than the chalk.

Problem Solving

Solve. Write or draw to explain.
Question 2.
A string is 11 centimeters long, a ribbon is 24 centimeters long, and a large paper clip is 5 centimeters long. How much longer is the ribbon than the string?
________ centimeters longer
Answer: 19 centimeters longer

Question 3.
WRITE
Suppose the lengths of two strings are 10 centimeters and 17 centimeters. Describe how the lengths of these two strings compare.
_____________________
______________________
Answer:
The length of the second string is 7 centimeters longer than the first string.

Lesson Check
Question 1.
How much longer is the marker than the paper clip? Circle the correct answer.
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.7 11
11 centimeters longer
8 centimeters longer
10 centimeters longer
5 centimeters longer
Answer: 11 centimeters
Go-Math-2nd-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-9.7-11

Spiral Review
Question 2.
What is the total value of these coins?
Go Math 2nd Grade Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units 9.7 12
$ _______ or ______ cents
Answer: 100 cents and 1 $

Question 3.
What is a reasonable estimate for the length of a real chalkboard?
_______ feet
Answer: 5 feet

Question 4.
Cindy leaves at half past 2. At what time does Cindy leave?
___ : ___
Answer: 02:30

Length in Metric Units Review/Test

Question 1.
Michael uses unit cubes to measure the length of the yarn. Circle the number in the box that makes the sentence true.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units rt 1
Answer: The yarn is 4 centimeters long.
Go-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-rt-1

Question 2.
The paper clip is about 4 centimeters long. Robin says the string is about 7 centimeters long. Gale says the string is about 20 centimeters long.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units rt 2
Which girl has the better estimate? Explain.
_______________
_______________
Answer: Robin has a better estimation.

Question 3.
GO DEEPER
Sandy’s paper chain is 14 centimeters long. Tim’s paper chain is 6 centimeters long. How many centimeters of the paper chain do they have? Draw a diagram. Write a number sentence using a ☐ for the missing number. Then solve.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units rt 3
____________
The paper chain is _________ centimeters long now.
Answer:
Given,
Sandy’s paper chain is 14 centimeters long. Tim’s paper chain is 6 centimeters long.
14 + 6 = 20
The paper chain is 20 centimeters long now.

Question 4.
Write the word on the tile that makes the sentence true.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units rt 4
A hallway is 4 ______ long.
A marker is 15 ______ long.
A toothpick is 5 ______ long.
A sofa is 2 _______ long.
Answer:
A hallway is 4 meters long.
A marker is 15 centimeters long.
A toothpick is 5 centimeters long.
A sofa is 2 meters long.

Question 5.
Estimate the length of a real car. Fill in the bubble next to all the sentences that are true.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units rt 5
Answer:
The car is less than 6 meters long

Question 6.
THINK SMARTER
Measure the length of each object. Does the sentence describe the objects? Choose Yes or No.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units rt 6
Answer: By seeing the above figure we can say that the crayon is 4 centimeters shorter than the marker.

Question 7.
Ethan’s rope is 25 centimeters long. Ethan cuts the rope and gives a piece to Hank. Ethan’s rope is now 16 centimeters long. How many centimeters of rope does Hank have?
Draw a diagram. Write a number sentence using a ☐ for the missing number. Then solve.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units rt 7
______________
Hank has ________ centimeters of rope.
Answer:
Go-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-rt-7
Given,
Ethan’s rope is 25 centimeters long.
Ethan cuts the rope and gives a piece to Hank.
Ethan’s rope is now 16 centimeters long.
25 – 16 = 9 centimeters
Thus Hank has 9 centimeters of rope.

Question 8.
Measure the length of the paintbrush to the nearest centimeter. Circle the number in the box that makes the sentence true.
Go Math Answer Key Grade 2 Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units rt 8
Answer: The paintbrush is about 14 centimeters long.
Go-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-2-Chapter-9-Length-in-Metric-Units-rt-8

Conclusion:

All the solutions that prevailed in the Go Math Grade 2 Answer Key Chapter 9 Length in Metric Units are prepared by the subject experts. Feel free to post your doubts in the below-mentioned comment box. Our team will try to clarify your doubts as early as possible. Keep in touch with our page to get Go Math Grade Answer Key for all the chapters.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Assessment Test

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Assessment Test includes all the topics of Chapter 5. Through the Grade 3 Go Math Answer Key Ch 5 Assessment Test you can overcome your shortcomings. The Assessment Test has Problems in the Chapter Test, Practice Test, Cumulative Practice of Chapter 5.

Improve on the areas lagging and refer to Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Assessment Test. Score better grades in your exam by referring to Step by Step Solutions provided for the 3rd Grade Go Math Ch 5 Use Multiplication Facts Assessment Test.

Chapter 5: Use Multiplication Facts Assessment Test

Test – Page 1 – Page No. 51

Question 1.
The dance company wants to rent trunks to hold their costumes when they travel. Each trunk can hold costumes for 6 dancers. Which equation could be used to find how many trunks are needed for 48 dancers?
Options:
a. 6 × 48 = ■
b. 48 × ■ = 6
c. 48 × 6 = ■
d. ■ × 6 = 48

Answer: option d, 8 × 6 = 48

Explanation:
Given that trunk can hold costumes for 6 dancers
No of trunks needed to hold costumes of 48 dancers = 48 / 6 = 8
Therefore  8 × 6 = 48.

Question 2.
Select the equations that show the Distributive Property. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 3 × 60 = 3 × (20 + 20 + 20)
b. 5 × 20 = (5 × 2) × (5 × 10)
c. 50 × 7 = 7 × 50
d. 8 × (10 + 30) = 8 × 40

Answer: option a and d

Explanation:
Both option a and d shows the Distributive Property,
3 × 60 = 3 × (20 + 20 + 20)
90 = 3 × (60) => 90, LHS = RHS. Same applies for option d as well.

Question 3.
Choose the number from the box that makes the sentence true.
Study hall has 63 desks. There are 9 desks in each row.
There are Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Assessment Test Test - Page 1 img 1 rows of desks in study hall.
_____

Answer: 7 × 9 = 63

Explanation:
Given that a study hall has 63 desks and each row consist of 9 desks
Therefore no of rows in study hall = 63/9 = 7.

Test – Page 2 – Page No. 52

Question 4.
For numbers 4a-4d, choose True or False for each equation.
a. 9 × (3 + 3) = 9 × 6
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation: 9 × (3 + 3) = 9 × 6 => 9 × 6 = 54, both L.H.S and R.H.S gives 54.

Question 4.
b. 9 × (4 + 4) = 9 × 6
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False.

Explanation: 9 × (4 + 4) = 9 × 6 => 9 × 8 = 9 × 6 => 72 ≠ 54.

Question 4.
c. (3 × 9) + (2 × 9) = 9 × 6
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False.

Explanation: (3 × 9) + (2 × 9) = 9 × 6 => 27 + 18 = 9 × 6 => 45 ≠ 54.

Question 4.
d. (9 × 4) + (9 × 2) = 9 × 6
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation: (9 × 4) + (9 × 2) = 9 × 6 => 36 + 18 = 54 => 54 = 54, both L.H.S = R.H.S.

Question 5.
Carmen keeps her card collection in a folder with 20 pages. Each page has 8 cards. Willie has 150 cards in his collection. Does Carmen have more, fewer, or the same number of cards as Willie?
Options:
a. She has more cards than Willie.
b. She has the same number of cards as Willie.
c. She has fewer cards than Willie.

Answer: a.

Explanation: Carmen has 20 pages folder each having 8 cards, therefore total cards = 20 × 8 = 160
Given that Willie has 150 cards, Therefore Carmen has 10 more cards compared to Willie.

Question 6.
For items 6a–6d, choose Yes or No to show whether the unknown factor is 9.
a. 6 × ■ = 56
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: No.

Explanation: 6 × 9 = 54 not 56.

Question 6.
b. ■ × 4 = 42
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: No.

Explanation: 9 × 4 = 36 not 42.

Question 6.
c. 8 × ■ = 72
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes

Explanation: 8 × 9 = 72.

Question 6.
d. ■ × 50 = 450
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes

Explanation: 9 × 50 = 450.

Question 7.
Each bus can carry 40 people. Use the number line to find how many people 3 buses can carry.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Assessment Test Test - Page 2 img 2
_____ people

Answer: 120 people.

Explanation: From below number line 3 buses carry = (40 + 40 +40) = 120 people

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Assessment Test

Test – Page 3 – Page No. 53

Question 8.
Neil made this multiplication model. Complete the equation that represents the model.
_____ × _____ = _____
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Assessment Test Test - Page 3 img 3

Answer: 20 × 4 = 80

Explanation:
In the given model every column contains 10 boxes in each row.
Every part has 2 rows, so each part contains 20 boxes
Since we have 4 parts of it total boxes would be = 20 × 4 = 80
Therefore equation that represents the multiplication model is 20 × 4 = 80.

Question 9.
A flower shop delivers fresh flower bouquets to hotels each week. Which hotel buys the least number of flowers?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Assessment Test Test - Page 3 img 4
__________

Answer: The Welcome Inn Hotel buys the least number of flowers.

Explanation:
No of flowers in 1 Bouquet of Welcome Inn Hotel = 7
No of Bouquets = 50, total no of flowers = 7 × 50 = 350
No of flowers in 1 Bouquet of Wild Rose Hotel = 8
No of Bouquets = 60, total no of flowers = 8 × 60 = 480
No of flowers in 1 Bouquet of Bayside Hotel = 6
No of Bouquets = 70, total no of flowers = 6 × 70 = 420
No of flowers in 1 Bouquet of Bayside Hotel = 5
No of Bouquets = 80, total no of flowers = 6 × 80 = 480
Therefore comparing all the hotels, Welcome Inn Hotel buys the least number of flowers.

Question 10.
A store has 3 crates of oranges. Each crate holds 2 boxes. Each box holds 20 oranges. What is the total number of oranges in the store?
_____ oranges

Answer: Total no of oranges in the store is 120.

Explanation:
Given that store has 3 crates of oranges having 2 boxes each
Each box holds 20 oranges, total no of oranges = 3 × 2 × 20 = 120.

Question 11.
The new lion cub at the zoo weighs 41 pounds. He has been gaining 5 pounds every month as he grows. If this pattern continues, how much will the cub weigh 4 months from now?
_____ pounds

Answer: 61 pounds.

Explanation:
Weight of lion cub = 41 pounds
Number of pounds increases every month = 5
Current weight of cub from past 4 months = 41 + (4 × 5) = 61.

Test – Page 4 – Page No. 54

Question 12.
Shelly describes a pattern. She says the pattern shown in the table is “Add 5.” Is Shelly correct? Explain how you know.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Assessment Test Test - Page 4 img 5
_____

Answer: No, she is not correct

Explanation: The pattern works for the first pair of (packages and markers) numbers, not for the remaining. The pattern is “Multiply the number of packages by 6.”

Question 13.
This shows a part of a multiplication table. Find the missing numbers. Explain how you found the numbers.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Assessment Test Test - Page 4 Test - Page 4 img 6

Answer:

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Assessment Test

 

Explanation:
The only numbers that have a product of 28 are 4 and 7.
The only numbers that have a product of 32 are 4 and 8.
This tells us that 4 is the number for the top row. That means 5 is the next row down and 6 is the row after that.
The factors of the columns are 7 and 8, so we can multiply to find the missing numbers.

Question 14.
Describe a pattern for this table.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Assessment Test Test - Page 4 img 7
Pattern: _________________

 Answer: Multiply the number of CDs by 50.

How would the table change if the pattern was “Multiply the number of CDs by 5”? Explain.

Answer: The table would change by taking a zero off each number of minutes in the second row because you would be multiplying by ones, not tens.

Test – Page 5 – Page No. 55

Question 15.
Aroon has 180 cat toys to pack in boxes. He packs 30 toys in each box. How many boxes does he need?
Write an equation using the letter n to stand for the unknown factor. Explain how to find the unknown factor.

Answer: Aroon needs 6 boxes.

Explanation:
Aroon has 180 cat toys, he packs 30 toys in each box
Let no of boxes needed be n
therefore n × 30 = 180 => n = 180/30 = 6.

Question 16.
A store has 5 shelves of soup. There are 20 cans of soup on each shelf. How many cans of soup does the store have?
Shade squares to make a diagram to show how you can use the Distributive Property to find the number of cans of soup in the store.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Assessment Test Test - Page 5 img 8
_____ cans of soup

Answer: 5 × (10 + 10) = (5 × 10) + (5 × 10) = 50 + 50 = 100

Explanation:
Given that store has 5 shelves of Soup, each shelf has 20 cans of soup.
Therefore the number of can of soup store have = 5 × 20 = 100 cans
From the given model we can write 5 × (10 + 10) = (5 × 10) + (5 × 10) = 100.                                                                                                 Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Assessment Test

Test – Page 6 – Page No. 56

Question 17.
Beth saves all her dimes. Today she is getting them out of her coin jar and wrapping them to take to the bank. She finds she has 400 dimes. It takes 50 dimes to fill each paper wrapper and make a roll. How many wrappers does she need?
Part A
Write an equation using n for the unknown factor. Find the number of wrappers needed.
_____ × _____ = _____
_____ × _____ = _____

Answer:
n × 50 = 400
n = 400/50 = 20 wrappers

Explanation:
Given that Beth has 400 dimes and in each paper wrapper she fills 50 dimes
No of paper wrappers needed = n
therefore n = 400/50 = 20.

Question 17.
Part B
Explain how you solved this problem and how you know your answer is correct.

Explanation:
We used place value, and we know 8×5= 40, so 8×5 tens= 40 tens. As 40 tens = 400.

Question 18.
Two friends have jobs at the mall. Juan works 40 hours each week and earns $9 per hour. Thomas works 50 hours per week and earns $7 per hour.
Part A
Who earns more each week?

Answer: Juan earns for each week compared to Thomas.

Explanation:
Juan works for 40 hrs each week earning $9 per hr
Total earnings of Juan per week = 40 × 9 = $ 360
Thomas works for 50 hrs each week earning $7 per hr
Total earnings of Thomas per week = 50 × 7 = $ 350.

Question 18.
Part B
Explain how you found your answer.

Answer:
Juan works for 40 hrs each week earning $9 per hr
Total earnings of Juan per week = 40 × 9 = $ 360
Thomas works for 50 hrs each week earning $7 per hr
Total earnings of Thomas per week = 50 × 7 = $ 350.

Final Words

Hope the information shared regarding the Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts Assessment Test has cleared your queries. To know in-depth about the concepts of Grade 3 Ch 5 make use of the Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 5 Use Multiplication Facts.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Extra Practice

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Division Facts and Strategies Extra Practice

Are you looking for Homework Help on Go Math Grade 3 Ch 7? Then, this Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Extra Practice is of great help during your preparation. Assess your preparation standard and understand where you went wrong with Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Extra Practice.

Grade 3 Go Math Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Extra Practice

Taking the help of approaches used for solving the Problems in HMH Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Extra Practice you can get faster results. Get to know about the topics in advance and begin your preparation. Solve the Questions from 3rd Grade Go Math Answer Key Ch 7 Extra Practice and clarify all your queries then and there itself.

Common Core – Page No. 149000

Lessons 7.1–7.2

Find the quotient. You may want to draw a quick picture to help.

Question 1.
8 ÷ 2 = ______

Answer: 4

Question 2.
______ = 14 ÷ 2

Answer: 7

Question 3.
18 ÷ 2 = ______

Answer: 9

Question 4.
______ = 12 ÷ 2

Answer: 6

Question 5.
70 ÷ 10 = ______

Answer: 7

Question 6.
50 ÷ 10 = ______

Answer: 5

Question 7.
40 ÷ 10 = ______

Answer: 4

Question 8.
90 ÷ 10 = ______

Answer: 9

Lessons 7.3–7.4

Find the quotient.

Question 9.
15 ÷ 5 = ______

Answer: 3

Explanation:

5 divides 15 into 3 equal groups. So the quotient of 15 and 5 is 3.

Question 10.
______ = 45 ÷ 5

Answer: 9

Explanation:

5 divides 45 into nine equal groups. Thus the quotient is 9.

Question 11.
______ = 10 ÷ 5

Answer: 2

Explanation:

5 divides 10 two times. So the quotient of 10 and 5 is 2.

Question 12.
40 ÷ 5 = ______

Answer: 8

Explanation:

5 divides 40 into eight equal groups. So the quotient is 8.

Question 13.
6 ÷ 3 = ______

Answer: 2

Explanation:

3 divides 6 into two equal groups. Thus the quotient is 2.

Question 14.
______ = 21 ÷ 3

Answer: 7

Explanation:

3 divides 21 into seven equal groups. So the quotient is 7.

Question 15.
______ = 24 ÷ 3

Answer: 8

Explanation:

3 divides 24 eight times. Thus the quotient is 8.

Question 16.
______ = 18 ÷ 3

Answer: 6

Explanation:

3 divides 18 into six equal parts. Therefore the quotient is 6.

Question 17.
There are 30 balloons arranged in 6 equal groups. How many balloons are in each group?
______ balloons

Answer: 5 balloons

Explanation:

Total number of balloons = 30
Number of balloons arranged in equals groups = 6
Number of balloons in each group = x
Divide the number of balloons by a number of equal groups.
= 30 ÷ 6 = 5 balloons
Therefore number of balloons in each group = 5

Question 18.
Mr. Song spends $27 on sports drinks. Each bottle costs $3. How many bottles does Mr. Song buy?
______ bottles

Answer: 9

Explanation:

Given,
Mr. Song spends $27 on sports drinks. Each bottle costs $3.
Number of bottles he bought = x
x × 3 = 27
x = 27 ÷ 3 = 9
Thus Mr. Song bought 9 bottles.

Lesson 7.5

Find the quotient.

Question 19.
28 ÷ 4 = ______

Answer: 7

Explanation:

4 divides 28 seven times. So the quotient is 7.

Question 20.
______ = 16 ÷ 4

Answer: 4

Explanation:

4 divides 16 four times. The quotient of 16 and 4 is 4.

Question 21.
______ = 20 ÷ 4

Answer: 5

Explanation:

4 divides 20 five times. Thus the quotient is 5.

Question 22.
______ = 32 ÷ 4

Answer: 8

Explanation:

4 divides 32 eight times. So the quotient of 32 and 4 is 8.

Question 23.
4)\(\bar { 3 6 }\)
______

Answer: 9

Explanation:

4 divides 36 nine times. Thus the quotient is 9.

Question 24.
4)\(\bar { 1 2 }\)
______

Answer: 3

12 ÷ 4

4 divides 12 three times. So the quotient of 12 and 4 is 3.

Question 25.
4)\(\bar { 2 4 }\)
______

Answer: 6

Explanation:

4 divides 24 six times. Thus the quotient is 6.
24 ÷ 4 = 6

Question 26.
4)\(\bar { 4 }\)
______

Answer: 1

Explanation:

Any number divides by the same number will be always 1. Thus the quotient is 1.

Find the unknown number.

Question 27.
a = 40 ÷ 4
a = _____

Answer: 10

Explanation:

Let the unknown number be a
4 divides 40 ten times.
a = 40 ÷ 4
a = 40/4 = 10
Therefore a = 10

Question 28.
0 ÷ 4 = b
b = _____

Answer: 0

Explanation:

0 divides by any number are always 0. So the value of b is 0.

Question 29.
c = 36 ÷ 4
c = ______

Answer: 9

Explanation:

Let c be the unknown number
36 ÷ 4 = C
4 divides 36 nine times.
Thus the value of c is 9.

Question 30.
8 ÷ 4 = d
d = ______

Answer: 2

Explanation:

d is the unknown number
d = 8 ÷ 4
4 divides 8 two times.
Thus the value of d is 2.

Common Core – Page No. 150000

Lessons 7.6–7.7

Find the unknown factor and quotient.

Question 1.
7 × ______ = 35 35 ÷ 7 = ______

Answer: 5, 5

Explanation:

Let the unknown factor be x
7 × x = 35
x = 35 ÷ 7
x = 5
Now check whether the related multiplication and division facts are the same.
35 ÷ 7 = 5
Thus the unknown factor and quotient are the same. So the answer is 5.

Question 2.
6 × ______ = 54 54 ÷ 6 = ______

Answer: 9, 9

Explanation:

Let the unknown factor be y
6 × y = 54
y = 54 ÷ 6
6 divides 54 nine times. Thus the unknown factor is 9.
Now check if the related multiplication and division facts are the same.
54 ÷ 6 = 9
Therefore the unknown factor and the quotient are the same I.e., 9

Question 3.
6 × ______ = 18 18 ÷ 6 = ______

Answer: 3, 3

Explanation:

Let the unknown factor be t
6 × t = 18
t = 18/6 = 3
Now check the related multiplication and division facts of the equation
18 ÷ 6 = 3
The related multiplication and division facts are the same.
Thus the unknown factor and quotient are 3.

Question 4.
7 × ______ = 49 49 ÷ 7 = ______

Answer: 7, 7

Explanation:

Let the unknown factor be x
7 × x = 49
x = 49/7 = 7
Check whether the related multiplication and division facts of the equation are the same or not.
49 ÷ 7 = 7
By thus we can say that the related facts are the same. So the unknown factor and quotient are 7.

Find the quotient.

Question 5.
36 ÷ 6 = ______

Answer: 6

Explanation:

First take the factors of 6
Factors of 6 are 3, 2
First divide 36 by 3
36 ÷ 3 = 12
Now divide 12 by 2
12 ÷ 2 = 6
So the quotient is 6.

Question 6.
48 ÷ 6 = ______

Answer: 8

Explanation:

The factors of 6 are 3 and 2
First divide by 3
48 ÷ 3 = 16
Now divide 16 by 2
16 ÷ 2 = 8
So the quotient is 8.

Question 7.
7)\(\bar { 6 3 }\)
______

Answer: 9

Explanation:

The factors of 7 are 1, 7
Divide 63 by 7
7 divides 63 nine times. So the quotient is 9.

Question 8.
7)\(\bar { 5 6 }\)
______

Answer: 8

Explanation:

The factors of 7 are 1, 7
7 divides 56 eight times. So the quotient is 8.

Lessons 7.8–7.9

Find the quotient.

Question 9.
40 ÷ 8 = ______

Answer: 5

Explanation:

Factors of 8 is 4, 2
First divide by 4
40 ÷ 4 = 10
Next divide 10 by 2
10 ÷ 2 = 5
So the quotient is 5.

Question 10.
______ = 24 ÷ 8

Answer: 3

Explanation:

The factors of 8 is 4 and 2
Divide 24 by 4
24 ÷ 4 = 6
Now divide 6 by 2
6 ÷ 2 = 3
So the quotient of 24 ÷ 8 = 3

Question 11.
72 ÷ 9 = ______

Answer: 8

Explanation:

The factors of 9 are 3, 3
First divide 72 by 3
72 ÷ 3 = 24
Next divide 24 by 3
24 ÷ 3 = 8
The quotient of 72 ÷ 9 = 8

Question 12.
______ = 81 ÷ 9

Answer: 9

Explanation:

The factors of 9 are 3, 3
Divide 81 by 3
81 ÷ 3 = 27
Now divide 27 by 3
27 ÷ 3 = 9
The quotient of 81 ÷ 9 = 9

Find the unknown number.

Question 13.
36 ÷ 9 = m
m = ______

Answer: 4

Explanation:

Let m be the unknown number
The factors of 9 are 3, 3
First, divide by 3
36 ÷ 3 = 12
Next divide 12 by 3
12 ÷ 3 = 4
So the value of m is 4.

Question 14.
18 ÷ 9 = ■
■ ______

Answer: 2

Explanation:

Take the factors of 9
Divide 18 by 3
18 ÷ 3 = 6
Now divide 6 by 3
6 ÷ 3 = 2
■ = 2

Question 15.
48 ÷ 8 = b
b = ______

Answer: 6

Let b be the unknown number
The factors of 8 is 4, 2
Divide 48 by 4
48 ÷ 4 = 12
Next divide 12 by 2
12 ÷ 2 = 6
Therefore the value of b = 6

Question 16.
56 ÷ 8 = p
p = ______

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Let p be the unknown number
The factors of 8 are 4, 2
First, divide 56 by 4
56 ÷ 4 = 14
Next divide 14 by 2
14 ÷ 2 = 6
The value of p is 6.

Lesson 7.10

Question 17.
At a store, there are 5 vases. Each vase has the same number of flowers. Sixteen flowers are sold. Now there are 24 flowers left. How many flowers were in each vase?
______ flowers

Answer: 8 flowers

Explanation:

Given that,
Number of vases = 4
Number of flowers sold = 16
Number of flowers left = 24
Total number of flowers = 16 + 24 = 40
To find the number of flowers in each vase you need to divide the total number of flowers by number of vases
= 40 ÷ 5 = 8 flowers
Thus the number of flowers in each vase = 8

Question 18.
Lizzy bought 4 bags of apples. Each bag had the same number of apples. Her mom gave her 8 more apples. Now Lizzy has 36 apples. How many apples were in each bag?
______ bags

Answer: 7 apples

Explanation:

Given,
Lizzy bought 4 bags of apples.
Number of apples her mother gave = 8
Number of apples now Lizzy have = 36
To find the actual number of apples before her mother gave, we need to subtract 8 from 36
36 – 8 = 28
Now divide the number of apples by number of bags
28 ÷ 4 = 7 apples
Therefore the number of apples in each bag = 7 apples

Lesson 7.11

Follow the order of operations to find the unknown number.

Question 19.
10 − 3 + 4 = t
t = ______

Answer: 11

Explanation:

First subtract from left to right and then add
10 – 3 + 4 = 7 + 4 = 11
Therefore t = 11

Question 20.
8 − 3 × 2 = p
p = ______

Answer: 2

Explanation:

First multiple 3 and 2
3 × 2 = 6
And then subtract 6 from 8, you get 2
Thus p = 2

Question 21.
24 ÷ 6 + 2 = w
w = ______

Answer: 6

Explanation:

First, divide 24 and 6
24 ÷ 6 = 4
Now add from left to right
4 + 2 = 6
Therefore the unknown number w = 6

Conclusion

Solve the Problems in Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Extra Practice and score better grades in your exams. If you want homework help you can always go through Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies. Become pro in the concepts of Grade 3 Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies with our Step by Step Solution provided here.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers

go-math-grade-7-chapter-1-adding-and-subtracting-integers-answer-key

Are you searching for Go Math Grade 7 Solutions? then what are you waiting for Download Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers pdf for free of cost. Here we are providing the step by step explanation for all the questions in Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key for Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers

We suggest the students check out the topics of Grade 7 chapter 1 before you start your preparation for exams. The chapter Adding and Subtracting Integers contains topics such as Adding Integers with the Same Sign, Different sign, Subtracting Integers, Applying Addition and Subtraction of Integers, and so on. Tap the below links and try to solve the questions provided in the Go Math Grade 7 Solution Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers.

Chapter 1 – Adding Integers with the Same Sign

Chapter 1 – Adding Integers with Different Signs

Chapter 1 – Subtracting Integers

Chapter 1 – Applying Addition and Subtraction of Integers

Chapter 1 – MODULE 1

Adding Integers with the Same Sign – Guided Practice – Page No. 10

Find each sum.

Question 1.
-5 + (-1)
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 1: Adding Integers with the Same Sign img 1
a. How many counters are there?
_______ counters

Answer: 6

Explanation:
By seeing the above pictures we can say that there are 6 counters.

Question 1.
b. Do the counters represent positive or negative numbers?
____________

Answer: negative numbers

Explanation:
The counters are red so they represent negative numbers.

Question 1.
c. -5 + (-1) =
_______

Answer: -6

Explanation:
There are 6 counters so -5 + (-1) = – 6

Question 2.
-2 + (-7)
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 1: Adding Integers with the Same Sign img 2
a. How many counters are there?
_______ counters

Answer: 9

Explanation:
The above figure shows that there are 9 counters.

Question 2.
b. Do the counters represent positive or negative numbers?
____________

Answer: negative numbers

Explanation:
The counters are red so they represent the negative numbers.

Question 2.
c. -2 + (-7) =
_______

Answer: -9

Explanation:
There are 9 counters so -2 + (-7) = -9
The answer is -9.

Model each addition problem on the number line to find each sum.

Question 3.
-5 + (-2) =
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 1: Adding Integers with the Same Sign img 3
_______

Answer: -7

Explanation:
Remember if the number being added is positive more number of units going to the right and if the number being added is negative more number of units to the left.
Since we are adding the negative number starting from -5, we move 2 units to the left. This results in -7.

Question 4.
-1 + (-3) =
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 1: Adding Integers with the Same Sign img 4
_______

Answer: -4

Explanation:
Remember if the number being added is positive more number of units going to the right and if the number being added is negative more number of units to the left.
Since we are adding a negative number starting from -1, we move 3 units to left. This results in -4.

Question 5.
-3 + (-7) =
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 1: Adding Integers with the Same Sign img 5
_______

Answer: -10

Explanation:
Remember if the number being added is positive more number of units going to the right and if the number being added is negative more number of units to the left.
Since we are adding a negative number starting from -3, we move 7 units to left. This results in -10.

Question 6.
-4 + (-1) =
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 1: Adding Integers with the Same Sign img 6
_______

Answer: -5

Explanation:
Remember if the number being added is positive more number of units going to the right and if the number being added is negative more number of units to the left.
Since we are adding a negative number starting from -4, we move 1 unit to left. This results in -5.

Question 7.
-2 + (-2) =
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 1: Adding Integers with the Same Sign img 7
_______

Answer: -4

Explanation:
Remember if the number being added is positive more number of units going to the right and if the number being added is negative more number of units to the left.
Since we are adding the negative number starting -2, we move 2 units to the left which gives the result -4.

Question 8.
-6 + (-8) =
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 1: Adding Integers with the Same Sign img 8
_______

Answer: -14

Explanation:
Remember if the number being added is positive more number of units going to the right and if the number being added is negative more number of units to the left.
Since we are adding the negative number starting from -6 we have to move 8 units to left which shows the result -14.

Find each sum.

Question 9.
-5 + (-4) =
_______

Answer: -9

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same signs you add both the integers and keep the common sign.
Since -5 + (-4) has the same sign we add their absolute value and keep the same sign.
-5 + (-4) = -(5 + 4) = -9

Question 10.
-1 + (-10) =
_______

Answer: -11

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same signs you add both the integers and keep the common sign.
Since -1 + (-10) has the same sign we add their absolute value and keep the same sign.
-1 + (-10) = -(1 + 10)
= -11
So the answer is -11.

Question 11.
-9 + (-1) =
_______

Answer: -10

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same signs you add both the integers and keep the common sign.
Since -9 + (-1) has the same sign we add their absolute value and keep the same sign.
-9 + -1 = -(9 + 1)
= -10
Thus the answer is -10.

Question 12.
-90 + (-20) =
_______

Answer: -110

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same signs you add both the integers and keep the common sign.
Since -90 + (-20) has the same sign we add their absolute value and keep the same sign.
-90 + (-20) = -(90 + 20)
= -110
The answer is -110.

Question 13.
-52 + (-48) =
_______

Answer: -100

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same signs you add both the integers and keep the common sign.
Since -52 + (-48) has the same sign we add their absolute value and keep the same sign.
-52 + (-48) = -(52 + 48)
= -100
The answer is -100.

Question 14.
5 + 198 =
_______

Answer: 203

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same signs you add both the integers and keep the common sign.
Since 5 + 198 has the same sign we add their absolute value and keep the same sign.
5 + 198 = 203
The answer is 203.

Question 15.
-4 + (-5) + (-6) =
_______

Answer: -15

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same signs you add both the integers and keep the common sign.
Since -4 + (-5) + (-6) has the same sign we add their absolute value and keep the same sign.
-4 + (-5) + (-6) = -(4 + 5 + 6)
= -15
The answer is -15.

Question 16.
-50 + (-175) + (-345) =
_______

Answer: -570

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same signs you add both the integers and keep the common sign.
Since -50 + (-175) + (-345) has the same sign we add their absolute value and keep the same sign.
-50 + (-175) + (-345)
= -(50 + 175 + 345)
= -570
The answer for -50 + (-175) + (-345) is -570.

Question 17.
How do you add integers with the same sign?
Type below:
______________

Answer:

First, you should their absolute values and keep the common sign. If both signs are positive, the answer will be positive. If both signs are negative, the answer will be negative.

Adding Integers with the Same Sign – Independent Practice – Page No. 11

Question 18.
Represent Real-World Problems Jane and Sarah both dive down from the surface of a pool. Jane first dives down 5 feet and then dives down 3 more feet. Sarah first dives down 3 feet, and then dives down 5 more feet.
a. Multiple Representations Use the number line to model the equation -5 + (-3) = -3 + (-5).
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 1: Adding Integers with the Same Sign img 9
Type below:
______________

Answer: -8

Explanation:
Start at -3 and move 5 units down for one number line. Next, start at -5 and move down 3 units for another number line.
Both have a final answer of -8.
So, -5 + (-3) = -3 + (-5) = -8.

Question 18.
b. Does the order in which you add two integers with the same sign affect the sum? Explain.
_______

Answer: no

Explanation:

Based on the results of part a, the order doesn’t matter. Since the commutative properties of addition hold for the sum of two negative numbers.

Question 19.
A golfer has the following scores for a 4-day tournament.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 1: Adding Integers with the Same Sign img 10
What was the golfer’s total score for the tournament?
_______

Answer: -11

Explanation:
The total score is sum of each day’s score
= -3 + (-1) + (-5) + (-2)
= -(3 + 1 + 5 + 2)
= -11
Thus the total score for 4 days tournament is -11.

Question 20.
A football team loses 3 yards on one play and 6 yards on another play. Write a sum of negative integers to represent this situation. Find the sum and explain how
it is related to the problem.
The sum = _______

Answer: -9

Explanation:
The negative sum of 3 yards and 6 yards is
-3 + (-6) = -(3 + 6)
= -9
Thus the negative sum is -9.

Question 21.
When the quarterback is sacked, the team loses yards. In one game, the quarterback was sacked four times. What was the total sack yardage?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 1: Adding Integers with the Same Sign img 11
_______

Answer: -54

Explanation:
The total sack yardage = -14 + (-5) + (-12) + (-23)
= -(14 + 5 + 12 + 23)
= -54
Therefore the total sack yardage is -54.

Question 22.
Multistep The temperature in Jonestown and Cooperville was the same at 1:00. By 2:00, the temperature in Jonestown dropped 10 degrees, and the temperature in Cooperville dropped 6 degrees. By 3:00, the temperature in Jonestown dropped 8 more degrees, and the temperature in Cooperville dropped 2 more degrees.
a. Write an equation that models the change to the temperature in Jonestown since 1:00.
Type below:
______________

Answer: J = T – 18

Explanation:
Let J be the final temperature and T be the initial temperature. Then the equation is J = T + (-10) + (-8)
J = T – 18

Question 22.
b. Write an equation that models the change to the temperature in Cooperville since 1:00.
Type below:
______________

Answer: C = T – 8

Explanation:
Let C be the final temperature and T be the initial temperature. Then the equation is C = T + (-6) + (-2)
C = T – 8

Question 22.
c. Where was it colder at 3:00, in Jonestown or Cooperville?
__________

Answer: Jonestown

Explanation:
Since they both started at the same temperature and Jonestown dropped a total of 18 degrees while Cooperville dropped a total of 8 degrees, Jonestown is colder.

Adding Integers with the Same Sign – Page No. 12

Question 23.
Represent Real-World Problems Julio is playing a trivia game. On his first turn, he lost 100 points. On his second turn, he lost 75 points. On his third turn, he lost 85 points. Write a sum of three negative integers that models the change to Julio’s score after his first three turns.
Type below:
______________

Answer: -260 points

Explanation:
The change in his total score is the sum of the losses = -100 + (-75) + (-85)
= -(100 + 75 + 85)
= -260 points
Thus Julio’s score after his first three turns is -260 points.

H.O.T. FOCUS ON HIGHER ORDER THINKING

Question 24.
Multistep On Monday, Jan made withdrawals of $25, $45, and $75 from her savings account. On the same day, her twin sister Julie made withdrawals of $35, $55, and $65 from her savings account.
a. Write a sum of negative integers to show Jan’s withdrawals on Monday. Find the total amount Jan withdrew.
Jan withdrew $ _______

Answer: 145

Explanation:
Each withdrawal is represented by a negative integer so find the sum of those negative integers = -25 + (-45) + (-75)
= -(25 + 45 + 75)
= -145
Thus Jan withdrew $145.

Question 24.
b. Write a sum of negative integers to show Julie’s withdrawals on Monday. Find the total amount Julie withdrew.
Julie withdrew $ _______

Answer: 155

Explanation:
Each withdrawal is represented by a negative integer so find the sum of those negative integers
= -35 + (-55) + (-65)
= – (35 + 55 + 65)
= -155
The total amount Julie withdrew is -$155.

Question 24.
c. Julie and Jan’s brother also withdrew money from his savings account on Monday. He made three withdrawals and withdrew $10 more than Julie did. What are three possible amounts he could have withdrawn?
Type below:
______________

Answer:

If he withdrew $10 more than Julie then he withdrew $165 in total. The possible amounts could then be $35, $55, $75.

Question 25.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas Why might you want to use the Commutative Property to change the order of the integers in the following sum before adding?
-80 + (-173) + (-20)
Type below:
______________

Answer: You can add 80 and 20 easily to get 100 which is then easier to add 173. So changing the order makes the problem easier to do mentally.

Question 26.
Critique Reasoning The absolute value of the sum of two different integers with the same sign is 8. Pat says there are three pairs of integers that match this description. Do you agree? Explain.
__________

Answer: Disagree

Explanation:
Pat is saying that x + y = 8 is true for only three pairs of numbers with the same sign. This is not true though. The pairs could be 1, 7, 2 and 6, 3, 5, 4 and -4, -1 and -7, -2 and -6, -3 and -5 and -4, -4.

Adding Integers with Different Signs – Guided Practice – Page No. 16

Use a number line to find each sum.

Question 1.
9 + (-3) =
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 2: Adding Integers with Different Signs img 12
_______

Answer: 6

Explanation:
Remember if the number being added is positive more number of units going to the right and if the number being added is negative more number of units to the left.
Since we are adding a negative number starting from 9, move 3 units to the left. This results in 6.

Question 2.
-2 + 7 =
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 2: Adding Integers with Different Signs img 13
_______

Answer: 5

Explanation:
Remember if the number being added is positive more number of units going to the right and if the number being added is negative more number of units to the left.
Since we are adding a positive number starting from -2 we move 7 units to the right. This results in 5.

Question 3.
-15 + 4 =
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 2: Adding Integers with Different Signs img 14
_______

Answer: -11

Explanation:
Remember if the number being added is positive more number of units going to the right and if the number being added is negative more number of units to the left.
Since we are adding a positive number starting from -15, we move 4 units to the right. This results in -11

Question 4.
1 + (-4) =
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 2: Adding Integers with Different Signs img 15
_______

Answer: -3

Explanation:
Remember if the number being added is positive more number of units going to the right and if the number being added is negative more number of units to the left.
Since we are adding the negative number starting from 1, we move 4 units to the left. This results in -3.

Circle the zero pairs in each model. Find the sum.

Question 5.
-4 + 5 =
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 2: Adding Integers with Different Signs img 16
_______

Answer: 1

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same sign, add their absolute value, and keep the common sign.
When adding two integers with opposite signs, subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger and keep the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
Above is an illustration of which are the zero pairs and what remains. In this item 1 yellow counter remains which means the sum is 1.

Question 6.
-6 + 6 =
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 2: Adding Integers with Different Signs img 17
_______

Answer: 0

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same sign, add their absolute value, and keep the common sign.
When adding two integers with opposite signs, subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger and keep the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
Above is an illustration of which are the zero pairs and what remains. In this item, there are no counters so the sum is 0.

Question 7.
2 + (-5) =
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 2: Adding Integers with Different Signs img 18
_______

Answer: -3

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same sign, add their absolute value, and keep the common sign.
When adding two integers with opposite signs, subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger and keep the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
Above is an illustration of which are the zero pairs and what remains. In this item, 3 red counters are remaining so the sum is -3.

Question 8.
-3 + 7 =
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 2: Adding Integers with Different Signs img 19
_______

Answer: 4

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same sign, add their absolute value, and keep the common sign.
When adding two integers with opposite signs, subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger and keep the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
Above is an illustration of which are the zero pairs and what remains. In this item, 4 yellow counters remain so the sum is 4.

Find each sum.

Question 9.
-8 + 14 =
_______

Answer: 6

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same sign, add their absolute value, and keep the common sign.
When adding two integers with opposite signs, subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger and keep the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
Here we are the opposite number with the negative number.
-8 + 14 = 6
The larger number is having a positive sign so the sum is 6.

Question 10.
7 + (-5) =
_______

Answer: 2

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same sign, add their absolute value, and keep the common sign.
When adding two integers with opposite signs, subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger and keep the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
7 + (-5) = 7 – 5 = 2
The larger number is having a positive sign so the sum is 2.

Question 11.
5 + (-21) =
_______

Answer: -16

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same sign, add their absolute value, and keep the common sign.
When adding two integers with opposite signs, subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger and keep the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
5 + (-21) = 5 – 21 = -17
The larger number is having a negative number so the sum is -17.

Question 12.
14 + (-14) =
_______

Answer: 0

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same sign, add their absolute value, and keep the common sign.
When adding two integers with opposite signs, subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger and keep the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
14 + (-14) =14 – 14 = 0

Question 13.
0 + (-5) =

Answer: -5

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same sign, add their absolute value, and keep the common sign.
When adding two integers with opposite signs, subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger and keep the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
0 + (-5) = 0 – 5 = -5
The larger is having the negative sign so the sum is -5.

Question 14.
32 + (-8) =
_______

Answer: 24

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same sign, add their absolute value, and keep the common sign.
When adding two integers with opposite signs, subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger and keep the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
32 + (-8) = 32 – 8 = 24
The larger number is having a positive sign so the sum is 24.

Question 15.
Describe how to find the sums -4 + 2 and -4 + ( -2 ) on a number line.
Type below:
____________

Answer: -2

Explanation:
Start at -4 and move 2 units up for one number line. Next, start at -4 and move down 2 units for another number line.
-4 + 2 = -2
-4 – 2 = -6

Adding Integers with Different Signs – Independent Practice – Page No. 17

Find each sum.

Question 16.
-15 + 71 =
_______

Answer: 56

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same sign, add their absolute value, and keep the common sign.
When adding two integers with opposite signs, subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger and keep the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
-15 + 71 = |71| – |-15|
= 71 – 15
= 56

Question 17.
-53 + 45 =
_______

Answer: -8

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same sign, add their absolute value, and keep the common sign.
When adding two integers with opposite signs, subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger and keep the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
-53 + 45 = |-53| – |45|
53 – 45 = 8
The larger number is having the negative symbol so the answer is -8.

Question 18.
-79 + 79 =
_______

Answer: 0

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same sign, add their absolute value, and keep the common sign.
When adding two integers with opposite signs, subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger and keep the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
79 + (-79) = |79| – |-79|
79 – 79 = 0

Question 19.
-25 + 50 =
_______

Answer: 25

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same sign, add their absolute value, and keep the common sign.
When adding two integers with opposite signs, subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger and keep the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
-25 + 50 = |50| – |-25|
50 – 25 = 25

Question 20.
18 + (-32) =
_______

Answer: -14

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same sign, add their absolute value, and keep the common sign.
When adding two integers with opposite signs, subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger and keep the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
18 + (-32) = |-32| – |18|
32 – 18 = 14
The larger number is having a negative sign so the answer is -14.

Question 21.
5 + (-100) =
_______

Answer: -95

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same sign, add their absolute value, and keep the common sign.
When adding two integers with opposite signs, subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger and keep the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
5 + (-100) = |-100| – |5|
100 – 5 = 95
The larger number is having a negative sign so the answer is -95.

Question 22.
-12 + 8 + 7 =
_______

Answer: 3

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same sign, add their absolute value, and keep the common sign.
When adding two integers with opposite signs, subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger and keep the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
-12 + 8 + 7 = -12 + (8 + 7)
For the terms have different signs, we subtract the lesser absolute value from the greater absolute value and use the sign of the integer with the greater absolute value for the sum: 3
-12 + 15 = 3

Question 23.
-8 + (-2) + 3 =
_______

Answer: -7

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same sign, add their absolute value, and keep the common sign.
When adding two integers with opposite signs, subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger and keep the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
-(8 + 2) + 3
For the terms have different signs, we subtract the lesser absolute value from the greater absolute value and use the sign of the integer with the greater absolute value for the sum: -7
-10 + 3 = -7

Question 24.
15 + (-15) + 200 =
_______

Answer: 200

Explanation:
We are given the expression:
15 + (-15) + 200 = 0 + 200
The sum of the opposite number is 0.
0 + 200 = 200

Question 25.
-500 + (-600) + 1200 =
_______

Answer: 100

Explanation:
We are given the expression:
-500 + (-600) + 1200 = -(500 + 600) + 1200
-1100 + 1200 = +100

Question 26.
A football team gained 9 yards on one play and then lost 22 yards on the next. Write a sum of integers to find the overall change in field position. Explain your answer.
Type below:
____________

Answer: -13

Explanation:
9 + (-22)
Since 9 yards are gained, the field position is changed by +9 and since 22 yards are lost the field position will be changed by -22, so we have:
(+9) + (-22) = -(22 – 9) = -13
We computer the overall change in field position: -13

Question 27.
A soccer team is having a car wash. The team spent $55 on supplies. They earned $275, including tips. The team’s profit is the amount the team made after paying for supplies. Write a sum of integers that represents the team’s profit.
Type below:
____________

Answer: 220

Explanation:
(-55) + (+275)
The money spent on supplies diminish the profit, so they contribute to the profit with -55, while the earned money increase the profit, so they contribute to the profit with +275.
The sum of integers that represents the team’s profit is:
(-55) + (+275) = (275 -55) = 220

Question 28.
As shown in the illustration, Alexa had a negative balance in her checking account before depositing a $47.00 check. What is the new balance of Alexa’s checking account?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 2: Adding Integers with Different Signs img 20
$ _______

Answer: 0

Explanation:
(-47) + 47 = 0
The new balance consists of the sum between the old balance and the amount she deposits: 0

Question 29.
The sum of two integers with different signs is 8. Give two possible integers that fit this description.
Type below:
____________

Answer: 10 and -2

Explanation:
10 and 2
10 – 2 = 8
Because the sum of the two numbers is positive and the two numbers have different signs, it means the absolute value of the positive number is 8 units greater than the absolute value of the negative number. First, we find two positive numbers which are different by 8, which will be the positive values of our numbers.
10 and -2
Our positive number will be greater one while our negative number will be the smaller one (-2). So the desired numbers are:
10 + (-2) = 8
12 + (-4) = 8
15 + (-7) = 8

Question 30.
Multistep Bart and Sam played a game in which each player earns or loses points in each turn. A player’s total score after two turns is the sum of his points earned or lost. The player with the greater score after two turns wins. Bart earned 123 points and lost 180 points. Sam earned 185 points and lost 255 points. Which person won the game? Explain.
____________

Answer: Bart

Explanation:
123 + (-180) = -(180 – 123) = -57
The person who has the greatest number of points after 2 turns win.
We find the number of points Bart has, by adding the number of points from the two turns:
185 + (-255) = -(255 – 185) – 70
We find the number of points Sam has, by adding the number of points from the two turns:
The winner is Bart because -57 is greater than -70.

Adding Integers with Different Signs – Page No. 18

H.O.T. FOCUS ON HIGHER ORDER THINKING

Question 31.
Critical Thinking Explain how you could use a number line to show that -4 + 3 and 3 + (-4) have the same value. Which property of addition states that these sums are equivalent?
____________ Property of Addition

Answer: Commutative property of addition

Explanation:
In order to prove that -4 + 3 and 3 + (-4) have the same value we use the number line twice: -1 we start from -4 and we move 3 units in the positive direction to the right we get the sum -1.
We start from 3 and we move 4 units in the negative direction to the left where we find again -1.
The property of addition which states that the sum is the same no matter the order in which we add the terms is called commutative property.

Question 32.
Represent Real-World Problems Jim is standing beside a pool. He drops a weight from 4 feet above the surface of the water in the pool. The weight travels a total distance of 12 feet down before landing on the bottom of the pool. Explain how you can write a sum of integers to find the depth of the water.
Type below:
____________

Answer: 12 + (-4) = 8

Explanation:
Given that,
Jim is standing beside a pool.
He drops weight from 4 feet above the surface of the water in the pool.
The weight travels a total distance of 12 feet down before landing on the bottom of the pool.
12 + (-4) = 12 – 4 = 8
The depth of the water can be calculated by adding to the total distance of 12 feet the negative distance of -4 feet.

Question 33.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas Use counters to model two integers with different signs whose sum is positive. Explain how you know the sum is positive.
Type below:
____________

Answer: The result is positive because there are more positive counters than negative counters.

Explanation:
○○○○○○○
●●●
Let’s model the sum 7 + (-3) using counters we use 7 white counters for the positive numbers and 3 black counters for the negative numbers.
We pair each white counter with a black counter their sum is being 0.
The result is +4 as we are left with 4 white counters.
The result is positive because there are more positive counters than negative counters.

Question 34.
Analyze Relationships You know that the sum of -5 and another integer is a positive integer. What can you conclude about the sign of the other integer? What can you conclude about the value of the other integer? Explain.
Type below:
____________

Answer:
We know that the sum is -5 and another integer is a positive integer. This means that the absolute value of the positive number is greater than the absolute value of -5.
The absolute value of -5 is 5, so the absolute value of the positive integer must be greater than 5. But because the number is positive, its absolute value is the number itself, so the positive number must be greater than 5.
-5 + 7 = 7 – 5 = 2

Subtracting Integers – Guided Practice – Page No. 22

Explain how to find each difference using counters.

Question 1.
5 – 8 =
_______

Answer: -3

Explanation:
5 – 8
We start with 5 black counters.
Since we have to subtract more black counters than we have (5 instead of 8), we add 3 zero pairs:
We subtract the 8 black counters: -3
We are left with 3 white counters, which means the result is -3.

Question 2.
-5 – (-3) =
_______

Answer: -2

Explanation:
-5 – (-3)
We have to find the difference:
We start with 5 black counters.
we subtract 3 black counters from the 5 black counters: -2
We are left with 2 black counters, which means the result is: -2

Use a number line to find each difference.

Question 3.
− 4 − 5 = − 4 + ( _______ ) = _______

Answer: -9

Explanation:
-4 – 5
We have to compute the difference:
-4 – 5 = -(4 + 5)
On a number line, we start from -4 and we go to the left by 5 units:
-4 -5 = -9

Question 4.
1 − 4 = 1 + ( _______ ) = _______

Answer: -3

Explanation:
1 – 4
We have to compute the difference:
1 – 4 = 1 + (-4)
We replace the subtraction by addition with the opposite:
On a number line, we start from 1 and we go to the left by 4 units:
1 – 4 = – 3
The result is -3.

Solve.

Question 5.
8 – 11 =
_______

Answer: -3

Explanation:
8 – 11
We have to perform the subtraction:
8 – 11 = 8 + (-11)
We replace subtraction by addition with the opposite number:
8 + (-11) = -3
We use the rule for adding integers: -3

Question 6.
-3 – (-5) =
_______

Answer: 2

Explanation:
-3 – (-5)
We have to perform the subtraction:
-3 – (-5) = -3 + 5
We replace subtraction by addition with the opposite number:
-3 + 5 = 2
We use the rule for adding integers: 2

Question 7.
15 – 21 =
_______

Answer: -6

Explanation:
15 – 21
We have to perform the subtraction:
15 – 21 = 15 + (21)
We replace subtraction by addition with the opposite number:
15 + (-21) = -6
We use the rule for adding intergers: -6

Question 8.
-17 – 1 =
_______

Answer: -18

Explanation:
We have to perform the subtraction:
-17 – 1 = -17 + (-1)
We replace subtraction by addition with the opposite number:
-17 + (-1) = -18
We use the rule for adding integers: -18

Question 9.
0 – (-5) =
_______

Answer: 5

Explanation:
We have to perform the subtraction:
0 – (-5) = 0 + 5
We replace subtraction b addition with the opposite number:
0 + 5 = 5
We use the rule for adding integers: 5

Question 10.
1 – (-18) =
_______

Answer: 19

Explanation:
We have to perform the subtraction:
1 – (-18) = 1 + 18
We replace subtraction by addition with the opposite number:
1 + 18 = 19
We use the rule for adding integers: 19

Question 11.
15 – 1 =
_______

Answer: 14

Explanation:
We have to perform the subtraction:
15 – 1 = 14
We subtract the numbers directly as in this case it is simpler than to replace subtraction by addition with the opposite: 14

Question 12.
-3 – (-45) =
_______

Answer: 42

Explanation:
We have to perform the subtraction:
-3 – (-45) = -3 + 45
We replace subtraction by addition with the opposite number:
-3 + 45 = 42
We use the rule for adding integers: 42

Question 13.
19 – (-19) =
_______

Answer: 38

Explanation:
We have to perform the subtraction:
19 – (-19) = 19 + 19
We replace subtraction by addition with the opposite number:
19 + 19 = 38
We use the rule for adding integers: 38

Question 14.
-87 – (-87) =
_______

Answer: 0

Explanation:
We have to perform the subtraction:
-87 – (-87) = -87 + 87
We replace subtraction by addition with the opposite number:
-87 + 87 = 0
Ths um of opposite numbers is 0

Question 15.
How do you subtract an integer from another integer without using a number line or counters? Give an example.
Type below:
____________

Answer:
Integers with the same sign: Change to additions values then keep the common sign.
integers with the different signs: Change to addition absolute value from larger value, the keep sign of larger absolute value.

Subtracting Integers – Independent Practice – Page No. 23

Question 16.
Theo had a balance of -$4 in his savings account. After making a deposit, he has $25 in his account. What is the overall change to his account?
$ _______

Answer: $29

Explanation:
Theo had a balance of -$4 in his savings account.
After making a deposit, he has $25 in his account.
25 – (-4)
The overall change to the account is the difference between the amount in the account after making the deposit and the amount before it, so we have to perform the subtraction.
25 – (-4) = 25 + 4
We change subtraction to addition with the opposite number:
25 + 4 = 29
We apply the rules for adding integers: $29

Question 17.
As shown, Suzi starts her hike at an elevation below sea level. When she reaches the end of the hike, she is still below sea level at -127 feet. What was the change in elevation from the beginning of Suzi’s hike to the end of the hike?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 3: Subtracting Integers img 21
_______ feet

Answer: 98 feet

Explanation:
127 – (-225)
The change in the elevation from the beginning of Suzi’s hike to the end of the hike is the difference between the elevation at the end of the hike and the elevation at the beginning of it, so we have to perform the subtraction:
-127 – (-225) = -127 + 225
We change subtraction to addition with the opposite number:
-127 + 225 = 98
We apply the rules for adding integers: 98 feet

Question 18.
The record high January temperature in Austin, Texas, is 90 °F. The record low January temperature is -2 °F. Find the difference between the high and low temperatures.
_______ °F

Answer: 92°F

Explanation:
90 – (-2)
We have to find the difference between the high and low temperature, so we have to perform the subtraction:
90 – (-2) = 90 + 2
We change subtraction to addition with the opposite number:
90 + 2 = 92 feet

Question 19.
Cheyenne is playing a board game. Her score was -275 at the start of her turn, and at the end of her turn her score was -425. What was the change in Cheyenne’s score from the start of her turn to the end of her turn?
_______ °C

Answer: -150

Explanation:
-425 – (-275)
The change in Cheyenne’s score from the start of her turn to the end of her turn in the result of the subtraction:
-425 – (-275) = -425 + 275 = -150 points

Question 20.
A scientist conducts three experiments in which she records the temperature of some gases that are being heated. The table shows the initial temperature and the
final temperature for each gas.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 3: Subtracting Integers img 22
a. Write a difference of integers to find the overall temperature change for each gas.
Gas A: __________ °C increase
Gas B: __________ °C increase
Gas C: __________ °C increase

Answer:
We determine the overall change of temperature for each gas by subtracting the initial temperature from the final temperature.
Gas A:
-8 – (-21) = -8 + 21 = 13
Gas B:
12 – (-12) = 12 + 12 = 24
Gas C:
-15 – (-19) = -15 + 19 = 4

Question 20.
What If? Suppose the scientist performs an experiment in which she cools the three gases. Will the changes in temperature be positive or negative for this experiment? Why?
__________

Answer: Negative

Explanation:
Cooling the gases means diminishing their temperature, thus their final temperature will be lower than the initial temperature, so the change in temperature will be negative.

Subtracting Integers – Page No. 24

Question 21.
Analyze Relationships For two months, Nell feeds her cat Diet Chow brand cat food. Then for the next two months, she feeds her cat Kitty Diet brand cat food. The table shows the cat’s change in weight over 4 months.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 3: Subtracting Integers img 23
Which brand of cat food resulted in the greatest weight loss for Nell’s cat? Explain.
__________

Answer: Diet Chow

Explanation:
(-8) + (-18) = -26
We count the total change of weight resulted after using the diet chow for two months.
We count the total change of weight resulted after using the Kitty Diet for two months:
3 + (-19) = -16
This means that by using the Diet Chow the cat lost 26 oz, while using the Kitty Diet she lost 16 oz, thus the greatest loss of weight resulted in using the Diet Chow food.

FOCUS ON HIGHER ORDER THINKING

Question 22.
Represent Real-World Problems Write and solve a word problem that can be modeled by the difference -4 – 10.
Type below:
____________

Answer:
We have to write and solve a problem using the difference:
-4 – 10
For example:
Yesterday the temperature was -4 degrees. Today the temperature decreased by 10 degrees. What is the temperature today?
– 4 – 10 =- + (-10) = -14

Question 23.
Explain the Error When Tom found the difference -11 – (-4), he got -15. What might Tom have done wrong?
Type below:
____________

Answer:
We have to find the error in computing the difference:
-11 – (-4) = -15
In order to perform subtraction, Tom replaced it by addition, but he was wrong in adding -4 instead of adding its opposite 4.
The correct form is -11 – (-4) = -11 + 4 = -7

Question 24.
Draw Conclusions When you subtract one negative integer from another, will your answer be greater than or less than the integer you started with? Explain your reasoning and give an example.
____________ the integer

Answer: Greater

Explanation:
When we subtract one negative integer from another we will get an integer which is greater than the integer we started with because subtracting a negative integer from the initial number can be replaced by adding the opposite of that negative integer, which is a positive integer, thus the result will definitely be greater than the initial number.
-10 – (-3) = -10 + 3 = -7
-2 – (-7) = -2 + 7 = -5

Question 25.
Look for a Pattern Find the next three terms in the pattern 9, 4, −1, −6, −11, … . Then describe the pattern.
9, 4, -1, -6, -11, _______ , _______ , _______

Answer: -16, -21, -26

Explanation:
We are given the sequence of numbers:
9, 4 , -1, -6, -11,…
We find the next 3 terms:
-11 – 5 = -11 + (-5) = -16
-16 – 5 = 16 + (-5) = -21
-21 – 5 = -21 + (-5) = -26
Thus the next three terms are -16, -21, -26

Applying Addition and Subtraction of Integers – Guided Practice – Page No. 28

Write an expression. Then find the value of the expression.

Question 1.
Tomas works as an underwater photographer. He starts at a position that is 15 feet below sea level. He rises 9 feet, then descends 12 feet to take a photo of a coral reef. Write and evaluate an expression to find his position relative to sea level when he took the photo.
_______ feet below sea level

Answer: 18 feet

Explanation:
When he rises, we add the distance. When he descends, we subtract the distance.
The initial position is -15. We write an expression to find his position relative to sea level when he took the photo:
-15 + 9 – 12 = (-15) + 9 + (-12)
(-15) + (-12) + 9
-(15 + 12) + 9
-27 + 9 = -18
Thus he was 18 feet below sea level when he took the photo.

Question 2.
The temperature on a winter night was -23 °F. The temperature rose by 5 °F when the sun came up. When the sun set again, the temperature dropped by 7 °F. Write and evaluate an expression to find the temperature after the sun set.
_______ °F

Answer: -25

Explanation:
When the temperature rises, we add the temperature. When the temperature drops, we subtract the temperature. The initial temperature is -23.
We write an expression to find the temperature after the sunset:
-23 + 5 – 7 = -(23 + 7) + 5
-30 + 5 = -25
Thus the temperature is -25°F after the sunset.

Question 3.
Jose earned 50 points in a video game. He lost 40 points, earned 87 points, then lost 30 more points. Write and evaluate an expression to find his final score in the video game.
_______ points

Answer: 67 points

Explanation:
When he wins, we add points. When he loses, we subtract points.
The score is 50 points. We write the expression to find the final score:
50 – 40 + 87 – 30
50 + (-40) + 87 + (-30)
50 + 87 – (40 + 30)
137 – 70 = 67
Thus his final is 67 points.

Find the value of each expression.

Question 4.
-6 + 15 + 15 =
_______

Answer: 24

Explanation:
We have to find the value of the expression:
-6 + 15 + 15 = – 6 + 30 = 24
-6 + 15 + 15 = 24

Question 5.
9 – 4 – 17 =
_______

Answer: -12

Explanation:
We have to find the value of the expression:
9 – 4 – 17 = 9 – (4 + 17)
= 9 – 21 = -12

Question 6.
50 – 42 + 10 =
_______

Answer: 18

Explanation:
We have to find the value of the expression:
50 + (-42) + 10 = 60 – 42
We use the commutative property:
60 – 42 = 18

Question 7.
6 + 13 + 7 – 5 =
_______

Answer: 21

Explanation:
We have to find the value of the expression:
6 + 13 + 7 – 5 = 6 + 13 + 7 + (-5)
We use the associative property:
6 + 13 + 7 + (-5)
= (6 + 13 + 7) + (-5)
26 + (-5)
26 – 5 = 21

Question 8.
65 + 43 – 11 =
_______

Answer: 97

Explanation:
We have to find the value of the expression:
65 + 43 – 11 = 65 + 43 + (-11)
We use the associative property:
(65 + 43) – 11 = 97

Question 9.
-35 – 14 + 45 + 31 =
_______

Answer: 27

Explanation:
We have to find the value of the expression:
-35 – 14 + 45 + 31 = -(35 + 14) + 45 + 31
We use the associative property:
-(35 + 14) + 45 + 31
-49 + 76
= 27

Determine which expression has a greater value.

Question 10.
-12 + 6 – 4 or -34 – 3 + 39
___________

Answer:
We have to compare the expressions:
-12 + 6 – 4 or -34 – 3 + 39
We compute the first expression:
-12 + 6 – 4
-(12 + 4) + 6
-16 + 6 = -10
We compute the second expression:
-34 – 3 + 39
-(34 + 3) + 39
-37 + 39 = 2
2 > -10
Since 2 is greater than -10, the second expression is greater than the first expression.

Question 11.
21 – 3 + 8 or -14 + 31 – 6
___________

Answer:
We have to compare the expressions:
21 – 3 + 8 or -14 + 31 – 6
We compute the first expression:
21 – 3 + 8
21 + 8 – 3
21 + 5 = 26
We compute the second expression:
-14 + 31 – 6
31 – (14 + 6)
31 – 20 = 11
26 > 11
Since 26 is greater than 11, the first expression is greater than the second expression.

Question 12.
Explain how you can find the value of the expression -5 + 12 + 10 – 7.
Type below:
___________

Answer: 10

Explanation:
We have to find the value of the expression:
-5 + 12 + 10 – 7 = 12 + 10 – (5 + 7)
22 – 12 = 10

Applying Addition and Subtraction of Integers – Independent Practice – Page No. 29

Question 13.
Sports Cameron is playing 9 holes of golf. He needs to score a total of at most 15 over par on the last four holes to beat his best golf score. On the last four holes, he scores 5 over par, 1 under par, 6 over par, and 1 under par.
a. Write and find the value of an expression that gives Cameron’s score for 4 holes of golf.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
We write the expression that gives Cameron’s score for 4 holes:
5 – 1 + 6 – 1
5 + 6 – (1 + 1)
11 – 2 = 9

Question 13.
b. Is Cameron’s score on the last four holes over or under par?
Type below:
___________

Answer: The result shows that Cameron’s score is over par.

Question 13.
c. Did Cameron beat his best golf score?
_______

Answer:
Since his score of 9 is beaten his best score as 9 > 15.

Question 14.
Herman is standing on a ladder that is partly in a hole. He starts out on a rung that is 6 feet underground, climbs up 14 feet, then climbs down 11 feet. What is Herman’s final position, relative to ground level?
_______ feet underground

Answer: 3 feet underground

Explanation:
Herman is standing on a ladder that is partly in a hole.
He starts out on a rung that is 6 feet underground, climbs up 14 feet, then climbs down 11 feet.
-6 + 14 -11
14 – (11 + 6)
14 – 17 = -3
Therefore the final position is 3 feet underground.

Question 15.
Explain the Error Jerome tries to find the value of the expression 3 – 6 + 5 by first applying the Commutative Property. He rewrites the expression as 3 – 5 + 6. Explain what is wrong with Jerome’s approach.
Type below:
___________

Answer: Jerome is wrong in using the Commutative Property at Subtraction which is not true: this property works for addition.
3 – 6 + 5 = 3 + (-6) + 5
3 + 5 – 6
= 8 – 6 = 2

Question 16.
Lee and Barry play a trivia game in which questions are worth different numbers of points. If a question is answered correctly, a player earns points. If a question is answered incorrectly, the player loses points. Lee currently has -350 points.

a. Before the game ends, Lee answers a 275-point question correctly, a 70-point question correctly, and a 50-point question incorrectly. Write and find the value of an expression to find Lee’s final score.
_______ points

Answer: -55 points

Explanation:
The initial score is -350 points. We write and find the value of an expression to find Lee’s final score:
-350 + 275 + 70 – 50
-(350 + 50) + 275 + 70
-400 + 345 = -55

Question 17.
b. Barry’s final score is 45. Which player had the greater final score?
___________

Answer: Since -55 < 45, it means Barry has a greater final score.

Question 17.
Multistep Rob collects data about how many customers enter and leave a store every hour. He records a positive number for customers entering the store each hour and a negative number for customers leaving the store each hour.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 4: Applying Addition and Subtraction of Integers img 24
a. During which hour did more customers leave than arrive?
___________

Answer: 3:00 – 4:00

Explanation:
since in the last column the only positive value is in the last position, the hour in which more customers leave than arrive is 3:00 – 4:00

Question 17.
b. There were 75 customers in the store at 1:00. The store must be emptied of customers when it closes at 5:00. How many customers must leave the store between 4:00 and 5:00?
_______ customers

Answer: 87

Explanation:
75 + 30 – 12 + 14 – 8 + 18 – 30
75 + 30 + 14 + 18 – (12 + 8 + 30)
137 – 50 = 87
Since there are 87 customers in the store at 4:00 and the store must be emptied at 5:00, the number of clients who must leave is 87.

Applying Addition and Subtraction of Integers – Page No. 30

The table shows the changes in the values of two friends’ savings accounts since the previous month.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 4: Applying Addition and Subtraction of Integers img 25

Question 18.
Carla had $100 in her account in May. How much money does she have in her account in August?
$ _______

Answer: $51

Explanation:
We are given the data:
100 – 18 + 22 – 53
100 + 22 -(18 + 53)
122 – 71 = 51
Thus Carla saved $51 in her account in August.

Question 19.
Leta had $45 in her account in May. How much money does she have in her account in August?
$ _______

Answer: $24

Explanation:
We are given the data:
45 – 17 – 22 + 18
45 + 18 -(17 + 22)
63 – 39 = 24
Thus Leta saved $24 in her account in August.

Question 20.
Analyze Relationships Whose account had the greatest decrease in value from May to August?
___________

Answer: Carla’s account

Explanation:
Carla had $100 in May and $51 in august, thus her account’s change is:
51 – 100 = -49
Leta had $45 in May and $24 in august, thus her accounts change is:
24 – 45 = -21
Carla’s account had a decrease of $49, while Leta’s account decreased by $21, so the account with the greatest decrease is Carla’s.

FOCUS ON HIGHER ORDER THINKING

Question 21.
Represent Real-World Problems Write and solve a word problem that matches the diagram shown.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Lesson 4: Applying Addition and Subtraction of Integers img 26
Type below:
___________

A diver leaves from a point situated 1 meter below the sea level. First, he dives 6 meters, then he rises 3 meters and stops. At which level under the sea level does he stop?
We start from the initial point -1, we add distance if he rises and we subtract distance when he dives. We determine the final level under the sea level where he stops:
-1 – 6 + 3
-(1 + 6) + 3
-7 + 3 = -4
-4 or 4 meters below the sea level.

Question 22.
Critical Thinking Mary has $10 in savings. She owes her parents $50. She does some chores and her parents pay her $12. She also gets $25 for her birthday from her grandmother. Does Mary have enough money to pay her parents what she owes them? If not, how much more money does she need? Explain.
_______

Answer:
The initial point is 10. We add money when she is paid for chores, gets presents. We determine,ine the amount of money she has after she gets money from chores and presents:
10 + 12 + 25 = 47
47 < 50
50 – 47 = 3
Thus she needs $3.

Question 23.
Draw Conclusions An expression involves subtracting two numbers from a positive number. Under what circumstances will the value of the expression be negative? Give an example.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
The sum of the two numbers to be subtracted from the positive number is a number, we will study this first. Since we subtract this number from the positive number and we get a negative number, it means that the number is greater than the positive number, therefore mandatory positive. This means the two numbers cannot be both negative.
Example:
10 – (7 + 5) = 10 – 12 = -2
-2 < 0

Module Quiz – Ready to Go On – Page No. 31

Adding Integers with the Same Sign

Add

Question 1.
−8 + (−6) = _______

Answer: -14

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same signs you add both the integers and keep the common sign.
−8 + (−6) = -(8 + 6) = -14

Question 2.
−4 + (−7) = _______

Answer: -11

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same signs you add both the integers and keep the common sign.
−4 + (−7) = – 4 – 7
-(4 + 7) = -11
−4 + (−7) = -11

Question 3.
−9 + (−12) = _______

Answer: -21

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same signs you add both the integers and keep the common sign.
−9 + (−12) = -9 – 12
-(9 + 12) = – 21
Thus −9 + (−12) = -21

Adding Integers with Different Signs

Add

Question 4.
5 + (−2) = _______

Answer: 3

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same sign, add their absolute value, and keep the common sign.
When adding two integers with opposite signs, subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger and keep the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
5 + (−2) = 5 – 2 = 3
The larger number is having the positive sign thus the sum is 3

Question 5.
−8 + 4 = _______

Answer: -4

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same sign, add their absolute value, and keep the common sign.
When adding two integers with opposite signs, subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger and keep the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
−8 + 4 = (-8) + 4 = -4
The larger number is having a negative sign thus the sum is -4.

Question 6.
15 + (−8) = _______

Answer: 7

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same sign, add their absolute value, and keep the common sign.
When adding two integers with opposite signs, subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger and keep the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
15 + (−8) = 15 – 8 = 7
The larger number is having the positive sign thus the sum is 7.

Subtracting Integers

Subtract.

Question 7.
2 − 9 = _______

Answer: -7

Explanation:
2 – 9 = 2 + (-9)
|2| = 2
|-9| = 9
9 – 2 = 7
2 + (-9) = -7

Question 8.
−3 − (−4) = _______

Answer: 1

Explanation:
-3 – (-4) = – 3 + 4
4 – 3 = 1

Question 9.
11 − (−12) = _______

Answer: 23

Explanation:
11 − (−12) = 11 + 12 = 23

Applying Addition and Subtraction of Integers

Question 10.
A bus makes a stop at 2:30, letting off 15 people and letting on 9. The bus makes another stop ten minutes later to let off 4 more people. How many more or fewer people are on the bus after the second stop compared to the number of people on the bus before the 2:30 stop?
_______ people

Answer: 10

Explanation:
Assume that the total passengers on the bus before 2:30 was x
15 passengers got off and 9 got on.
number of passengers = x – 15 + 9
number of passengers = x -6
4 passengers got off the bus
number of passengers = (x-6) – 4
number of passengers = x – 10
The original number of passengers on the bus decreased by 10 after the second stop.

Question 11.
Cate and Elena were playing a card game. The stack of cards in the middle had 24 cards in it to begin with. Cate added 8 cards to the stack. Elena then took 12 cards from the stack. Finally, Cate took 9 cards from the stack. How many cards were left in the stack?
_______ cards

Answer: 11 cards

Explanation:
When cards are put to the stack, we perform addition.
When cards are taken from the stack we perform subtraction.
24 + 8 – 12 – 9
32 – (12 + 9)
32 – 21 = 11
Thus in the end the stack has 11 cards.

ESSENTIAL QUESTION

Question 12.
Write and solve a word problem that can be modeled by addition of two negative integers.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: -25

Explanation:
A football team played two games. During the first game, the team lost 15 points and during the second game, it lost another 10 points. What is the change in the team’s score after these two games?
(-15) + (-10) = -25

Module Quiz – MODULE 1 MIXED REVIEW – Page No. 32

Assessment Readiness

Selected Response

Question 1.
Which expression has the same value as -3 + (-5):
Options:
a. -3 – (-5)
b. -3 + 5
c. -5 + (-3)
d. -5 – (-3)

Answer: -5 + (-3)

Explanation:
a. -3 – (-5)
-3 + 5 = 2
b. -3 + 5
5 – 3 = 2
c. -5 + (-3)
– 5 – 3 = -8
d. -5 – (-3)
-5 + 3 = -2
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 2.
A diver’s elevation is -30 feet relative to sea level. She dives down 12 feet. What is her elevation after the dive?
Options:
a. 12 feet
b. 18 feet
c. -30 feet
d. -42 feet

Answer: -42 feet

Explanation:
A diver’s elevation is -30 feet relative to sea level. She dives down 12 feet.
-30 -12 = (-30) + (-12) = -42 feet
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 3.
Which number line models the expression -3 + 5?
Options:
a. Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Module Quiz img 27
b. Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Module Quiz img 28
c. Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Module Quiz img 29
d. Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Module Quiz img 30

Answer: Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Module Quiz img 28

Explanation:
-3 + 5
On the numeric line, his is modeled by starting at -3 and going right by 5 units. The number which models this is is:
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers Module Quiz img 28
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 4.
Which number can you add to 5 to get a sum of 0?
Options:
a. -10
b. -5
c. 0
d. 5

Answer: -5

Explanation:
The number we can add to 5 to get a sum of 0 is its opposite:
5 + (-5) = 0
The correct answer is option B.

Question 5.
The temperature in the morning was -3 °F. The temperature dropped 11 degrees by night. What was the temperature at night?
Options:
a. -14 °F
b. -8 °F
c. 8 °F
d. 14 °F

Answer: -14 °F

Explanation:
The temperature in the morning was -3 °F. The temperature dropped 11 degrees by night.
-3 + (-11) = -3 – 11 = -14°F
Therefore the correct answer is option A.

Question 6.
Which of the following expressions has the greatest value?
Options:
a. 3 – 7 + (-10)
b. 3 + 7 – (-10)
c. 3 – 7 – (-10)
d. 3 + 7 + (-10)

Answer: 3 + 7 – (-10)

Explanation:
a. 3 – 7 + (-10)
3 – 7 – 10 = 3 -(7 + 10) = 3 – 17 = -14
b. 3 + 7 – (-10)
3 + 7 + 10 = 20
c. 3 – 7 – (-10)
3 – 7 + 10 = 13 – 7 = 6
d. 3 + 7 + (-10)
10 – 10 = 0
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Mini-Task

Question 7.
At the end of one day, the value of a share of a certain stock was $12. Over the next three days, the change in the value of the share was -$1, then, -$1, and then $3.
a. Write an expression that describes the situation.
Type below:
____________

Answer:
We write an expression that describes the changes in the value of the share:
12 – 1 – 1 + 3

Question 7.
b. Evaluate the expression.
______

Answer: 13

Explanation:
12 – 1 – 1 + 3
12 + 3 – (1 + 1)
15 – 2 = 13

Question 7.
c. What does your answer to part b mean in the context of the problem?
Type below:
____________

Answer: After 3 days, the value of the share changed from $12 to $13.

MODULE 1

MIXED REVIEW

Assessment Readiness

Look at each expression. Does it have the same value as -6 – 4?

Select Yes or No for expressions A–C.

Question 8.
A. -6 + (-4)
______

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
-6 + (-4) = – 6 – 4
-6 + (-4) has the same value as – 6 – 4

Question 8.
B. -4 + (-6)
______

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
-4 + (-6) = -4 – 6
-4 + (-6) has the same value as – 6 – 4

Question 8.
C. 6 + (-4)
______

Answer: No

Explanation:
6 + (-4) = 6 – 4
6 – 4 ≠ – 6 – 4
So, 6 – 4 does not have the same value as – 6 – 4

Choose True or False for A–C.

Question 9.
A. x = 4 is the solution for x + 4 = 0.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation:
x + 4 = 0
x = 4
4 + 4 = 0
8 ≠ 0
So, the statement is false.

Question 9.
B. x = 24 is the solution for \(\frac{x}{3}\) = 8.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:
\(\frac{x}{3}\) = 8
x = 24
24/3 = 8
8 = 8
Thus the statement is true.

Question 9.
C. x = 6 is the solution for 6x = 1
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation:
6x = 1
x = 6
6(6) = 1
36 ≠ 1
Thus the statement is false.

Module 1 Review – Adding and Subtracting Integers – Page No. 103

EXERCISES

Question 1.
−10 + (−5) =
________

Answer: -15

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same sign, add their absolute value, and keep the common sign.
When adding two integers with opposite signs, subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger and keep the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
-10 – 5 = -(10 + 5) = -15

Question 2.
9 + (−20) =
________

Answer: -11

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same sign, add their absolute value, and keep the common sign.
When adding two integers with opposite signs, subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger and keep the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
9 + (-20) = 9 – 20 = -11

Question 3.
−13 + 32 =
________

Answer: 19

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same sign, add their absolute value, and keep the common sign.
When adding two integers with opposite signs, subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger and keep the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
-13 + 32 = 32 + (-13)
32 – 13 = 19

Question 4.
−12 − 5 =
________

Answer: -17

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same sign, add their absolute value, and keep the common sign.
When adding two integers with opposite signs, subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger and keep the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
-12 – 5 = -(12 + 5) = -17

Question 5.
25 − (−4) =
________

Answer: 29

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same sign, add their absolute value, and keep the common sign.
When adding two integers with opposite signs, subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger and keep the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
25 − (−4) = 25 + 4 = 29

Question 6.
−3 − (−40) =
________

Answer: 37

Explanation:
In adding two integers with the same sign, add their absolute value, and keep the common sign.
When adding two integers with opposite signs, subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger and keep the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
-3 – (-40) = -3 + 40 = 37

Question 7.
Antoine has $13 in his checking account. He buys some school supplies and ends up with $5 in his account. What was the overall change in Antoine’s account?
$ ________

Answer: $8

Explanation:
The overall change in his account is given by the difference between the final amount of money and the initial amount of money
5 – 13 = 5 + (-13) = -8
The amount in his account is decreased by $8.

Conclusion:
We believe that the solutions provided in Go Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers are helpful for you. Also, share the Go Math Grade 7 Key Chapter 1 Adding and Subtracting Integers with your dear ones to help to overcome the issues in solving the integer problems. It helps to learn the simple techniques to solve the adding and subtracting integer problems. If you have any doubts you can clarify them by posting the comments in the below section.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Review/Test

go-math-grade-4-chapter-12-relative-sizes-of-measurement-units-review-test-answer-key

Improve your subject skills and problem-solving skills by practicing the questions of Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units from Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Review/Test. By taking the chapter review or chapter test you can easily assess the level of preparation and easily fill up the knowledge gap by HMH Go Math Grade 4 Review/Test Answer Key. Finally, you can score good marks in the exam.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Review/Test

Go Math Grade 4 Solution Key Homework FL Review/Test comprises all the concepts in Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units. After testing your kid’s knowledge by giving the question from the Review/Test you can easily identify their preparation & subject skills. Simply tap on the respective link and Download Go Math Grade 4 Solution Key Homework FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Review/Test pdf for free to practice well.

Chapter 12 – Review/Test

Review/Test – Page No. 491

Choose the best term from the box to complete the sentence.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Review Test img 1

Question 1.
A ___________ is a metric unit for measuring length or distance.
________

Answer: millimeter
A millimeter is a metric unit for measuring length or distance.

Question 2.
A ___________ is a metric unit for measuring liquid volume.
________

Answer: milliliter
A milliliter is a metric unit for measuring liquid volume.

Question 3.
A ___________ is a graph that shows the frequency of data along a number line.
________

Answer: line plot
A line plot is a graph that shows the frequency of data along a number line.

Question 4.
A ___________ is a customary unit for measuring liquid volume.
________

Answer: quart
A quart is a customary unit for measuring liquid volume.

Complete.

Question 5.
9 feet = _____ inches

Answer: 108 inches

Explanation:
Convert from feet to inches
1 feet = 12 inches
9 feet = 9 × 12 inches = 108 inches
Thus 9 feet = 108 inches

Question 6.
7 tons = _____ pounds

Answer: 14,000 pounds

Explanation:
Converting from tons to pounds
1 ton = 2000 pounds
7 tons = 7 × 2000 pounds = 14,000 pounds
Thus 7 tons = 14,000 pounds

Question 7.
10 pints = _____ cups

Answer: 20 cups

Explanation:
Converting from pints to cups.
1 pint = 2 cups
10 pints = 10 × 2 cups = 20 cups
Thus 10 pints = 20 cups

Question 8.
4 decimeters = _____ centimeters

Answer: 40 centimeters

Explanation:
Converting from decimeters to centimeters.
1 decimeter = 10 centimeter
4 decimeters = 4 × 10 centimeter = 40 centimeters
Thus 4 decimeters = 40 centimeters

Question 9.
8 liters = _____ milliliters

Answer: 8000 millimeters

Explanation:
Converting from liters to milliliters.
1 liter = 1000 milliliters
8 liters = 8 × 1000 milliliters
= 8000 milliliters
Thus 8 liters = 8000 milliliters

Question 10.
5 weeks = _____ days

Answer: 35 days

Explanation:
Converting from weeks to days.
1 week = 7 days
5 weeks = 5 × 7 days = 35 days
Thus 5 weeks = 35 days

Compare using <, >, or =.

Question 11.
3 yards _____ 36 inches

Answer: >

Explanation:
Converting from yards to inches.
1 yard = 36 inches
3 yards = 108 inches
Thus 3 yards > 36 inches

Question 12.
10 cups _____ 80 fluid ounces

Answer: =

Explanation:
Converting from cups to fluid ounces.
1 cup = 8 fluid ounces
10 cups = 8 × 10 = 80 fluid oiunces
Thus 10 cups = 80 fluid ounces

Question 13.
4 pounds _____ 96 ounces

Answer: <

Explanation:
Converting from pounds to ounces.
1 pound = 16 ounces
4 pounds = 4 × 16 ounces = 64 ounces
64 ounces is less than 96 ounces
Thus, 4 pounds < 96 ounces

Question 14.
8 meters _____ 700 centimeters

Answer: >

Explanation:
Converting from meters to centimeters.
1 meter = 100 centimeters
8 meters = 8 × 100 centimeters = 800 centimeters
800 centimeters is greater than 700 centimeters.
Thus, 8 meters > 700 centimeters

Question 15.
6 liters _____ 6,500 milliliters

Answer: <

Explanation:
Converting from liters to milliliters.
1 liter = 1000 milliliters
6 liters = 6 × 1000 milliliters
6000 milliliters is less than 6500 milliliters.
Thus, 6 liters < 6,500 milliliters.

Question 16.
9 kilograms _____ 9,000 grams

Answer: =

Explanation:
Converting from kilograms to grams.
1 kilogram = 1000 grams
9 kilograms = 9 × 1000 grams = 9000 grams
9 kilograms = 9,000 grams

Add or subtract.

Question 17.
8 hr 30 min
− 6 hr 25 min
————————–
_____ hr _____ min

Answer: 2 hr 5 min

Explanation:
8 hr 30 min
-6 hr 25 min
2 hr 5 min

Question 18.
7 c 4 fl oz
+4 c 3 fl oz
———————–
_____ c _____ fl oz

Answer: 11c 7 fl oz

Explanation:
7 c 4 fl oz
+4 c 3 fl oz
11 c 7 fl oz.

Question 19.
9 yd 1 ft
−5 yd 2 ft
———————–
_____ yd _____ ft

Answer: 3 yd 2 ft

Explanation:
First, convert from the yard to feet.
1 yard = 3 ft
9 yd 1 ft = 8 yd 4 ft
8 yd 4 ft
-5 yd 2 ft
3 yd 2 ft

Review/Test – Page No. 492

Fill in the bubble completely to show your answer.

Question 20.
Maya’s band rehearsal started at 10:30 A.M. It ended 1 hour and 40 minutes later. At what time did Maya’s band rehearsal end?
Options:
a. 12:10 A.M.
b. 8:50 A.M.
c. 12:10 P.M.
d. 11:10 P.M.

Answer: 12:10 P.M.

Explanation:
Given,
Maya’s band rehearsal started at 10:30 A.M. It ended 1 hour and 40 minutes later.
10 hr 30 min
+1 hr 40 min
11 hr 70 min
Now convert 70 min to hours.
70 min = 1 hr 10 min
11 hr 70 min = 12:10 P.M.
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 21.
Darlene is making punch. She pours 4 quarts 2 cups of apple juice into a bowl. Then she pours 3 quarts 1 cup of grape juice into the bowl. How much juice is in the bowl now?
Options:
a. 1 quart 1 cup
b. 7 quarts 1 cup
c. 7 quarts 3 cups
d. 8 quarts 1 cup

Answer: 7 quarts 3 cups

Explanation:
Given,
Darlene is making punch. She pours 4 quarts 2 cups of apple juice into a bowl.
Then she pours 3 quarts 1 cup of grape juice into the bowl.
4 quarts 2 cups
+3 quarts 1 cup
7 quarts 3 cups
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 22.
Kainoa bought a brick of modeling clay that was labeled 2 kilograms. He needs to separate the clay into balls that are measured in grams. How many grams does he have?
Options:
a. 20 grams
b. 200 grams
c. 2,000 grams
d. 20,000 grams

Answer: 2,000 grams

Explanation:
Given,
Kainoa bought a brick of modeling clay that was labeled 2 kilograms.
He needs to separate the clay into balls that are measured in grams.
Convert from kilograms to grams.
1 kilogram = 1000 grams
2 kilograms = 2 × 1000 grams = 2000 grams
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 23.
A truck driver’s truck weighs 3 tons. A weigh station measures the weight in pounds. How many pounds does the truck weigh?
Options:
a. 600 pounds
b. 2,000 pounds
c. 3,000 pounds
d. 6,000 pounds

Answer: 6,000 pounds

Explanation:
Given,
A truck driver’s truck weighs 3 tons. A weigh station measures the weight in pounds.
Convert from tons to pounds.
1 ton = 2000 pounds
3 tons = 3 × 2000 pounds = 6000 pounds
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Review/Test – Page No. 493

Fill in the bubble completely to show your answer.

Question 24.
Brody and Amanda canoed for 1 hour and 20 minutes before stopping to fish at 1:15 P.M. At what time did they start canoeing?
Options:
a. 11:55 A.M.
b. 12:05 P.M.
c. 2:35 P.M.
d. 11:55 P.M.

Answer: 11:55 A.M.

Explanation:
Given,
Brody and Amanda canoed for 1 hour and 20 minutes before stopping to fish at 1:15 P.M.
13 hr 15 min
-1 hr 20 min
11 hr 55 min
Thus they start canoeing at 11:55 A.M.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 25.
Lewis fills his thermos with 2 liters of water. Garret fills his thermos with 1 liter of water. How many more milliliters of water does Lewis have than Garret?
Options:
a. 1 more milliliter
b. 100 more milliliters
c. 1,000 more milliliters
d. 2,000 more milliliters

Answer: 1,000 more milliliters

Explanation:
Given,
Lewis fills his thermos with 2 liters of water. Garret fills his thermos with 1 liter of water.
2 liters
-1 liters
1 liter
Convert from liters to milliliters.
1 liter = 1000 milliliters
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 26.
Lola won the 100-meter freestyle event at her swim meet. How many decimeters did Lola swim?
Options:
a. 1 decimeter
b. 10 decimeter
c. 100 decimeter
d. 1,000 decimeter

Answer: 1,000 decimeter

Explanation:
Given,
Lola won the 100-meter freestyle event at her swim meet.
Convert from meter to decimeter.
1 meter = 10 decimeter
100 meter = 100 × 10 decimeter = 1000 decimeter
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 27.
What is the best estimate for the length of an ant’s leg?
Options:
a. 2 millimeters
b. 2 centimeters
c. 2 decimeters
d. 2 meters

Answer: 2 centimeters

Explanation:
The best estimation for the length of an ant’s leg is 2 centimeters.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Review/Test – Page No. 494

Question 28.
Sabita made this table to relate two customary units of liquid volume. List the number pairs for the table. Describe the relationship between the numbers in each pair.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Review Test img 2
Type below:
________

Answer: The relationship between the numbers in each pair is pints and cups.

Question 29.
Label the columns of the table. Explain your answer.
Type below:
________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-4-Answer-Key-Homework-FL-Chapter-12-Relative-Sizes-of-Measurement-Units-Review-Test-img-2

Question 30.
Landon borrowed a book from the library. The data show the lengths of time Landon read the book each day until he finished it.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Review Test img 3
A. Make a tally table and a line plot to show the data.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Review Test img 4
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Review Test img 5
Type below:
________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-4-Answer-Key-Homework-FL-Chapter-12-Relative-Sizes-of-Measurement-Units-Review-Test-img-4

Question 30.
B. Explain how you used the tally table to label the numbers and plot the Xs on the line plot.
Type below:
________

Answer:
I used the number of tallys to the plot the Xs on the line plot.

Question 30.
C. What is the difference between the longest time and shortest time Landon spent reading the book?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) hour

Answer: \(\frac{3}{4}\) hour

Explanation:
The shortest time Landon spent reading the book is 1/4
The longest time Landon spent reading the book is 1
1 – 1/4 = 3/4
Thus the difference between the longest time and shortest time Landon spent reading the book is \(\frac{3}{4}\) hour.

Conclusion:

Keep in touch with our Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key in pdf format & learn the explanations of each and every question from ch 12. For more questions and assistance take help from the other two articles ie, Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units and Go Math Grade 4 Solution Key Homework practice FL Chapter 12 pdf. All The Best!!!

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers

go-math-grade-7-chapter-3-rational-numbers-answer-key

Get expert verified solutions in Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers here. So, the students of the 7th class can Download Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers pdf for free. Our Go Math 7th Grade Chapter 3 Rational Numbers helps the students to complete their homework in time and also score the highest marks in the exams.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers

All concepts are covered in one place along with answers for Go Math Grade 7 Chapter 3 Rational Numbers. Follow the steps to Download HMH Go Math Chapter 3 Grade 7 Answer Key pdf to learn simple methods to solve the problems. The quick way of solving problems will help the students to save time. Hence, check the question and find out the complete answers and explanations for every problem.

Chapter 3 – Rational Numbers and Decimals

Chapter 3 – Adding Rational Numbers

Chapter 3 – Subtracting Rational Numbers

Chapter 3 – Multiply Rational Numbers

Chapter 3 – Divide Rational Numbers

Chapter 3 – Applying Rational Number Operations

Chapter 3 – Module Review

Chapter 3 – Performance Tasks

Chapter 3 – MIXED REVIEW

Rational Numbers and Decimals – Guided Practice – Page No. 64

Write each rational number as a decimal. Then tell whether each decimal is a terminating or a repeating decimal.

Question 1.
\(\frac{3}{5}\) =
___________ decimals

Answer: terminating

Explanation:
To convert fraction decimals, we have to divide the numerator to the denominator. If the quotient goes on and on, then it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits.

\(\frac{3}{5}\) = 3 ÷ 5
3/5 = 0.6
The decimal is not repeating so it is a terminating decimal which is 0.6

Question 2.
\(\frac{89}{100}\) =
___________ decimals

Answer: terminating

Explanation:
To convert fraction decimals, we have to divide the numerator to the denominator. If the quotient goes on and on, then it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits.
\(\frac{89}{100}\) = 0.89
The decimal is not repeating so it is a terminating decimal which is 0.89

Question 3.
\(\frac{4}{12}\) =
___________ decimals

Answer: repeating

Explanation:
To convert fraction decimals, we have to divide the numerator to the denominator. If the quotient goes on and on, then it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits.
\(\frac{4}{12}\) = 4 ÷ 12
4/12 = 0. 333….
The quotient is a repeating decimal which is 0.33…

Question 4.
\(\frac{25}{99}\) =
___________ decimals

Answer: repeating

Explanation:
To convert fraction decimals, we have to divide the numerator to the denominator. If the quotient goes on and on, then it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits.
\(\frac{25}{99}\) = 0.2525…
The quotient is a repeating decimal which is 0.2525…

Question 5.
\(\frac{7}{9}\) =
___________ decimals

Answer: repeating

Explanation:
To convert fraction decimals, we have to divide the numerator to the denominator. If the quotient goes on and on, then it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits.
\(\frac{7}{9}\) = 0.77…
The quotient is a repeating decimal which is 0.77…

Question 6.
\(\frac{9}{25}\) =
___________ decimals

Answer: terminating

Explanation:
To convert fraction decimals, we have to divide the numerator to the denominator. If the quotient goes on and on, then it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits.
\(\frac{9}{25}\) = 0.36
The decimal is not repeating so it is a terminating decimal which is 0.36

Question 7.
\(\frac{1}{25}\) =
___________ decimals

Answer: terminating

Explanation:
To convert fraction decimals, we have to divide the numerator to the denominator. If the quotient goes on and on, then it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits.
\(\frac{1}{25}\) = 0.04
The decimal is not repeating so it is a terminating decimal which is 0.04

Question 8.
\(\frac{25}{176}\) =
___________ decimals

Answer: repeating

Explanation:
To convert fraction decimals, we have to divide the numerator to the denominator. If the quotient goes on and on, then it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits.
\(\frac{25}{176}\) = 0.14204545454
The quotient is a repeating decimal which is 0.14204545454

Question 9.
\(\frac{12}{1000}\) =
___________ decimals

Answer: terminating

Explanation:
To convert fraction decimals, we have to divide the numerator to the denominator. If the quotient goes on and on, then it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits.
\(\frac{12}{1000}\) =0.012
The decimal is not repeating so it is a terminating decimal which is 0.012

Write each mixed number as a decimal.

Question 10.
11 \(\frac{1}{6}\) =
___________ decimals

Answer: repeating

Explanation:
To convert fraction decimals, we have to divide the numerator to the denominator. If the quotient goes on and on, then it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits.
11 \(\frac{1}{6}\) = 11.1666666667
The quotient is a repeating decimal which is 11.1666666667

Question 11.
2 \(\frac{9}{10}\) =
___________ decimals

Answer: terminating

Explanation:
To convert fraction decimals, we have to divide the numerator to the denominator. If the quotient goes on and on, then it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits.
First, convert the mixed fraction to the improper fraction.
2 \(\frac{9}{10}\) = \(\frac{29}{10}\) = 2.9
Thus, the decimal is not repeating so it is a terminating decimal which is 2.9

Question 12.
8 \(\frac{23}{100}\) =
___________ decimals

Answer: terminating

Explanation:
To convert fraction decimals, we have to divide the numerator to the denominator. If the quotient goes on and on, then it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits.
First, convert the mixed fraction to the improper fraction.
8 \(\frac{23}{100}\) = \(\frac{823}{100}\) = 8.23
Thus, the decimal is not repeating so it is a terminating decimal which is 8.23

Question 13.
7 \(\frac{3}{15}\) =
___________ decimals

Answer: terminating

Explanation:
To convert fraction decimals, we have to divide the numerator to the denominator. If the quotient goes on and on, then it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits.
First, convert the mixed fraction to the improper fraction.
7 \(\frac{3}{15}\) = \(\frac{108}{15}\) = 7.2
Thus, the decimal is not repeating so it is a terminating decimal which is 7.2

Question 14.
54 \(\frac{3}{11}\) =
___________ decimals

Answer: repeating

Explanation:
To convert fraction decimals, we have to divide the numerator to the denominator. If the quotient goes on and on, then it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits.
First, convert the mixed fraction to the improper fraction.
54 \(\frac{3}{11}\) = \(\frac{597}{11}\) = 54.2727…
The quotient is a repeating decimal which is 54.2727…

Question 15.
3 \(\frac{1}{18}\) =
___________ decimals

Answer: repeating

Explanation:
To convert fraction decimals, we have to divide the numerator to the denominator. If the quotient goes on and on, then it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits.
First, convert the mixed fraction to the improper fraction.
3 \(\frac{1}{18}\) = \(\frac{55}{18}\) = 3.055..
The quotient is a repeating decimal which is 3.055..

Question 16.
Maggie bought 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\) lb of apples to make some apple pies. What is the weight of the apples written as a decimal?
3 \(\frac{2}{3}\) =
___________ decimal

Answer: repeating

Explanation:
To convert fraction decimals, we have to divide the numerator to the denominator. If the quotient goes on and on, then it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits.
First, convert the mixed fraction to the improper fraction.
3 \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{11}{3}\) = 3.66..
The quotient is a repeating decimal which is 3.66..

Question 17.
Harry’s dog weighs 12 \(\frac{7}{8}\) pounds. What is the weight of Harry’s dog written as a decimal?
12 \(\frac{7}{8}\) =
___________ decimals

Answer: terminating

Explanation:
Given that,
Harry’s dog weighs 12 \(\frac{7}{8}\) pounds.
To convert fraction decimals, we have to divide the numerator to the denominator. If the quotient goes on and on, then it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits.
First, convert the mixed fraction to the improper fraction.
12 \(\frac{7}{8}\) = \(\frac{103}{8}\) = 12.875

Essential Question Check-In

Question 18.
Tom is trying to write \(\frac{3}{47}\) as a decimal. He used long division and divided until he got the quotient 0.0638297872, at which point he stopped. Since the decimal doesn’t seem to terminate or repeat, he concluded that \(\frac{3}{47}\) is not rational. Do you agree or disagree? Why?
___________

Answer: disagree

Explanation:
We are given the number:
{0, 1, 2, 3, ……45, 46}
When dividing a number by 47 the possible remainders at each step are:
This means that after at most 47 steps we get a remainder which repeats. This means that process and which repeats. This means that the process stops and we get a repeating decimal.

Rational Numbers and Decimals – Independent Practice – Page No. 65

Use the table for 19–23. Write each ratio in the form \(\frac{a}{b}\) and then as a decimal. Tell whether each decimal is a terminating or a repeating decimal.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Lesson 1: Rational Numbers and Decimals img 1

Question 19.
Basketball players to football players
___________ decimal

Answer: Repeating

Explanation:
To convert fraction decimals, we have to divide the numerator to the denominator. If the quotient goes on and on, then it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits.
Since the item is asking us to write basketball players to football players, we write the number of basketball players (5) in the numerator and the number of football players (11) in the denominator.
5/11 = 0.4545..
This is a repeating decimal with 45 as the repeating digits.

Question 20.
Hockey players to lacrosse players
___________ decimal

Answer: terminating

Explanation:
To convert fraction decimals, we have to divide the numerator to the denominator. If the quotient goes on and on, then it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits.
Since the item is asking us to write hockey players to lacrosse players, we write the number of hockey players (6) in the numerator and the number of lacrosse players (10) in the denominator.
Now convert the fraction into the decimal
6/10 = 0.6
This is a terminating decimal which is 0.6.

Question 21.
Polo players to football players
___________ decimal

Answer: Repeating

Explanation:
To convert fraction decimals, we have to divide the numerator to the denominator. If the quotient goes on and on, then it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits.
Since the item is asking us to write polo players to football players, we write the number of polo players (4) in the numerator and the number of football players (11) in the denominator.
Now we convert this as a decimal.
4/11 = 0.36..
This is a repeating decimal with 36 as the repeating digits.

Question 22.
Lacrosse players to rugby players
___________ decimal

Answer: Repeating

Explanation:
To convert fraction decimals, we have to divide the numerator to the denominator. If the quotient goes on and on, then it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits.
Since the item is asking us to write lacrosse players to rugby players, we write the number of lacrosse players (10) in the numerator and the number of rugby players (15) in the denominator.
10/15 = 0.66..
This is a repeating decimal with 6 as the repeating digit.

Question 23.
Football players to soccer players
___________ decimal

Answer: terminating

Explanation:
To convert fraction decimals, we have to divide the numerator to the denominator. If the quotient goes on and on, then it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits
Since the item is asking us to write football players to soccer players, we write the number of football players (11) in the numerator and the number of soccer players (11) in the denominator.
11/11 = 1
This is a terminating decimal which is 1.

Question 24.
Look for a Pattern Beth said that the ratio of the number of players in any sport to the number of players on a lacrosse team must always be a terminating decimal. Do you agree or disagree? Why?
___________

Answer: agree

Explanation:
The ratios of the number of players in any sport to the number of players on a lacrosse team are:
{9/10, 5/10, 11/10, 6/10, 10/10, 4/10, 15/10, 11/10}
All these ratios are terminating decimals as all numerators divided by 10 lead to a terminating decimal.

Question 25.
Yvonne bought 4 \(\frac{7}{8}\) yards of material to make a dress.
a. What is 4 \(\frac{7}{8}\) written as an improper fraction?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
To convert fraction decimals, we have to divide the numerator to the denominator. If the quotient goes on and on, then it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits.
Convert from mixed fraction to the improper fraction.
4 \(\frac{7}{8}\) = (8 × 4) + 7 = 32 + 7 = 39/8

Question 25.
b. What is 4 \(\frac{7}{8}\) written as a decimal?
______

Answer:
Remember that we need to add the whole number and just convert the fraction part to decimal.
7/8 = 0.875
The fraction is a terminating decimal. Combining the whole number and the decimal part we get,
4 + 0.875 = 4.875

Question 25.
c. Communicate Mathematical Ideas If Yvonne wanted to make 3 dresses that use 4 \(\frac{7}{8}\) yd of fabric each, explain how she could use estimation to make sure she has enough fabric for all of them.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Using estimation, we say that 4 \(\frac{7}{8}\) ≈ 5.
We can now multiply 3 by 5, and therefore, she needs 15 yards of fabric.

Rational Numbers and Decimals – Page No. 66

Question 26.
Vocabulary A rational number can be written as the ratio of one _______ to another and can be represented by a repeating or ______ decimal.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: A rational number can be written as the ratio of one integer to another and can be represented by a repeating or terminating decimal.

Question 27.
Problem Solving Marcus is 5 \(\frac{7}{24}\) feet tall. Ben is 5 \(\frac{5}{16}\) feet tall. Which of the two boys is taller? Justify your answer.
_____________

Answer:
Explanation:
To convert fraction decimals, we have to divide the numerator to the denominator. If the quotient goes on and on, then it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits.
To determine who is taller, we convert both to decimals. Remember that we need to add the whole number and just convert the fraction part to decimal.
For Marcus:
7/24 = 0.29166..
Combine the whole number and the decimal part we get 5.29166..
For Ben:
5/16 = 0.3125
Combine the whole number and the decimal part we get 5.1325
Hence Ben is taller.

Question 28.
Represent Real-World Problems If one store is selling \(\frac{3}{4}\) of a bushel of apples for 9 dollars, and another store is selling \(\frac{2}{3}\) of a bushel of apples for 9 dollars, which store has the better deal? Explain your answer.
_____________

Answer:
To convert fraction decimals, we have to divide the numerator to the denominator. If the quotient goes on and on, then it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits.
To determine which store has a better deal, we convert both fractions to decimals.
For the first store:
3/4 = 0.75
For the second store:
2/3 = 0.666..
Since the first store offers 0.75 of a bushel of apples, this store has a better deal.

Question 29.
Analyze Relationships You are given a fraction in simplest form. The numerator is not zero. When you write the fraction as a decimal, it is a repeating decimal. Which numbers from 1 to 10 could be the denominator?
Type below:
_____________

Answer: {3, 6, 7, 9}

Explanation:
Since the only numbers which can be factors of the denominators lead to a terminating decimal are 1, 2, and 5 and combinations of them, it means that if the denominator has at least one of the other numbers at the denominator, the decimal form will be a repeating decimal.
Among the numbers from 1 to 10, the presence of any of these numbers in the denominator will lead to a repeating decimal:
{3, 6, 7, 9}

Question 30.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas Julie got 21 of the 23 questions on her math test correct. She got 29 of the 32 questions on her science test correct. On which test did she get a higher score? Can you compare the fractions \(\frac{21}{23}\) and \(\frac{29}{32}\) by comparing 29 and 21? Explain. How can Julie compare her scores?
_____________

Answer:
To convert fraction decimals, we have to divide the numerator to the denominator. If the quotient goes on and on, then it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits.
For the math test:
21/23 = 0.9130
For the science test:
29/32 = 0.9063
Therefore she got a higher score in her math test.
Julie got a higher score in her math test. We cannot compare the fractions by comparing the numerators. Instead, we can compare her scores if the denominators of the fractions are the same.

Question 31.
Look for a Pattern Look at the decimal 0.121122111222.… If the pattern continues, is this a repeating decimal? Explain.
_____________

Answer: The number is not a repeating decimal.

Adding Rational Numbers – Guided Practice – Page No. 72

Use a number line to find each sum.

Question 1.
−3 + (−1.5) =
______

Answer: -4.5

Explanation:
Remember if the number being added is positive, move the number of units going to the right and if the number being added is negative, move the number of units to the left.
Since we are adding a negative number, starting from -3, we move 1.5 units to the left. This results in -4.5.

Question 2.
1.5 + 3.5 =
______

Answer: 5

Explanation:
Remember if the number being added is positive, move the number of units going to the right and if the number being added is negative, move the number of units to the left.
Since we are adding a positive number, starting from 1.5 we move 3.5 units to the right. This results in 5.

Question 3.
\(\frac{1}{4}+\frac{1}{2}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
Remember if the number being added is positive, move the number of units going to the right and if the number being added is negative, move the number of units to the left.
Since we are adding a positive number, starting from 1/4, we move 1/2 or 2/4, units to the right. This results in 3/4.

Question 4.
−1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) + (−1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)) =
______

Answer: -3

Explanation:
Remember if the number being added is positive, move the number of units going to the right and if the number being added is negative, move the number of units to the left.
Since we are adding a negative number, starting from −1 \(\frac{1}{2}\), we move 1 1/2 units to the left. This is results in -3.

Question 5.
3 + (−5) =
______

Answer: -2

Explanation:
Remember if the number being added is positive, move the number of units going to the right and if the number being added is negative, move the number of units to the left.
Since we are adding a negative number, starting from 3 we move 5 units to the left. This results in -2.

Question 6.
(−1.5) + 4 =
______

Answer: 2.5

Explanation:
Remember if the number being added is positive, move the number of units going to the right and if the number being added is negative, move the number of units to the left.
Since we are adding a positive number, starting from 1.5 we move 4 units to the left. This results in 2.5

Question 7.
Victor borrowed 21.50 dollars from his mother to go to the theater. A week later, he paid her 21.50 dollars back. How much does he still owe her?
______

Answer: 0

Explanation:
We use positive numbers for the money he receives and negative numbers for the money he returns.
21.50 – 21.50 = 0
The result is zero. This means he doesn’t owe anything to his mother.

Question 8.
Sandra used her debit card to buy lunch for 8.74 on Monday. On Tuesday, she deposited 8.74 back into her account. What is the overall increase or decrease in her bank account?
______

Answer: 0

Explanation:
We use positive numbers for the money she deposits and negative numbers for the money she spends.
-8.74 + 8.74 = 0
The result is zero. This means her bank account didn’t increase or decrease.

Find each sum without using a number line.

Question 9.
2.75 + (−2) + (−5.25) =
______

Answer: -4.50

Explanation:
We are given the expression:
2.75 + (-2) + (-5.25)
We group numbers with the same sign using the associative property.
2.75 – 7.25 = -4.50

Question 10.
−3 + (1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)) + (2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)) =
______

Answer: 1

Explanation:
We are given the expression
-3 + (1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)) + (2 \(\frac{1}{2}\))
-3 + 1.5 + 2.5
We group numbers with the same sign using the associative property.
-3 + 4 = 1
The larger number is having a positive sign so the sum is 1.

Question 11.
−12.4 + 9.2 + 1 =
______

Answer: -2.2

Explanation:
We are given the expression
-12.4 + 9.2 + 1
We group numbers with the same sign using the associative property.
-12.4 + 10.2 = -2.2
The larger number is having a negative sign so the answer is -2.2.

Question 12.
−12 + 8 + 13 =
______

Answer: 9

Explanation:
We are given the expression|
-12 + 8 + 13
We group numbers with the same sign using the associative property.
-12 + 21 = 9
The larger number is having the positive sign so the answer is 9.

Question 13.
4.5 + (−12) + (−4.5) =
______

Answer: -12

Explanation:
We are given the expression
4.5 + (-12) + (-4.5)
We group numbers with the same sign using the associative property.
0 – 12 = -12
The larger number is having the negative sign so the answer is -12.

Question 14.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) + (− \(\frac{3}{4}\)) =
– \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: -0.50

Explanation:
We are given the expression
\(\frac{1}{4}\) + (− \(\frac{3}{4}\))
Convert the fraction to Decimal.
0.25 – 0.75 = -0.50
The larger number is having the negative sign so the sum is -0.50

Question 15.
−4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) + 2 =
– \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: -2.5

Explanation:
We  = are given the expression
−4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) + 2
Convert from fraction to decimal.
-4.5 + 2 = -2.5
The larger number is having the negative sign so the sum is -2.5.

Question 16.
−8 + (−1 \(\frac{1}{8}\)) =
– \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: -9.125

Explanation:
We are given the expression
−8 + (−1 \(\frac{1}{8}\))
Convert from fraction to decimal.
-8 + (-1.125) = – 9.125

Question 17.
How can you use a number line to find the sum of -4 and 6?
Type below:
____________

Answer: 6

Explanation:
Remember if the number being added is positive, move the number of units going to the right and if the number being added is negative, move the number of units to the left.
Since we are adding a positive number, starting from -4 we move 6 units to the right. This results in 2.

Adding Rational Numbers – Independent Practice – Page No. 73

Question 18.
Samuel walks forward 19 steps. He represents this movement with a positive 19. How would he represent the opposite of this number?
_______

Answer: -19
He would represent the opposite of 19 by a negative 19.

Question 19.
Julia spends 2.25 on gas for her lawn mower. She earns 15.00 mowing her neighbor’s yard. What is Julia’s profit?
_______

Answer: $12.75

Explanation:
We use positive numbers for the money she earns and negative numbers for the money she spends.
-2.25 + 15 = 12.75
Thus her profit is $12.75

Question 20.
A submarine submerged at a depth of -35.25 meters dives an additional 8.5 meters. What is the new depth of the submarine?
_______

Answer: In adding two integers with same sign add their absolute value and keep the common sign.
When adding two integers with opposite sign subtract the smaller absolute value from the larger and keep the sign of the number with the larger absolute value.
Since the submarine dove 32.25 meters down this can be interrupted as -32.25. And because it dove an additional 8.5 meters down, we can add -8.5 meters to the previous distance.
Add 32.25 and 8.5 meters
32.25 + 8.5 = 43.75 meters
Thus the submarines new depth is 43.75 meters deep or -43.75 meters.

Question 21.
Renee hiked for 4 \(\frac{3}{4}\) miles. After resting, Renee hiked back along the same route for 3 \(\frac{1}{4}\) miles. How many more miles does Renee need to hike to return to the place where she started?
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Given that
Renee hiked for 4 \(\frac{3}{4}\) miles. After resting, Renee hiked back along the same route for 3 \(\frac{1}{4}\) miles.
4 \(\frac{3}{4}\) + (-3 \(\frac{1}{4}\)) = 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Thus Renee needs to hike to return to the place where she started is 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) or 1.5 miles.

Question 22.
Geography
The average elevation of the city of New Orleans, Louisiana, is 0.5 m below sea level. The highest point in Louisiana is Driskill Mountain at about 163.5 m higher than New Orleans. How high is Driskill Mountain?
_______

Answer: 163 meters

Explanation:
We use the positive numbers for the elevation above the sea level and negative numbers for the elevation below the sea level.
163.5 – 0.5 = 163 meters
Thus the height of the Driskill mountain is 163 meters.

Question 23.
Problem Solving
A contestant on a game show has 30 points. She answers a question correctly to win 15 points. Then she answers a question incorrectly and loses 25 points. What is the contestant’s final score?
_______

Answer: 20

Explanation:
We use positive numbers for won points and negative numbers for lost points.
30 + 15 + (-25) = 20
Thus the final score is 20.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Lesson 2: Adding Rational Numbers img 2

Financial Literacy

Use the table for 24–26. Kameh owns a bakery. He recorded the bakery income and expenses in a table.

Question 24.
In which months were the expenses greater than the income? Name the month and find how much money was lost.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
We count the balance for January
1205 + (-1290.60)  = -85.60
We count the balance for February
1183 + (-1345.44) = -162.44
January: $85.60
February: $162.44

Question 25.
In which months was the income greater than the expenses? Name the months and find how much money was gained.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
The income was greater than the expenses in the months:
We count the balance for june:
2413 + (-2106.23) = 306.77
We count the balance for july:
2260 + (-1958.50) = 301.5
We count the balance for august:
2183 + (-1845.12) = 337.88
June: $306.77 gained
July: $301.5 gained
August: $337.88 gained

Question 26.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas
If the bakery started with an extra $250 from the profits in December, describe how to use the information in the table to figure out the profit or loss of money at the bakery by the end of August. Then calculate the profit or loss.
Balance: $ _______

Answer: 948.71

Explanation:
If the bakery started with an extra $250 from the profits in December.
We will add this amount to January’s income.
250 + 1205 + 1183 + 1664 + 2413 + 2260 + 2183 = 11,158
We compute the expenses during the 6 months
(-1290) + (-1345.44) + (-1664) + (-2106.24) + (-1958.50) + (-1845.12) = -10209.29
11158 -10209.29 = 948.71
Since the result is a positive number, the bakery has profit.

Adding Rational Numbers – Independent Practice – Page No. 74

Question 27.
Vocabulary
-2 is the ________ of 2.
__________

Answer: additive inverse

Explanation:
When the sum of two numbers with opposite signs is 0, then they are additive inverses of eacj other.
Therefore, -2 is the additive inverse of 2.

Question 28.
The basketball coach made up a game to play where each player takes 10 shots at the basket. For every basket made, the player gains 10 points. For every basket missed, the player loses 15 points.
a. The player with the highest score sank 7 baskets and missed 3. What was the highest score?
_______ points

Answer: 25

Explanation:
We use the positive numbers for won points and negative numbers for lost points.
We determine the highest score:
7(10) + 3(-15) = 70 + (-45) = 25

Question 28.
b. The player with the lowest score sank 2 baskets and missed 8. What was the lowest score?
_______ points

Answer: -100

Explanation:
We determine the lowest score:
2(10) + 8(-15) = 20 + (-120) = -100

Question 28.
c. Write an expression using addition to find out what the score would be if a player sank 5 baskets and missed 5 baskets.
Type below:
__________

Answer: -25

Explanation:
We determine the score for 5 baskets and 5 missed baskets:
5(10) + 5(-15) = 50 + (-75)
50 – 75 = -25

H.O.T

FOCUS ON HIGHER ORDER THINKING

Question 29.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas
Explain the different ways it is possible to add two rational numbers and get a negative number.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
The sum of two rational numbers is negative either if both numbers are negative, or they have different signs, but the negative number is the one with the greater absolute value.

Question 30.
Explain the Error
A student evaluated -4 + x for x = -9 \(\frac{1}{2}\) and got an answer of 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\). What might the student have done wrong?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
We expect about 95% of all possible samples to have a 95% confidence interval that contains the population proportion who favor such an amendment.

Question 31.
Draw Conclusions
Can you find the sum [5.5 + (-2.3)] + (-5.5 + 2.3) without performing any additions?
_______

Answer:
Yes, we can find the sum without performing any computation if we notice that the two numbers from each set of brackets are the opposites of the numbers in the other set  of bracelets, thus the sum is zero:
[5.5 + (-2.3)] + (-5.5 + 2.3)
5.5 – 2.3 – 5.5 + 2.3 = 0

Subtracting Rational Numbers – Guided Practice – Page No. 79

Use a number line to find each difference.

Question 1.
5 − (−8) =
_______

Answer: 13

Explanation:
Remember if the number being subtracted is positive, move the number of units going to the left and if the number being subtracted is negative, move the number of units to the right.
Since we are subtracting a negative number, starting from 5, we move 8 units to the right. This results in 13.

Question 2.
−3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) − 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) =
_______

Answer: -8

Explanation:
Remember if the number being subtracted is positive, move the number of units going to the left and if the number being subtracted is negative, move the number of units to the right.
Since we are subtracting a positive number, starting from −3 \(\frac{1}{2}\), we move 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) units to the left. This results in -8.

Question 3.
−7 − 4 =
_______

Answer: -11

Explanation:
Remember if the number being subtracted is positive, move the number of units going to the left and if the number being subtracted is negative, move the number of units to the right.
Since we are subtracting a positive number, starting from -7, we move 4 units to the left. This results in -11.

Question 4.
−0.5 − 3.5 =
_______

Answer: -4

Explanation:
Remember if the number being subtracted is positive, move the number of units going to the left and if the number being subtracted is negative, move the number of units to the right.
Since we are subtracting a positive number, starting from -0.5, we move 3.5 units to the left. This results in -4

Find each difference.

Question 5.
−14 − 22 =
_______

Answer: -36

Explanation:
We have to determine the difference
-14 – 22 = (-14) + (-22) = -36
−14 − 22 = -36

Question 6.
−12.5 − (−4.8) =
_______

Answer: -7.7

Explanation:
-12.5 – (-4.8)
We convert subtraction into addition with the opposite number
-12.5 – (-4.8) = -12.5 + 4.8 = -7.7
So, the answer is -7.7

Question 7.
\(\frac{1}{3}\) − (−\(\frac{2}{3}\)) =
_______

Answer: 1

Explanation:
\(\frac{1}{3}\) − (−\(\frac{2}{3}\))
\(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{3}{3}\) = 1
The result is 1.

Question 8.
65 − (−14) =
_______

Answer: 79

Explanation:
We convert subtraction into addition with the opposite number
65 − (−14) = 65 + 14 = 79
The answer is 79.

Question 9.
− \(\frac{2}{9}\) − (−3) =
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{7}{9}\)

Explanation:
We convert subtraction into addition with the opposite number
− \(\frac{2}{9}\) − (−3) = − \(\frac{2}{9}\) + 3 = 2 \(\frac{7}{9}\)
The answer is 2 \(\frac{7}{9}\)

Question 10.
24 \(\frac{3}{8}\) − (−54 \(\frac{1}{8}\)) =
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 78 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
We convert subtraction into addition with the opposite number.
24 \(\frac{3}{8}\) − (−54 \(\frac{1}{8}\)) = 24 \(\frac{3}{8}\) + 54 \(\frac{1}{8}\) = 78 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Thus the result is 78 \(\frac{1}{2}\).

Question 11.
A girl is snorkeling 1 meter below sea level and then dives down another 0.5 meter. How far below sea level is the girl?
_______

Answer: 1.5 meter

Explanation:
1 m below sea level is represented by the number -14. Since she is diving down 0.5 m, you must subtract -1 – 0.5 = -1.5 m
Thus the girl is 1.5 m long.

Question 12.
The first play of a football game resulted in a loss of 12 \(\frac{1}{2}\) yards. Then a penalty resulted in another loss of 5 yards. What is the total loss or gain?
_______

Answer: 17 \(\frac{1}{2}\) yards

Explanation:
The first play of a football game resulted in a loss of 12 \(\frac{1}{2}\) yards. Then a penalty resulted in another loss of 5 yards.
-12 \(\frac{1}{2}\) – 5 = -17 \(\frac{1}{2}\) yards
It is a loss of 17 \(\frac{1}{2}\) yards

Question 13.
A climber starts descending from 533 feet above sea level and keeps going until she reaches 10 feet below sea level. How many feet did she descend?
_______

Answer: 543 feet

Explanation:
Given,
A climber starts descending from 533 feet above sea level and keeps going until she reaches 10 feet below sea level.
533 feet + 10 feet = 543 feet

Question 14.
Eleni withdrew 45.00 dollars from her savings account. She then used her debit card to buy groceries for 30.15 dollars. What was the total amount Eleni took out of her account?
_______

Answer: $75.15

Explanation:
Given that,
Eleni withdrew 45.00 dollars from her savings account. She then used her debit card to buy groceries for 30.15 dollars.
$45 + $30.15 = $75.15
Thus Eleni took $75.15 out of her account.

Question 15.
Mandy is trying to subtract 4 – 12, and she has asked you for help. How would you explain the process of solving the problem to Mandy, using a number line?
Type below:
____________

Answer: Start at 4 on the number line. Then move 12 places to the left since you are subtracting. This gives -8.

Subtracting Rational Numbers – Independent Practice – Page No. 80

Question 16.
Science
At the beginning of a laboratory experiment, the temperature of a substance is -12.6 °C. During the experiment, the temperature of the substance decreases 7.5 °C. What is the final temperature of the substance?
_______

Answer: -20.1°C

Explanation:
Remember if the number being subtracted is positive, move the number of units going to the left and if the number being subtracted is negative, move the number of units to the right.
Since the temperature of the substance is -12.6 and it decreases further by 7.5, we can create the expression -12.6 – 7.5.
-12.6 – 7.5 = -20.1
Thus the final temperature is -20.1°C

Question 17.
A diver went 25.65 feet below the surface of the ocean, and then 16.5 feet further down, he then rose 12.45 feet. Write and solve an expression to find the diver’s new depth.
_______

Answer: -29.7 feet

Explanation:
Remember if the number being subtracted is positive, move the number of units going to the left and if the number being subtracted is negative, move the number of units to the right.
Since the diver went down 25.65 feet then dove again further by 16.5 feet then rose up by 12.45 feet, we can create the expression -25.65 – 16.5 + 12.45 = -29.7 feet
The diver’s new depth is -29.7 feet.

Question 18.
A city known for its temperature extremes started the day at -5 degrees Fahrenheit. The temperature increased by 78 degrees Fahrenheit by midday, and then dropped 32 degrees by nightfall.
a. What expression can you write to find the temperature at nightfall?
Type below:
____________

Answer:
The temperature started at -5 degrees then increased 78 degrees and then dropped 32 degrees.
The expression is -5 + 78 – 32

Question 18.
b. What expression can you write to describe the overall change in temperature? Hint: Do not include the temperature at the beginning of the day since you only
Type below:
____________

Answer: The overall change is the increase and decrease combined.
The expression is 78 – 32

Question 18.
c. What is the final temperature at nightfall? What is the overall change in temperature?
Type below:
____________

Answer:
Use the first expression -5 + 78 – 32 = 73 – 32 = 41 degrees
78 – 32 = 46 degrees

Question 19.
Financial Literacy
On Monday, your bank account balance was -$12.58. Because you didn’t realize this, you wrote a check for $30.72 for groceries.
a. What is the new balance in your checking account?
$ _______

Answer:
Subtract the check amount from the initial balance.
-$12.58 – $30.72 = -$43.30

Question 19.
b. The bank charges a $25 fee for paying a check on a negative balance. What is the balance in your checking account after this fee?
$ _______

Answer:
Subtract 25 from the balance from part a.
-$43.30 – $25 = -$68.30

Question 19.
c. How much money do you need to deposit to bring your account balance back up to $0 after the fee?
$ _______

Answer:
Since the account balance is -$68.30, a deposit of $68.30 is required to make the balance $0.

Astronomy

Use the table for problems 20–21.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Lesson 3: Subtracting Rational Numbers img 3

Question 20.
How much deeper is the deepest canyon on Mars than the deepest canyon on Venus?
_______

Answer: -16,500 feet deper

Explanation:
Subtract the lowest elevations of Mars and Venus.
-26,000 – (-9500) = -16,500

Question 21.
Persevere in Problem Solving
What is the difference between Earth’s highest mountain and its deepest ocean canyon? What is the difference between Mars’ highest mountain and its deepest canyon? Which difference is greater? How much greater is it?
Type below:
____________

Answer:
Subtract the highest elevation and the lowest elevation on Earth.
29,035 – (-36,198) = 65,233
Subtract the highest elevation and the lowest elevation on Mars.
96,000 – 65,233 = 30,767
96,000 is greater than 65,233 so the difference for Mars is greater. subtract these two numbers to get how much greater.

Subtracting Rational Numbers – Page No. 81

Question 22.
Pamela wants to make some friendship bracelets for her friends. Each friendship bracelet needs 5.2 inches of string.
a. If Pamela has 20 inches of string, does she have enough to make bracelets for 4 of her friends?
a. _______

Answer: no

Explanation:
Each bracelet needs 5.2 inches so multiply 4 and 5.2 inches to see how many total inches she needs this is greater than 20 so she does not have enough.
4 × 5.2 = 20.8 inches

Question 22.
b. If so, how much string would she had left over? If not, how much more string would she need?
_______ in.

Answer: She needs 0.8 inches more

Question 23.
Jeremy is practicing some tricks on his skateboard. One trick takes him forward 5 feet, then he flips around and moves backwards 7.2 feet, then he moves forward again for 2.2 feet.
a. What expression could be used to find how far Jeremy is from his starting position when he finishes the trick?
Type below:
___________

Answer: 5 – 7.2 + 2.2

Explanation:
He moves 5 feet forward, back 7.2 feet, and then forward 2.2 feet.

Question 23.
b. How far from his starting point is he when he finishes the trick? Explain
_______ ft.

Answer: 0 ft

Explanation:
Since the distance just pulls hi back and forth at the same amount of distance.
5 – 7.2 + 2.2 = 0 ft

Question 24.
Esteban has $20 from his allowance. There is a comic book he wishes to buy that costs $4.25, a cereal bar that costs $0.89, and a small remote control car that costs $10.99.
a. Does Esteban have enough to buy everything?
a. _______

Answer:
Find the total amount of money he wants to spend this is less than 20 so he has enough
4.25 + 0.89 + 10.99 = 16.13
Thus Esteban had enough money.

Question 24.
b. If so, how much will he have left over? If not, how much does he still need?
$ _______

Answer:
Subtract the amount he wants to spend from the amount he has to find how much he has left.
20 – 16.13 = 3.87
Thus $3.87 left.

Subtracting Rational Numbers – H.O.T – Page No. 82

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Question 25.
Look for a Pattern
Show how you could use the Commutative Property to simplify the evaluation of the expression \(-\frac{7}{16}-\frac{1}{4}-\frac{5}{16}\).
_______

Answer:
\(-\frac{7}{16}-\frac{1}{4}-\frac{5}{16}\)
-12/16 – 1/4
= -3/4 -1/4
= -4/4 = -1

Question 26.
Problem Solving
The temperatures for five days in Kaktovik, Alaska, are given below.
-19.6 °F, -22.5 °F, -20.9 °F, -19.5 °F, -22.4 °F
Temperatures for the following week are expected to be twelve degrees lower every day. What are the highest and lowest temperatures expected for the corresponding 5 days next week?
Type below:
____________

Answer:
The highest temperature for the first five days was -19.5 degrees so the highest temperature the following week is 12 degrees less than that. the lowest temperature the first week was -22.9 degree so the lowest temperature the second week is 12 degree below that
high: -19.5 – 12 = -31.5°F
low: -22.5 – 12 = -34.5°F

Question 27.
Make a Conjecture
Must the difference between two rational numbers be a rational number? Explain.
_______

Answer:
Yes, the difference between two rational numbers must be rational. Subtracting two fractions equals a fraction of an integer. Integers are rational numbers so even if the answer isn’t a fraction, it is still a rational number.

Question 28.
Look for a Pattern
Evan said that the difference between two negative numbers must be negative. Was he right? Use examples to illustrate your answer.
_______

Answer:
He is not correct. The difference between -2 and -5 is -2- (-5) = -2 + 5 = 3
which is not negative.

Multiply Rational Numbers – Guided Practice – Page No. 86

Use a number line to find each product.

Question 1.
5(−\(\frac{2}{3}\)) =
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: -3 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
Remember if the number being multiplied is positive, starting from zero move the number of units by how many times it is multiplied going to the right and if the number being multiplied is negative, starting from zero, move the number of units by how many times it is multiplied going to the left.
Since we are multiplying −\(\frac{2}{3}\) by 5, starting from 0, we move \(\frac{2}{3}\) units to the left five times. This results in -3 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 2.
3(−\(\frac{1}{4}\)) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: –\(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
Remember if the number being multiplied is positive, starting from zero move the number of units by how many times it is multiplied going to the right and if the number being multiplied is negative, starting from zero, move the number of units by how many times it is multiplied going to the left.
Since we are multiplying −\(\frac{1}{4}\) by 3, starting from 0, we move −\(\frac{1}{4}\) units to the left three times. This results in –\(\frac{3}{4}\).

Question 3.
−3(−\(\frac{4}{7}\)) =
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{5}{7}\)

Explanation:
Remember if the number being multiplied is positive, starting from zero move the number of units by how many times it is multiplied going to the right and if the number being multiplied is negative, starting from zero, move the number of units by how many times it is multiplied going to the left.
Since we are multiplying −\(\frac{4}{7}\) by -3, let us first multiply −\(\frac{4}{7}\) by 3. Starting from 0, we move \(\frac{4}{7}\) units to the left three times.
This results in -1 \(\frac{5}{7}\)
Therefore the opposite of this is 1 \(\frac{5}{7}\).

Question 4.
−\(\frac{3}{4}\)(−4) =
______

Answer: 3

Explanation:
Remember if the number being multiplied is positive, starting from zero move the number of units by how many times it is multiplied going to the right and if the number being multiplied is negative, starting from zero, move the number of units by how many times it is multiplied going to the left.
Since we are multiplying −\(\frac{3}{4}\) by -4, let us first multiply −\(\frac{3}{4}\) by 4. Starting from 0, we move \(\frac{3}{4}\) units to the left three times. This results in -3. Therefore the opposite of this is 3.

Question 5.
4(−3) =
______

Answer: -12

Explanation:
Remember if the number being multiplied is positive, starting from zero move the number of units by how many times it is multiplied going to the right and if the number being multiplied is negative, starting from zero, move the number of units by how many times it is multiplied going to the left.
Since we are multiplying -3 by 4, starting from 0, we move 3 units to the left four times. This results in -12.

Question 6.
(−1.8)5 =
______

Answer: -9

Explanation:
Remember if the number being multiplied is positive, starting from zero move the number of units by how many times it is multiplied going to the right and if the number being multiplied is negative, starting from zero, move the number of units by how many times it is multiplied going to the left.
Since we are multiplying -1.8 by 5, starting from 0, we move 1.8 units to the left five times. This results in -9.

Question 7.
−2(−3.4) =
______

Answer: 6.8

Explanation:
Remember if the number being multiplied is positive, starting from zero move the number of units by how many times it is multiplied going to the right and if the number being multiplied is negative, starting from zero, move the number of units by how many times it is multiplied going to the left.
Since we are multiplying -2 by -3.4, starting from 0, starting from 0, we move 3.4 units to the left two times. This results in -6.8. Therefore, the opposite of this is 6.8.

Question 8.
0.54(8) =
______

Answer: 4.32

Explanation:
Remember if the number being multiplied is positive, starting from zero move the number of units by how many times it is multiplied going to the right and if the number being multiplied is negative, starting from zero, move the number of units by how many times it is multiplied going to the left.
Since we are multiplying 0.54 by 8, starting from 0, we move 0.54 units to the right eight times. This results in 4.32.

Question 9.
−5(−1.2) =
______

Answer: 6

Explanation:
Remember if the number being multiplied is positive, starting from zero move the number of units by how many times it is multiplied going to the right and if the number being multiplied is negative, starting from zero, move the number of units by how many times it is multiplied going to the left.
Since we are multiplying -1.2 by -5, Starting from 0, we move 1.2 units to the left five times. This results in -6. Therefore the opposite of this is 6.

Question 10.
−2.4(3) =
______

Answer: -7.2

Explanation:
Remember if the number being multiplied is positive, starting from zero move the number of units by how many times it is multiplied going to the right and if the number being multiplied is negative, starting from zero, move the number of units by how many times it is multiplied going to the left.
Since we are multiplying -2.4 by 3, starting from 0, we move 2.4 units to the left three times. This results in -7.2

Multiply.

Question 11.
\(\frac{1}{2} \times \frac{2}{3} \times \frac{3}{4}\) = □ × \(\frac{3}{4}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{1}{2} \times \frac{2}{3} \times \frac{3}{4}\) = □ × \(\frac{3}{4}\)
1/3 × 3/4 = 1/4
\(\frac{1}{2} \times \frac{2}{3} \times \frac{3}{4}\) = □ × \(\frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Question 12.
\(-\frac{4}{7}\left(-\frac{3}{5}\right)\left(-\frac{7}{3}\right)\) = □ × \(\left(-\frac{7}{3}\right)\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: – \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Explanation:
Multiply the first two fractions by multiplying the top numbers together and multiply the bottom numbers together.
Remember that two negatives make a positive so the product of the first two fractions is positive.
\(-\frac{4}{7}\left(-\frac{3}{5}\right)\left(-\frac{7}{3}\right)\) = □ × \(\left(-\frac{7}{3}\right)\)
12/35 × -7/3 = -4/5

Question 13.
\(-\frac{1}{8} \times 5 \times \frac{2}{3}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: –\(\frac{5}{12}\)

Explanation:
Use the commutative property to switch the order of the first two fractions.
\(-\frac{1}{8} \times 5 \times \frac{2}{3}\) = –\(\frac{1}{8}\) × \(\frac{2}{3}\) × 5
–\(\frac{1}{12}\) × 5 = –\(\frac{5}{12}\)

Question 14.
\(-\frac{2}{3}\left(\frac{1}{2}\right)\left(-\frac{6}{7}\right)\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{2}{7}\)

Explanation:
Multiply the first two fractions by cancelling the 2s.
\(-\frac{2}{3}\left(\frac{1}{2}\right)\left(-\frac{6}{7}\right)\) = –\(\frac{1}{3}\)(-\(\frac{6}{7}\))
Multiply by cancelling the 3 and 6 to get a 2 in the numerator two negatives make a positive.
So the answer is \(\frac{2}{7}\)

Question 15.
The price of one share of Acme Company declined $3.50 per day for 4 days in a row. What is the overall change in price of one share?
$ _______

Answer: -$14

Explanation:
Given that,
The price of one share of Acme Company declined $3.50 per day for 4 days in a row.
-$3.50 × 4 = -$14.00
Thus the overall change in the price of one share is -$14.

Question 16.
In one day, 18 people each withdrew $100 from an ATM machine. What is the overall change in the amount of money in the ATM machine?
$ _______

Answer: The overall change in the amount of money in the ATM machine is the product of the amount people withdrew times the number of people. This gives -100(18) = -1800.
Therefore the overall change in the amount of money in the ATM machine is -$1800.

Question 17.
Explain how you can find the sign of the product of two or more rational numbers.
Type below:
____________

Answer: If the product has an even number of negative signs, then the product is positive. If the product has an odd number of negative signs, then the product is negative.

Multiply Rational Numbers – Independent Practice – Page No. 87

Question 18.
Financial Literacy
Sandy has $200 in her bank account.
a. If she writes 6 checks for exactly $19.98, what expression describes the change in her bank account?
_______

Answer: The change in her bank account is equal to the product of the check amounts and the number of checks.
This gives the expressions 6(-19.98)

Question 18.
b. What is her account balance after the checks are cashed?
$ _______

Answer: She started with $200 and her account balance changes by 6(-19.98) dollars so her account balance is 200 – 6(-19.98) = 200 – 119.88 = 80.12

Question 19.
Communicating Mathematical Ideas
Explain, in words, how to find the product of -4(-1.5) using a number line. Where do you end up?
Type below:
____________

Answer:
First, find the value of -4(-1.5) by starting at 0 on the number line and moving 1.5 units left four times.
This gives a value of 4(-1.5) = -6
Since -4(-1.5) is the opposite of 4(-1.5), the answer is 6.

Question 20.
Greg sets his watch for the correct time on Wednesday. Exactly one week later, he finds that his watch has lost 3 \(\frac{1}{4}\) minutes. If his watch continues to lose time at the same rate, what will be the overall change in time after 8 weeks?
_______ minutes

Answer: 26 minutes

Explanation:
Given,
Greg sets his watch for the correct time on Wednesday.
Exactly one week later, he finds that his watch has lost 3 \(\frac{1}{4}\) minutes.
8(3 \(\frac{1}{4}\)) = 8 \(\frac{13}{4}\)
= 2 × 13 = 26 minutes.
Therefore the overall change in time after 8 weeks is 26 minutes.

Question 21.
A submarine dives below the surface, heading downward in three moves. If each move downward was 325 feet, where is the submarine after it is finished diving?
_______ feet

Answer: 975

Explanation:
Moving downward is represented by a negative number. Multiply the distance traveled down by the number of moves.
3 × -325 feet = -975
The submarine is 975 feet below the surface.

Question 22.
Multistep
For Home Economics class, Sandra has 5 cups of flour. She made 3 batches of cookies that each used 1.5 cups of flour. Write and solve an expression to find the amount of flour Sandra has left after making the 3 batches of cookies.
_______ cups

Answer: 0.5 cups

Explanation:
Sandra has a total of 5 cups of flour. Since she used 1.5 cups per batch of the cookie, and there are 3 batches, we can subtract the product of the cups and the number of batches
1.5 × 3 = 4.5
Therefore the expression should be 5 – 4.5 = 0.5
Thus Sandra has 0.5 cups of flour left.

Question 23.
Critique Reasoning
In class, Matthew stated,“I think that a negative is like the opposite. That is why multiplying a negative times a negative equals a positive. The opposite of negative is positive, so it is just like multiplying the opposite of a negative twice, which is two positives.”
Do you agree or disagree with his reasoning? What would you say in response to him?
_______

Answer: I agree with him. The product of two negatives is positive because the product of two positives is positive and negatives are opposites of positives.

Question 24.
Kaitlin is on a long car trip. Every time she stops to buy gas, she loses 15 minutes of travel time. If she has to stop 5 times, how late will she be getting to her destination?
_______ minutes

Answer: 75 minutes

Explanation:
Multiply the number of stops by the length of each stop to find the time she will be late.
5 × 15 = 75
Thus Kaitlin will be 75 minutes late to reach her destination.

Multiply Rational Numbers – Page No. 88

Question 25.
The table shows the scoring system for quarterbacks in Jeremy’s fantasy football league. In one game, Jeremy’s quarterback had 2 touchdown passes, 16 complete passes, 7 incomplete passes, and 2 interceptions. How many total points did Jeremy’s quarterback score?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Lesson 4: Multiply Rational Numbers img 4
_______ pts

Answer: 13.5 points

Explanation:
Write the expression for the total number of points
2(6) + 16(0.5) + 7(-0.5) + 2(-1.5)
= 12 + 8 – 3.5 – 3
= 20 – 6.5
= 13.5
Thus Jeremy’s quarterback scored 13.5 points.

H.O.T

Focus On Higher Order Thinking

Question 26.
Represent Real-World Problems
The ground temperature at Brigham Airport is 12 °C. The temperature decreases by 6.8 °C for every increase of 1 kilometer above the ground. What is the overall change in temperature outside a plane flying at an altitude of 5 kilometers above Brigham Airport?
_______ °C

Answer: -22°C

Explanation:
Remember if the number being multiplied is positive, starting from zero moves the number of units by how many times it is multiplied going to the right and if the number being multiplied is negative, starting from zero, move the number of units by how many times it is multiplied going to the left.
Note that the ground temperature is 12°C. Since the temperature decreases by 6.8°C for every kilometer above ground, and the given height of the plane is 5 kilometers,
We can subtract the product of the temperature and the distance 5(6.8) from the ground temperature.
Therefore the expression should be 12 – 5(6.8)
= 12 – 34
= -22
Thus the temperature outside a plane flying at an altitude of 5 kilometers above Brigham Airport is -22°C

Question 27.
Identify Patterns
The product of four numbers, a, b, c, and d, is a negative number. The table shows one combination of positive and negative signs of the four numbers that could produce a negative product. Complete the table to show the seven other possible combinations.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Lesson 4: Multiply Rational Numbers img 5
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
In multiplying numbers, an odd number of negative signs produces a negative product.
Go-Math-Grade-7-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-Rational-Numbers-img-5

Question 28.
Reason Abstractly
Find two integers whose sum is -7 and whose product is 12. Explain how you found the numbers.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: -3 and -4

Explanation:
Let x and y be the two numbers. Write the equations using the given information
x + y = -7
xy = 12
Since the two numbers multiply to a positive and add to a negative the two numbers must be negative. Find the pairs of negative numbers that multiply to 12.
-1 and -12, -2 and -6 and -3 and -4.
Thus the pairs that have a sum as -7 and product as 12 is -3 and -4.

Divide Rational Numbers – Guided Practice – Page No. 92

Find each quotient.

Question 1.
\(\frac{0.72}{-0.9}\) =
_______

Answer: -0.8

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
\(\frac{0.72}{-0.9}\)
We determine the sign of the quotient.
The quotient will be negative because the numbers have different signs.
\(\frac{0.72}{-0.9}\) = -0.8

Question 2.
\(\left(-\frac{\frac{1}{5}}{\frac{7}{5}}\right)\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: – \(\frac{1}{7}\)

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
\(\left(-\frac{\frac{1}{5}}{\frac{7}{5}}\right)\)
We determine the sign of the quotient.
The quotient will be negative because the numbers have different signs.
\(\left(-\frac{\frac{1}{5}}{\frac{7}{5}}\right)\) = – \(\frac{5}{35}\) = – \(\frac{1}{7}\)

Question 3.
\(\frac{56}{-7}\) =
_______

Answer: -8

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
\(\frac{56}{-7}\)
We determine the sign of the quotient.
The quotient will be negative because the numbers have different signs.
7 divides 56 eight times.
Thus the quotient of \(\frac{56}{-7}\) = -8

Question 4.
\(\frac{251}{4} \div\left(-\frac{3}{8}\right)\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: –\(\frac{502}{3}\)

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
\(\frac{251}{4} \div\left(-\frac{3}{8}\right)\)
We determine the sign of the quotient.
The quotient will be negative because the numbers have different signs.
Rewrite using multiplication by multiplying with the reciprocal.
\(\frac{251}{4}\) × –\( \frac{8}{3}\) = –\(\frac{2008}{12}\)
–\(\frac{2008}{12}\) = –\(\frac{502}{3}\)
The quotient of \(\frac{251}{4} \div\left(-\frac{3}{8}\right)\) is –\(\frac{502}{3}\)

Question 5.
\(\frac{75}{-\frac{1}{5}}\) =
_______

Answer: -375

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
\(\frac{75}{-\frac{1}{5}}\)
We determine the sign of the quotient.
The quotient will be negative because the numbers have different signs.
75 ÷ 1/5
75 × -5 = -375
Thus the quotient of \(\frac{75}{-\frac{1}{5}}\) is -375.

Question 6.
\(\frac{-91}{-13}\) =
_______

Answer: 7

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
\(\frac{-91}{-13}\)
We determine the sign of the quotient.
The quotient will be positive because the numbers have the same signs.
13 divides 91 seven times.
\(\frac{-91}{-13}\) = 7
Thus the quotient is 7.

Question 7.
\(\frac{-\frac{3}{7}}{\frac{9}{4}}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: –\(\frac{4}{21}\)

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
\(\frac{-\frac{3}{7}}{\frac{9}{4}}\)
We determine the sign of the quotient.
The quotient will be negative because the numbers have different signs.
\(\frac{-\frac{3}{7}}{\frac{9}{4}}\) = -3/7 × 4/9 = -12/63
-12/63 = -4/21
\(\frac{-\frac{3}{7}}{\frac{9}{4}}\) = –\(\frac{4}{21}\)

Question 8.
– \(\frac{12}{0.03}\) =
_______

Answer: -400

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
– \(\frac{12}{0.03}\)
We determine the sign of the quotient.
The quotient will be negative because the numbers have different signs.
– \(\frac{12}{0.03}\) = -400
So the quotient is -400.

Question 9.
A water pail in your backyard has a small hole in it. You notice that it has drained a total of 3.5 liters in 4 days. What is the average change in water volume each day?
_______ liters per day

Answer: -0.875 litres/day

Explanation:
Given that,
A water pail in your backyard has a small hole in it. You notice that it has drained a total of 3.5 liters in 4 days.
The average change of water volume each day is the quotient.
So, divide -3.5 by 4.
The quotient will be negative because the numbers have different signs.
-3.5/4 = -0.875
Thus the water volume diminishes by 0.875 liters each day.

Question 10.
The price of one share of ABC Company declined a total of $45.75 in 5 days. What was the average change of the price of one share per day?
$ _______

Answer: -$9.15

Explanation:
The price of one share of ABC Company declined a total of $45.75 in 5 days.
We use negative numbers for the price going down.
The average change in the price of one share per day is the quotient.
-45.75/5
We determine the sign of the quotient.
The quotient will be negative because the numbers have different signs.
-45.75/5 = -9.15
Thus the price of one share diminishes by $9.15 per day.

Question 11.
To avoid a storm, a passenger-jet pilot descended 0.44 mile in 0.8 minutes. What was the plane’s average change of altitude per minute?
_______

Answer: -0.55 miles/min

Explanation:
We use negative numbers for the altitude going down.
The plane’s average change of altitude per minute is the quotient:
-0.44/0.8
We determine the sign of the quotient
The quotient will be negative because the numbers have different signs.
-0.44/0.8 = -0.55
Therefore the plane descends by 0.55 miles per minute.

Essential Question Check-In

Question 12.
Explain how you would find the sign of the quotient \(\frac{32 \div(-2)}{-16 \div 4}\).
Type below:
___________

Answer: positive

Explanation:
Given,
\(\frac{32 \div(-2)}{-16 \div 4}\)
Since all the operations are of multiplication and division, the sign is given by the number of negative signs.
If the number of negative signs is even, the quotient is positive while if the number of negative signs is odd, the quotient is negative.
In this case, the number of negative signs is 2, therefore even, so the quotient is positive.
\(\frac{32 \div(-2)}{-16 \div 4}\) = -16/-4 = 4
Thus the solution is positive.

Divide Rational Numbers – Independent Practice – Page No. 93

Question 13.
\(\frac{5}{-\frac{2}{8}}\) =
_______

Answer: -20

Explanation:
We are given the expression:
\(\frac{5}{-\frac{2}{8}}\)
The quotient will be negative because the numbers have different signs.
\(\frac{5}{-\frac{2}{8}}\) = 5 ÷ (-2/8)
We rewrite using the multiplication by multiplying with the reciprocal:
5 × -8/2 = 5 × -4 = -20
Thus the quotient for \(\frac{5}{-\frac{2}{8}}\) is -20.

Question 14.
\(5 \frac{1}{3} \div\left(-1 \frac{1}{2}\right)\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: – \(\frac{32}{9}\)

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
\(5 \frac{1}{3} \div\left(-1 \frac{1}{2}\right)\)
We determine the sign of the quotient.
The quotient will be negative because the numbers have different signs.
16/3 ÷ -3/2
16/3 × -2/3 = -32/9
Thus the quotient for \(5 \frac{1}{3} \div\left(-1 \frac{1}{2}\right)\) is – \(\frac{32}{9}\)

Question 15.
\(\frac{(-120)}{(-6)}\) =
_______

Answer: 20

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
\(\frac{(-120)}{(-6)}\)
We determine the sign of the quotient.
The quotient will be positive because the numbers have the same signs.
6 divides 120 twenty times.
\(\frac{(-120)}{(-6)}\) = 20
Thus the quotient for \(\frac{(-120)}{(-6)}\) is 20.

Question 16.
\(\frac{-\frac{4}{5}}{-\frac{2}{3}}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{6}{5}\)

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
\(\frac{-\frac{4}{5}}{-\frac{2}{3}}\)
We determine the sign of the quotient.
The quotient will be positive because the numbers have the same signs.
(-4/5) × (-3/2) = 12/10 = 6/5
Thus the quotient for \(\frac{-\frac{4}{5}}{-\frac{2}{3}}\) is \(\frac{6}{5}\)

Question 17.
1.03 ÷ (−10.3) =
_______

Answer: -0.1

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
1.03 ÷ (−10.3)
We determine the sign of the quotient.
The quotient will be negative because the numbers have different signs.
1.03 ÷ (-10.3) = -0.1

Question 18.
\(\frac{(-0.4)}{80}\) =
_______

Answer: -0.005

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
\(\frac{(-0.4)}{80}\)
We determine the sign of the quotient.
The quotient will be negative because the numbers have different signs.
\(\frac{(-0.4)}{80}\) = -0.005
Thus the quotient for \(\frac{(-0.4)}{80}\) is -0.005.

Question 19.
\(1 \div \frac{9}{5}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{5}{9}\)

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
\(1 \div \frac{9}{5}\)
We determine the sign of the quotient.
The quotient will be positive because the numbers have the same signs
\(1 \div \frac{9}{5}\) = 1 × 5/9 = 5/9
Thus the quotient for \(1 \div \frac{9}{5}\) is \(\frac{5}{9}\)

Question 20.
\(\frac{\frac{-1}{4}}{\frac{23}{0.4}}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: –\(\frac{6}{23}\)

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
\(\frac{\frac{-1}{4}}{\frac{23}{0.4}}\)
We determine the sign of the quotient.
The quotient will be negative because the numbers have different signs.
\(\frac{\frac{-1}{4}}{\frac{23}{0.4}}\) = (-1/4) . (24/23) = -24/92
-24/92 = -6/23
Thus the quotient for \(\frac{\frac{-1}{4}}{\frac{23}{0.4}}\) is –\(\frac{6}{23}\)

Question 21.
\(\frac{-10.35}{-2.3}\) =
_______

Answer: 4.5

Explanation:
We have to find the quotient:
\(\frac{-10.35}{-2.3}\)
We determine the sign of the quotient.
The quotient will be positive because the numbers have the same signs
\(\frac{-10.35}{-2.3}\) = 4.5
So, the quotient for \(\frac{-10.35}{-2.3}\) is 4.5

Question 22.
Alex usually runs for 21 hours a week, training for a marathon. If he is unable to run for 3 days, describe how to find out how many hours of training time he loses, and write the appropriate integer to describe how it affects his time.
_______ hours

Answer: -9

Explanation:
Alex usually runs for 21 hours a week, training for a marathon.
If he runs 21 hours a week, he runs 21/3 = 3 hours.
If he doesn’t run for 3 days, then he is losing 3(3) = 9 hours of training time.
Since he is losing hours, the integer is negative so the answer is -9.

Question 23.
The running back for the Bulldogs football team carried the ball 9 times for a total loss of 15 \(\frac{3}{4}\) yards. Find the average change in field position on each run.
\(\frac{□}{□}\) yards per run

Answer: 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) yards per run

Explanation:
The running back for the Bulldogs football team carried the ball 9 times for a total loss of 15 \(\frac{3}{4}\) yards
Convert from mixed fractions to the improper fraction.
15 \(\frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{63}{4}\)
\(\frac{63}{4}\) × \(\frac{1}{9}\)
Divide 63 and 9 by 9 and then multiply the remaining factors.
\(\frac{7}{4}\) × 1 = \(\frac{7}{4}\)
Rewrite as a mixed fraction.
\(\frac{7}{4}\) = 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) yards per run.

Question 24.
The 6:00 a.m. temperatures for four consecutive days in the town of Lincoln were -12.1 °C, -7.8°C, -14.3°C, and -7.2°C. What was the average 6:00 a.m. temperature for the four days?
_______ °C

Answer: -10.35°C

Explanation:
The average is the sum of the temperatures divided by the number of temperatures.
(-12.1 – 7.8 – 14.3 – 7.2)/4
= 41.4/4 = -10.35°C

Question 25.
Multistep
A seafood restaurant claims an increase of $1,750.00 over its average profit during a week where it introduced a special of baked clams.
a. If this is true, how much extra profit did it receive per day?
$ _______ per day

Answer:
There are 7 days in a week so divide the total profit of $1750 by 7 to find the extra profit per day.
1750/7 = 250
Thus he receive $250 extra profit per day.

Question 25.
b. If it had, instead, lost $150 per day, how much money would it have lost for the week?
$ _______

Answer:
Multiply the daily loss of $150 by 7 to get the weekly loss.
150 × 7 = $1050

Question 25.
c. If its total loss was $490 for the week, what was its average daily change?
$ _______ per day

Answer:
Since the company lost $490, its income changed by -$490.
Divide the change in income by 7 to find the average daily change.
-$490/7 = -$70
Thus the average daily change is -$70 per day.

Question 26.
A hot air balloon descended 99.6 meters in 12 seconds. What was the balloon’s average rate of descent in meters per second?
_______ m/s

Answer: 8.3 meters per second

Explanation:
Given that,
A hot air balloon descended 99.6 meters in 12 seconds.
99.6/12 = 8.3 meters per second.
Thus the balloon’s average rate of descent is 8.3 meters per second.

Divide Rational Numbers – Page No. 94

Question 27.
Sanderson is having trouble with his assignment. His shown work is as follows:
\(\frac{-\frac{3}{4}}{\frac{4}{3}}=-\frac{3}{4} \times \frac{4}{3}=-\frac{12}{12}=-1\)
However, his answer does not match the answer that his teacher gives him. What is Sanderson’s mistake? Find the correct answer.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: – \(\frac{9}{16}\)

Explanation:
Sanderson made the mistake of not flipping the bottom fraction when he rewrote the problem as multiplication. The correct work is
\(\frac{-\frac{3}{4}}{\frac{4}{3}}\) = -3/4 × 4/3 = – \(\frac{9}{16}\)

Question 28.
Science
Beginning in 1996, a glacier lost an average of 3.7 meters of thickness each year. Find the total change in its thickness by the end of 2012.
_______ meters

Answer: 59.2 meters

Explanation:
Beginning in 1996, a glacier lost an average of 3.7 meters of thickness each year.
1996 to 2012 is 16 years so the total change in thickness is 16(3.7) = 59.2 meters.

H.O.T

Focus On Higher Order Thinking

Question 29.
Represent Real-World Problems
Describe a real-world situation that can be represented by the quotient -85 ÷ 15. Then find the quotient and explain what the quotient means in terms of the real-world situation.
Quotient: _______

Answer: -5.67

Explanation:
A possible real-world situation could be:
Sam has withdrawn $85 from his bank account over a period of 15 days. Find the average change in his account balance per day.
Answer: -85/15 = -5.67
So, the average rate of change in his account balance is -$5.67 per day.

Question 30.
Construct an Argument
Divide 5 by 4. Is your answer a rational number? Explain.
_______

Answer: The quotient is a rational number because it is a fraction.

Question 31.
Critical Thinking
Should the quotient of an integer divided by a nonzero integer always be a rational number? Why or why not?
_______

Answer:
Remember that in dividing and simplifying rational numbers, the quotient is positive if the signs of the numbers are the same, and negative if the signs of the numbers are different.
The quotient should be a rational number. This is because since the integers can be expressed as a quotient of two integers, then it is a rational number.

Applying Rational Number Operations – Guided Practice – Page No. 98

Question 1.
Mike hiked to Big Bear Lake in 4.5 hours at an average rate of 3 \(\frac{1}{5}\) miles per hour. Pedro hiked the same distance at a rate of 3 \(\frac{3}{5}\) miles per hour. How long did it take Pedro to reach the lake?
_______ hours

Answer: 4 hours

Explanation:
Given that,
Mike hiked to Big Bear Lake in 4.5 hours at an average rate of 3 \(\frac{1}{5}\) miles per hour. Pedro hiked the same distance at a rate of 3 \(\frac{3}{5}\) miles per hour.
4.5h × 3 \(\frac{3}{5}\) miles per hour = 4.5 × 3.2 miles = 14.4 miles
Plug in the distance you found in step 1 and the given rate in the problem to find the number of hours for Pedro.
14.4 miles ÷ 3 \(\frac{3}{5}\) miles per hour = 14.4 ÷ 3.6 hours = 4 hours

Question 2.
Until this year, Greenville had averaged 25.68 inches of rainfall per year for more than a century. This year’s total rainfall showed a change of −2 \(\frac{3}{8}\)% with respect to the previous average. How much rain fell this year?
_______ inches

Answer: 25.0701 inches

Explanation:
Greenville had averaged 25.68 inches of rainfall per year for more than a century.
This year’s total rainfall showed a change of −2 \(\frac{3}{8}\)% with respect to the previous average.
−2 \(\frac{3}{8}\)% = -2.375% = -0.02375
25.68 × 0.02375 ≈ 0.6099 inches
Find this year’s total rainfall
25.68 inches – 0.6099 inches = 25.0701 inches

Essential Question Check-In

Question 3.
Why is it important to consider using tools when you are solving a problem?
Type below:
___________

Answer: It is important to consider using tools, such as a calculator, when solving problems because some problems involve multiplying and dividing decimals that are too time consuming to do by hand.

Applying Rational Number Operations – Independent Practice – Page No. 99

Solve, using appropriate tools.

Question 4.
Three rock climbers started a climb with each person carrying 7.8 kilograms of climbing equipment. A fourth climber with no equipment joined the group. The group divided the total weight of climbing equipment equally among the four climbers. How much did each climber carry?
_______ kilograms

Answer: 5.85 kilograms

Explanation:
Given,
Three rock climbers started a climb with each person carrying 7.8 kilograms of climbing equipment.
A fourth climber with no equipment joined the group.
3 × 7.8 = 23.4
The group divided the total weight of climbing equipment equally among the four climbers.
23.4/4 = 5.85 kilograms
Thus each climber carry 5.85 kilograms

Question 5.
Foster is centering a photo that is 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) inches wide on a scrapbook page that is 12 inches wide. How far from each side of the page should he put the picture?
________ \(\frac{□}{□}\) inches

Answer: 4 \(\frac{1}{4}\) inches

Explanation:
Given,
Foster is centering a photo that is 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) inches wide on a scrapbook page that is 12 inches wide.
Let x be how far the photo is from each side of the page.
Since the photo is 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) inches wide, then the total width of the page is
x + 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) + x = 2x + 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
2x + 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 12
2x + 7/2 = 12
2x = 17/2
x = 17/4
Convert the fraction to the mixed fraction.
x = 4 \(\frac{1}{4}\) inches

Question 6.
Diane serves breakfast to two groups of children at a daycare center. One box of Oaties contains 12 cups of cereal. She needs \(\frac{1}{3}\) cup for each younger child and \(\frac{3}{4}\) cup for each older child. Today’s group includes 11 younger children and 10 older children. Is one box of Oaties enough for everyone? Explain.
________

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
11 × \(\frac{1}{3}\) + 10 × \(\frac{3}{4}\)
\(\frac{11}{3}\) + \(\frac{15}{2}\)
\(\frac{22}{6}\) + \(\frac{45}{6}\) = \(\frac{67}{6}\)
= 11 \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Question 7.
The figure shows how the yard lines on a football field are numbered. The goal lines are labeled G. A referee was standing on a certain yard line as the first quarter ended. He walked 41 \(\frac{3}{4}\) yards to a yard line with the same number as the one he had just left. How far was the referee from the nearest goal line?
1Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Lesson 6: Applying Rational Number Operations img 6
________ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 29 \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Explanation:
The American football field is 100 yds long, 53 1/3 yards wide, and has 10-yard touchdown zones at each end of the field.
Let x = distance of the referee at the end of the quarter from the nearest goal.
The distance between the same yard lines on either side of the centerline is
100 – 2x
This distance is the 41 3/4 yards that the referee walked. Therefore
100 – 2x = 41.75
-2x = 41.75 – 100 = -58.25
x = 29.125 yd
Convert from decimal to fraction.
x = 29 \(\frac{1}{8}\) yards

In 8–10, a teacher gave a test with 50 questions, each worth the same number of points. Donovan got 39 out of 50 questions right. Marci’s score was 10 percentage points higher than Donovan’s.

Question 8.
What was Marci’s score? Explain.
________ %

Answer: 88 %

Explanation:
39/50 = 78/100
78/100 + 10/100 = 88/100 = 44/50
88/100 = 88%

Question 9.
How many more questions did Marci answer correctly? Explain.
________ questions

Answer: 5 questions

Explanation:
Marci got 44 correct and Donovan got 39 correct so she got 44 – 39 = 5 more questions correct.

Question 10.
Explain how you can check your answers for reasonableness.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
You can check your answers for reasonableness by using estimates.
Donovan scored 39/50 which is about 40/50 = 80/100 = 80%
Ten percentage points higher is then 80% + 10% = 90% = 90/100 = 45/50.
Since Marci’s score was 44/50, it is a reasonable answer.

Applying Rational Number Operations – Page No. 100

For 11–13, use the expression 1.43 × \(\left(-\frac{19}{37}\right)\)

Question 11.
Critique Reasoning
Jamie says the value of the expression is close to −0.75. Does Jamie’s estimate seem reasonable? Explain.
_______

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
Jamie is correct. 1.43 is about 1.5 and -19/37 ≈ 1/2.
Since 1.5 × – 1/2 = -0.75
Jamie’s estimation is reasonable.

Question 12.
Find the product. Explain your method.
_______

Answer:
Using a calculator, you get that 1.43 × (-19/37) ≈ -0.734

Question 13.
Does your answer to Exercise 12 justify your answer to Exercise 11?
_______

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
-0.734 is close to the estimate of -0.75 so the answer to Exercise 12 justifies the answer to Exercise 11.

H.O.T

Focus On Higher Order Thinking

Question 14.
Persevere in Problem Solving
A scuba diver dove from the surface of the ocean to an elevation of −79 \(\frac{9}{10}\) feet at a rate of -18.8 feet per minute. After spending 12.75 minutes at that elevation, the diver ascended to an elevation of −28 \(\frac{9}{10}\) feet. The total time for the dive so far was 19 \(\frac{1}{8}\) minutes. What was the rate of change in the diver’s elevation during the ascent?
_______ ft/min

Answer: 24 ft/min

Explanation:
Given that,
A scuba diver dove from the surface of the ocean to an elevation of −79 \(\frac{9}{10}\) feet at a rate of -18.8 feet per minute.
After spending 12.75 minutes at that elevation, the diver ascended to an elevation of −28 \(\frac{9}{10}\) feet. The total time for the dive so far was 19 \(\frac{1}{8}\) minutes.
−79 \(\frac{9}{10}\) ÷ -18.8 = 4.25 minutes
Find the time it took to ascend by subtracting the descent time and time spent at the descent elevation from the total dive time.
19 \(\frac{1}{8}\) – 4.25 – 12.75 = 2 1/8 minutes
-28 \(\frac{9}{10}\) – (-−79 \(\frac{9}{10}\)) = 51 feet
Find the rate of change by dividing the distance in feet divided by the time.
51/2 1/8 = 24 feet per minute

Question 15.
Analyze Relationships
Describe two ways you could evaluate 37% of the sum of 27 \(\frac{3}{5}\) and 15.9. Tell which method you would use and why
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Method 1:
Rewrite numbers in fraction form and evaluate algebraically.
37% (27 \(\frac{3}{5}\) + 15.9)
37/100 (27 3/5 + 15 9/10)
37/100 (138/5 + 159/10)
37/100 (435/10)
37/100 × 87/2 = 3219/200 = 16.095
Method 2:
Rewrite numbers in decimal form and evaluate with a calculator
37% (27 \(\frac{3}{5}\) + 15.9)
0.37(27.6 + 15.9)
0.37 × 43.5 = 16.095

Question 16.
Represent Real-World Problems
Describe a real-world problem you could solve with the help of a yardstick and a calculator.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Finding the perimeter of the table. Using the yardstick you can get the side length of the table and add these measurements to get the perimeter.

Module Quiz – 3.1 Rational Numbers and Decimals – Page No. 101

Write each mixed number as a decimal.

Question 1.
4 \(\frac{1}{5}\) =
_______

Answer: 4.2

Explanation:
To convert fractions to decimals, simply divide the numerator to the denominator. If the quotient goes on and on, it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits.
\(\frac{1}{5}\) = 0.2
4 + 0.2 = 4.2
4 \(\frac{1}{5}\) = 4.2

Question 2.
12 \(\frac{14}{15}\) =
_______

Answer: 12.933..

Explanation:
To convert fractions to decimals, simply divide the numerator to the denominator. If the quotient goes on and on, it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits.
\(\frac{14}{15}\) = 0.933..
12 + 0.933 = 12.933..
12 \(\frac{14}{15}\) = 12.933..

Question 3.
5 \(\frac{5}{32}\) =
_______

Answer: 5.15625

Explanation:
To convert fractions to decimals, simply divide the numerator to the denominator. If the quotient goes on and on, it is a repeating decimal, and to write this as a decimal, put a bar on top of the repeating digits.
\(\frac{5}{32}\) = 0.15625
5 + 0.15625 = 5.15625
5 \(\frac{5}{32}\) = 5.15625

3.2 Adding Rational Numbers

Find each sum.

Question 4.
4.5 + 7.1 =
_______

Answer: 11.6

Explanation:
To add or subtract numbers, make sure to align the digits vertically before doing the operation.
Make sure to align ones, tens, hundreds and thousands digits before adding
4.5
+7.1
 11.6

Question 5.
\(5 \frac{1}{6}+\left(-3 \frac{5}{6}\right)\) =
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
\(5 \frac{1}{6}+\left(-3 \frac{5}{6}\right)\) =
\(5 \frac{1}{6}\) – [/latex]3 \frac{5}{6}\right)[/latex] = 4 7/6 – 3 5/6
1 2/6 = 1 1/3
Thus \(5 \frac{1}{6}+\left(-3 \frac{5}{6}\right)\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

3.3 Subtracting Rational Numbers

Find each difference.

Question 6.
\(-\frac{1}{8}-\left(6 \frac{7}{8}\right)\) =
_______

Answer: -7

Explanation:
Both numbers are negative. so add the opposites of each number and write the answer as a negative.
\(-\frac{1}{8}-\left(6 \frac{7}{8}\right)\)
-(\(\frac{1}{8}+\left(6 \frac{7}{8}\right)\))
= – 6 \(\frac{8}{8}\) = -6 – 1 = -7

Question 7.
14.2 − (−4.9) =
_______

Answer: 19.1

Explanation:
14.2 − (−4.9)
= 14.2 + 4.9 = 19.1

3.4 Multiplying Rational Numbers

Multiply.

Question 8.
\(-4\left(\frac{7}{10}\right)\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: –\(\frac{14}{5}\)

Explanation:
Multiply the whole number with the numerator. write this product in the numerator and keep the same denominator.
\(-4\left(\frac{7}{10}\right)\) = –\(\frac{14}{5}\)

Question 9.
−3.2(−5.6)(4) =
_______

Answer: 71.68

Explanation:
Multiply the first two numbers. There are two negative signs so the answer will be positive.
−3.2(−5.6)(4) = 17.92 × 4 = 71.68

3.5 Dividing Rational Numbers

Find each quotient.

Question 10.
\(-\frac{19}{2} \div \frac{38}{7}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: –\(\frac{7}{4}\)

Explanation:
\(-\frac{19}{2} \div \frac{38}{7}\)
-19/2 × 7/38 = -7/2 × 1/2
= –\(\frac{7}{4}\)

Question 11.
\(\frac{-32.01}{-3.3}\) =
_______

Answer: 9.7

Explanation:
Given,
\(\frac{-32.01}{-3.3}\)
Remember that dividing two negatives gives a positive answer.
-32.01 ÷ -3.3 = 9.7

3.6 Applying Rational Number Operations

Question 12.
Luis bought stock at $83.60. The next day, the price increased by 15.35 dollars. This new price changed by −4 \(\frac{3}{4}\)% the following day. What was the final stock price? Is your answer reasonable? Explain.
$ _______

Answer: $94.25

Explanation:
83.60 + 15.35 = 98.95
98.95 × −4 \(\frac{3}{4}\)% = 98.95 × -0.0475 = 4.70
98.95 – 4.70 = $94.25

Essential Question

Question 13.
How can you use negative numbers to represent real-world problems?
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Negative numbers can be used in real-world problems to represents decreases or values that are below a level considered to be 0.

MODULE 3 MIXED REVIEW – Selected Response – Page No. 102

Question 1.
What is −7 \(\frac{5}{12}\) written as a decimal?
Options:
a. -7.25
b. -7.333…
c. -7.41666…
d. -7.512

Answer: -7.41666…

Explanation:
Given,
−7 \(\frac{5}{12}\)
Convert from fraction to decimal.
5 ÷ 12 = 0.4166..
−7 \(\frac{5}{12}\) = -7.4166….
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 2.
Glenda began the day with a golf score of -6 and ended with a score of -10. Which statement represents her golf score for that day?
Options:
a. -6 – (-10) = 4
b. -10 – (-6) = -4
c. -6 + (-10) = -16
d. -10 + (-6) = -16

Answer: -10 – (-6) = -4

Explanation:
Given,
Her golf score for the day can be found by subtracting her ending score and her beginning score which gives
-10 – (-6) = -10 + 6 = -4
So, the correct answer is option B.

Question 3.
A submersible vessel at an elevation of -95 feet descends to 5 times that elevation. What is the vessel’s new elevation?
Options:
a. -475 ft
b. -19 ft
c. 19 ft
d. 475 ft

Answer: -475 ft

Explanation:
Given,
A submersible vessel at an elevation of -95 feet descends to 5 times that elevation.
-95 feet × 5 = -475 feet
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 4.
The temperature at 7 P.M. at a weather station in Minnesota was -5 °F. The temperature began changing at the rate of -2.5 °F per hour. What was the temperature at 10 P.M.?
Options:
a. -15 °F
b. -12.5 °F
c. 2.5 °F
d. 5 °F

Answer: -12.5 °F

Explanation:
Find the total change in temperature by multiplying the rate of change per hour times the number of hours from 7 pm to 10 pm.
-5 + (-7.5) = -12.5°F
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 5.
What is the sum of -2.16 and -1.75?
Options:
a. 0.41
b. 3.91
c. -0.41
d. -3.91

Answer: -3.91

Explanation:
Both numbers are negative so add their opposites and make the answer negative.
-2.16 + (-1.75) = -(2.16 + 1.75) = -3.91
So, the correct answer is option D.

Question 6.
On Sunday, the wind chill temperature reached -36 °F. On Monday, the wind chill temperature only reached \(\frac{1}{4}\) of Sunday’s wind chill temperature. What was the lowest wind chill temperature on Monday?
Options:
a. -9 °F
b. -36 \(\frac{1}{4}\) °F
c. -40 °F
d. -144 °F

Answer: -9 °F

Explanation:
Given that,
On Sunday, the wind chill temperature reached -36 °F.
On Monday, the wind chill temperature only reached \(\frac{1}{4}\) of Sunday’s wind chill temperature.
-36 × \(\frac{1}{4}\) = -9°F
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 7.
The level of a lake was 8 inches below normal. It decreased 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) inches in June and 2 \(\frac{3}{8}\) inches more in July. What was the new level with respect to the normal level?
Options:
a. -11 \(\frac{5}{8}\) in.
b. -10 \(\frac{5}{8}\) in.
c. -9 \(\frac{1}{8}\) in.
d. -5 \(\frac{3}{8}\) in.

Answer: -11 \(\frac{5}{8}\) in.

Explanation:
The level of a lake was 8 inches below normal. It decreased 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) inches in June and 2 \(\frac{3}{8}\) inches more in July.
The initial level is below normal so it is represented by a negative number. The level continued to decrease in June and July so those changes are also represented by negative numbers.
Find the sum of these values to find what the new level was with respect to the normal level.
-8 – 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) – 2 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
= -8 – \(\frac{5}{4}\) – \(\frac{19}{8}\)
= – \(\frac{93}{8}\)
= – 11 \(\frac{5}{8}\)
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Mini-Task

Question 8.
The average annual rainfall for a town is 43.2 inches.
a. What is the average monthly rainfall?
________

Answer:
If the average rainfall us 43.2 inches then the monthly rainfall is 43.2/12 = 3.6 inches since there are 12 months in a year.

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers MODULE 3 MIXED REVIEW img 7
b. The difference of a given month’s rainfall from the average monthly rainfall is called the deviation. What is the deviation for each month shown?
May: ___________ inch
June: ___________ inches
July: ___________ inches

Answer:
The deviation for May is 2 3/5 – 3.6 = 2.6 – 3.6 = -1 inches.
The deviation for June is 7/8 – 3.6 = -2.725 inches.
The deviation for July 4 1/4 – 3.6 = 0.65 inches.

Question 8.
c. The average monthly rainfall for the previous 9 months was 4 inches. Did the town exceed its average annual rainfall? If so, by how much?
________

Answer:
If is rained 4 inches for 9 months, the total amount of rain over the 12 month period is than 9(4) + 2 3/5 + 7/8 + 4 1/4
= 36 + 2.6 + 0.875 + 4.25 = 43.725.
Since this is greater than the average annual rainfall of 43.2, the town did exceed is average annual rainfall.
the difference of 43.725 and 43.2 is
43.725 – 43.2 = 0.525
so, it exceeded it by 0.525 inches.

Module 3 Review – Rational Numbers – Page No. 106

EXERCISES

Write each mixed number as a whole number or decimal. Classify each number according to the group(s) to which it belongs: rational numbers, integers, or whole numbers.

Question 1.
\(\frac{3}{4}\)
________

Answer: 0.75, rational

Explanation:
Write as a decimal by dividing 3 by 4. A shortcut with fourths is to think of the fractions in terms of money. 4 quarters make a dollar and 3 quarters is $0.75 so three-fourths is 0.75 in decimal form.
Since \(\frac{3}{4}\) could not be written as a whole number or integer, it is a rational number.

Question 2.
\(\frac{8}{2}\)
________

Answer: 4

Explanation:
\(\frac{8}{2}\) = 4
Since 4 doesn’t have a decimal and is positive, it is a whole number. All whole numbers are also integers and rational numbers so 4 is a rational number, integer, and a whole number.

Question 3.
\(\frac{11}{3}\)
________

Answer: 3.66

Explanation:
Rewrite as a mixed number and then divide 2 by 3 to get the decimal part of the number.
\(\frac{11}{3}\) = 3 2/3 = 3.666…
Since 3.66.. has a decimal, it is not an integer or whole number. Therefore it is a rational number only.

Question 4.
\(\frac{5}{2}\)
________

Answer: 2.5

Explanation:
Write as a mixed number and then divide 1 by 2 to get the decimal part of the number a shortcut is to think of the fraction in terms of money. Half a dollar is $0.50 so one half equals 0.50 = 0.50
Since 2.5 has a decimal, it is not an integer or whole number. Therefore 2.5 is a rational number only.

Find each sum or difference.

Question 5.
−5 + 9.5
________

Answer: 4.5

Explanation:
Rewrite as subtraction and then subtract.
-5 + 9.5 = 4.5

Question 6.
\(\frac{1}{6}\) + (−\(\frac{5}{6}\))
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: –\(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
Rewrite as subtraction and then subtract.
\(\frac{1}{6}\) + (−\(\frac{5}{6}\))
\(\frac{1}{6}\) −\(\frac{5}{6}\)
= –\(\frac{4}{6}\) = –\(\frac{2}{3}\)

Question 7.
−0.5 + (−8.5)
________

Answer: -9

Explanation:
Both numbers are negative so add their opposites and write the answers as a negative.
−0.5 + (−8.5) = -(0.5 + 8.5) = -9

Question 8.
−3 − (−8)
________

Answer: 5

Explanation:
Rewrite as addition since subtracting a negative is the same as adding a positive.
−3 − (−8) = -3 + 8 = 5

Question 9.
5.6 − (−3.1)
________

Answer: 8.7

Explanation:
Rewrite as addition since subtracting a negative is the same as adding a positive.
5.6 − (−3.1) = 5.6 + 3.1 = 8.7

Question 10.
3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) − 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
Get common denominator.
3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) − 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
3 \(\frac{2}{4}\) − 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Find each product or quotient

Question 11.
−9 × (−5)
________

Answer: 45

Explanation:
Multiply two negative numbers make a positive number.
−9 × (−5) = 45

Question 12.
0 × (−7)
________

Answer: 0

Explanation:
Any number multiplied with 0 will be zero.
So, the product is 0.

Question 13.
−8 × 8
________

Answer: -64

Explanation:
Multiply since there is only one negative the answer is negative.
-8 × 8 = -64

Question 14.
\(\frac{-56}{8}\)
________

Answer: -7

Explanation:
Divide since there is only one negative the answer is negative.
8 divides 56 seven times.
\(\frac{-56}{8}\) = -7

Question 15.
\(\frac{-130}{-5}\)

Answer: 26

Explanation:
Divide since there are two negative signs the answer is positive.
\(\frac{-130}{-5}\) = 26

Question 16.
\(\frac{34.5}{1.5}\)
________

Answer: 23

Explanation:
Divide since both the numbers are positive the answer will be positive.
\(\frac{34.5}{1.5}\) = 23
1.5 divides 34.5 23 times.
So, the quotient is 23.

Question 17.
\(-\frac{2}{5}\left(-\frac{1}{2}\right)\left(-\frac{5}{6}\right)\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: –\(\frac{1}{6}\)

Explanation:
Multiply by cancelling the 2s and 5s an odd number of negatives makes a negative so the answer is negative.
\(-\frac{2}{5}\left(-\frac{1}{2}\right)\left(-\frac{5}{6}\right)\) = –\(\frac{1}{6}\)

Question 18.
\(\frac{1}{5}\left(-\frac{5}{7}\right)\left(\frac{3}{4}\right)\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: –\(\frac{3}{28}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{1}{5}\left(-\frac{5}{7}\right)\left(\frac{3}{4}\right)\)
multiply by cancelling the 5s
\(\frac{1}{5}\left(-\frac{5}{7}\right)\left(\frac{3}{4}\right)\) = – 3/7×4 = -3/28
Thus \(\frac{1}{5}\left(-\frac{5}{7}\right)\left(\frac{3}{4}\right)\) = –\(\frac{3}{28}\)

Question 19.
Lei withdrew $50 from her bank account every day for a week. What was the change in her account in that week?
$ ________

Answer: -$350

Explanation:
Lei withdrew $50 from her bank account every day for a week.
Convert from week to days
1 week = 7 days
7 × -50 = -350
The change in her account is -$350.

Question 20.
Dan is cutting 4.75 foot lengths of twine from a 240 foot spool of twine. He needs to cut 42 lengths, and says that 40.5 feet of twine will remain. Show that this is reasonable.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
The estimation of 4.75 is 5 and 42 is 40.
5 × 40 = 200
So he will be using about 200 feet.
He has 240 feet so he will have about 240-200 = 40 feet remaining.
Since 40 ≈ 40.5
The answer is reasonable.

Unit 1 Performance Tasks – Page No. 107

Question 1.
Armand is an urban planner, and he has proposed a site for a new town library. The site is between City Hall and the post office on Main Street.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Unit 1 Performance Tasks img 8
The distance between City Hall and the post office is 612 miles. City Hall is 114 miles closer to the library site than it is to the post office.
a. Write 6 \(\frac{1}{2}\) miles and 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) miles as decimals
6 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = __________
1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) = __________

Answer:
Write as decimal by dividing 1 by 2 and dividing 1 by 4 a shortcut is to think about ur in terms of money. Half of a dollae is $0.50 and a quarter is $0.25
So 1/2 = 0.50 = 0.5
1/4 = 0.25
6 1/2 = 6.5 and 1 1/4 = 1.25

Question 1.
b. Let d represent the distance from City Hall to the library site. Write an expression for the distance from the library site to the post office.
__________

Answer:
The library is closer to City Hall than the post office is so d is the difference between the distance from City Hall to the Post Office and the distance between City Hall and the Library Site.
d = 6 1/2 – 1 1/4

Question 1.
c. Write an equation that represents the following statement: The distance from City Hall to the library site plus the distance from the library site to the post office is equal to the distance from City Hall to the post office.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
The distance from the City Hall to the library is d, the distance from the library to the post office is 1 1/4 since the library is 1 1/4 miles closer to City Hall than the post office is, the distance from City Hall to the Post Office is 6 1/4
d + 1 1/4 = 6 1/4

Question 1.
d. Solve your equation from part c to determine the distance from City Hall to the library site, and the distance from the post office to the library site.
City Hall to library site: __________ miles
Library site to post office: __________ miles

Answer:
d = 6 1/2 – 1 1/4
d = 6 2/4 – 1 1/4
d = 5 1/4
Thus the distance is 5 1/4 miles.

Question 2.
Sumaya is reading a book with 288 pages. She has already read 90 pages. She plans to read 20 more pages each day until she finishes the book.
a. Sumaya writes the equation 378 = -20d to find the number of days she will need to finish the book. Identify the errors that Sumaya made.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
She made the mistake of using -20 in the equation instead of a positive 20. The negative can’t be used since she is not reading a negative number of pages per day.
She also made the mistake of adding 90 to 288 instead of subtracting.
Since she has already read 90 pages she has less than 288 pages left to read, not more.
288 – 90 = 198
The correct equation is 198 = 20d

Question 2.
b. Write and solve an equation to determine how many days Sumaya will need to finish the book. In your answer, count part of a day as a full day. Show that your answer is reasonable.
______ days

Answer:

198 = 20d is dividing both sides by 20 gives d = 198/20 = 9.9
Rounding this up gives 10 days.
This answer is reasonable since the books is about 300 pages and she has read about 100 pages of the book leaving about 200 pages left to read.
She is reading 20 pages per day and 20 × 10 = 200
So it would take 10 days to read about 200 pages.

Question 2.
c. Estimate how many days you would need to read a book about the same length as Sumaya’s book. What information did you use to find the estimate?
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Sumaya’s book is about 300 pages. Reading 20 pages a day would mean it would take about 300/20 = 15 days to read the book.

Unit 1 Performance Tasks – Page No. 108

Question 3.
Jackson works as a veterinary technician and earns $12.20 per hour.
a. Jackson normally works 40 hours a week. In a normal week, what is his total pay before taxes and other deductions?
$ ______

Answer: $488

Explanation:
Jackson works as a veterinary technician and earns $12.20 per hour.
Jackson normally works 40 hours a week.
40 × $12.20 = $488
Thus the total pay before taxes and other deductions is $488.

Question 3.
b. Last week, Jackson was ill and missed some work. His total pay before deductions was $372.10. Write and solve an equation to find the number of hours Jackson worked.
______ hours

Answer: 30.5 hours

Explanation:
Jackson works as a veterinary technician and earns $12.20 per hour.
His total pay before deductions was $372.10.
$12.20h = $372.10
h = 372.10/12.20
h = 30.5 hours

Question 3.
c. Jackson records his hours each day on a time sheet. Last week when he was ill, his time sheet was incomplete. How many hours are missing? Show your work. Then show that your answer is reasonable.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Unit 1 MIXED REVIEW img 9
______ hours

Answer: 6.75 hours

Explanation:
8 + 7.25 + 8.5 = 23.75
30.5 – 23.75 = 6.75 hours

Question 3.
d. When Jackson works more than 40 hours in a week, he earns 1.5 times his normal hourly rate for each of the extra hours. Jackson worked 43 hours one week. What was his total pay before deductions? Justify your answer.
$ __________________

Answer: $542.90

Explanation:
When Jackson works more than 40 hours in a week, he earns 1.5 times his normal hourly rate for each of the extra hours.
Jackson worked 43 hours one week.
40 × 12.20 + 3 × 1.5 × 12.20 = $488 + $54.90 = $542.90

Question 3.
e. What is a reasonable range for Jackson’s expected yearly pay before deductions? Describe any assumptions you made in finding your answer.
$ __________________

Answer:

Assuming he works between 40 and 45 hours per week, his weekly pay range is between 40 × 12.20 = $488
40 × 12.20 + 5 × 1.5 × 12.20 = 488 + 91.50 = $579.50
Since there are 52 weeks in a year, his yearly pay is between 52 × 488 ≈ $25,000
and 52 × $579.50 ≈ $30,000.

Unit 1 MIXED REVIEW – Selected Response – Page No. 109

Question 1.
What is −6 \(\frac{9}{16}\) written as a decimal?
Options:
a. -6.625
b. -6.5625
c. -6.4375
d. -6.125

Answer: -6.5625

Explanation:
−6 \(\frac{9}{16}\)
Divide 9 by 16 to get 9/16 = 0.5625.
6 \(\frac{9}{16}\) = 6 + 0.5625 = 6.5625
−6 \(\frac{9}{16}\) = -6.5625
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 2.
Working together, 6 friends pick 14 \(\frac{2}{5}\) pounds of pecans at a pecan farm. They divide the pecans equally among themselves. How many pounds does each friend get?
Options:
a. 20 \(\frac{2}{5}\) pounds
b. 8 \(\frac{2}{5}\) pounds
c. 2 \(\frac{3}{5}\) pounds
d. 2 \(\frac{2}{5}\) pounds

Answer: \(\frac{2}{5}\) pounds

Explanation:
Divide the number of pounds by the number of friends to get the number of pounds each friend gets.
14 \(\frac{2}{5}\)/6 = 14.4/6 = 2.4 pounds.
2.4 = 2 \(\frac{2}{5}\) pounds
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 3.
What is the value of (−3.25)(−1.56)?
Options:
a. -5.85
b. -5.07
c. 5.07
d. 5.85

Answer: 5.07

Explanation:
Multiply two negatives make a positive.
So the answer is positive.
(−3.25)(−1.56) = 5.07
The answer is option C.

Question 4.
Mrs. Rodriguez is going to use 6 \(\frac{1}{3}\) yards of material to make two dresses. The larger dress requires 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\) yards of material. How much material will Mrs. Rodriguez have left to use on the smaller dress?
Options:
a. 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\) yards
b. 2 \(\frac{1}{3}\) yards
c. 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\) yards
d. 3 \(\frac{1}{3}\) yards

Answer: 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\) yards

Explanation:
Subtract the yards of material for the larger dress from the total yards of material.
6 \(\frac{1}{3}\) yards – 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\) yards = 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\) yards
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 5.
Jaime had $37 in his bank account on Sunday. The table shows his account activity for the next four days. What was the balance in Jaime’s account after his deposit on Thursday?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers Unit 1 MIXED REVIEW img 10
Options:
a. $57.49
b. $59.65
c. $94.49
d. $138.93

Answer: $94.49

Explanation:
Add up all the deposits and withdrawals to his original balance make sure deposits are represented by positive numbers and withdrawals are represented by negative numbers.
37 + 17.42 – 12.60 – 9.62 + 62.29 = 94.49
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 6.
A used motorcycle is on sale for $3,600. Erik makes an offer equal to \(\frac{3}{4}\) of this price. How much does Erik offer for the motorcycle?
Options:
a. $4800
b. $2700
c. $2400
d. $900

Answer: $2700

Explanation:
Given that,
A used motorcycle is on sale for $3,600. Erik makes an offer equal to \(\frac{3}{4}\) of this price.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) × 3600 = 2700
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 7.
Ruby ate \(\frac{1}{3}\) of a pizza, and Angie ate \(\frac{1}{5}\) of the pizza. How much of the pizza did they eat in all?
Options:
a. 1 \(\frac{1}{5}\) of the pizza
b. \(\frac{1}{8}\) of the pizza
c. \(\frac{3}{8}\) of the pizza
d. \(\frac{8}{15}\) of the pizza

Answer: \(\frac{8}{15}\) of the pizza

Explanation:
Ruby ate \(\frac{1}{3}\) of a pizza, and Angie ate \(\frac{1}{5}\) of the pizza.
\(\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{1}{5}\) = \(\frac{5}{15}\) + \(\frac{3}{15}\) = \(\frac{8}{15}\)
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Unit 1 MIXED REVIEW – Page No. 110

Question 8.
Winslow buys 1.2 pounds of bananas. The bananas cost $1.29 per pound. To the nearest cent, how much does Winslow pay for the bananas?
Options:
a. $1.08
b. $1.20
c. $1.55
d. $2.49

Answer: $1.55

Explanation:
Winslow buys 1.2 pounds of bananas. The bananas cost $1.29 per pound.
1.2 × $1.29 = $1.548 ≈ $1.55
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 9.
The temperature was -10 °F and dropped by 16 °F. Which statement represents the resulting temperature in degrees Fahrenheit?
Options:
a. -10 – (-16) = -6
b. -10 – 16 = -26
c. 10 – (-16) = 26
d. -10 + 16 = 6

Answer: -10 – 16 = -26

Explanation:
The temperature was -10 °F and dropped by 16 °F.
-10 + (-16) = -26°F.
So, the correct answer is option B.

Question 10.
A scuba diver at a depth of -12 ft (12 ft below sea level), dives down to a coral reef that is 3.5 times the diver’s original depth. What is the diver’s new depth?
Options:
a. -420 ft
b. -42 ft
c. 42 ft
d. about 3.4 ft

Answer: -42 ft

A scuba diver at a depth of -12 ft, dives down to a coral reef that is 3.5 times the diver’s original depth.
-12 × 3.5 = -42 ft
So, the correct answer is option B.

Question 11.
The school Spirit Club spent $320.82 on food and took in 643.59 selling the food. How much did the Spirit Club make?
Options:
a. -$322.77
b. -$964.41
c. $322.77
d. $964.41

Answer: $322.77

Explanation:
The school Spirit Club spent $320.82 on food and took in 643.59 selling the food.
$643.59 – $320.82 = $322.77
So, the answer is option C.

Question 12.
Lila graphed the points -2 and 2 on a number line. What does the distance between these two points represent?
Options:
a. the sum of -2 and 2
b. the difference of 2 and -2
c. the difference of -2 and 2
d. the product of -2 and 2

Answer: the difference of 2 and -2

Explanation:
Distance is found by subtracting the larger number and the smaller number so it is the difference of 2 and -2.
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 13.
What is a reasonable estimate of −3 \(\frac{4}{5}\) + (−5.25) and the actual value?
Options:
a. -4 + (-5) = -9; −9 \(\frac{1}{20}\)
b. -3 + (-5) = -8; −8 \(\frac{1}{20}\)
c. -4 + (-5) = -1; −8 \(\frac{9}{20}\)
d. -3 + (-5) = 8; 8 \(\frac{1}{20}\)

Answer: -4 + (-5) = -9; −9 \(\frac{1}{20}\)

Explanation:
−3 \(\frac{4}{5}\) + (−5.25)
−3 \(\frac{4}{5}\) ≈ -4
−5.25 ≈ -5
So the sum is about -4 + -5 = -9.
The estimated answer is -9.

Mini-Task

Question 14.
Juanita is watering her lawn using the water stored in her rainwater tank. The water level in the tank drops \(\frac{1}{3}\) inch every 10 minutes she waters.
a. What is the change in the tank’s water level after 1 hour?
______ inches

Answer: -2 inches

Explanation:
Juanita is watering her lawn using the water stored in her rainwater tank.
There are six 10 minute intervals in 1 hour so change is
6 × –\(\frac{1}{3}\) = -2 inches
Therefore, the tank’s water level after 1 hour is -2 inches.

Question 14.
b. What is the expected change in the tank’s water level after 2.25 hours?
______ inches

Answer: -4.5 inches

Explanation:
Since the water level drops 2 inches every hour, in 2.25 hours the water level change will be -2 × 2.25 = -4.5 inches
Thus the expected change in the tank’s water level after 2.25 hours is -4.5 inches.

Question 14.
c. If the tank’s water level is 4 feet, how many days can Juanita water if she waters for 15 minutes each day?
______ days

Answer: 96 days

Explanation:
15 minutes is 1/4 of an hour so in 15 minutes the water level will have dropped by 2 × 1/4 = 1/2 inches.
Since the water level is initially 4 feet = 48 inches
She can water for 48/1/2 = 48 × 2 = 96 days
It takes 96 days if she waters for 15 minutes.

Conclusion:

Hope the info prevailed in this article is beneficial for all the students. Keep in touch with us to get the latest updates regarding Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 3 Rational Numbers. Also, the students of 4th grade can get the solutions for all the chapters on Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key page.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Assessment Test

Avail the Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Assessment Test to test your preparation standards. Enhance your conceptual knowledge through the 3rd Grade Go Math Assessment Test Answer Key. You can tally your answers with the Grade 3 Go Math Answer Key Ch 12 Two Dimensional Shapes Assessment Test.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Assessment Test contains all the topics of chapter 12 and you can learn through the detailed solutions. Get to know the concepts better and learn the approach used to solve various problems in Two Dimensional Shapes using the Assessment Test over here.

Chapter 12:

Test – Page 1 – Page No. 121

Question 1.
Which words describe this shape? Mark all that apply.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Assessment Test Test - Page 1 img 1
Options:
a. polygon
b. hexagon
c. open shape
d. quadrilateral

Answer: a. Polygon

Explanation: In geometry, a polygon is a plane figure that is described by a finite number of straight-line segments connected to form a closed polygonal chain or polygonal circuit.

Question 2.
Sam drew one side of a rhombus with at least 1 right angle. Draw the other 3 sides to complete Sam’s shape.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Assessment Test Test - Page 1 img 2

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Assessment Test

A rhombus is a Parallelogram with 4 equal sides. Because it is a parallelogram, opposite angles are congruent. And because it is a quadrilateral the sum of all angles must be equal to 360 degrees. So, if one angle is right then the opposite angle is 90 degrees. Then the 1st pair has a sum of 180 degrees, then 360–180 = 180, so the other pair of angles sum to 180 degrees. But the other pair of angles are also opposite of each other so must be congruent, so each of the other two angles is also 90 degrees. So, if one angle is right all 4 angles are right angles. These kinds of rhombi, or rhombuses, are called squares. Squares are a subset of rhombi.
So after completing the shape with the other three sides we get a Square.

Question 3.
Louie has a stamp with this shape.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Assessment Test Test - Page 1 img 3
For numbers 3a–3d, select True or False for each statement about the shape.
a. The shape has no right angles.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True.

Explanation: Pentagon can have right angles too. It can have a maximum of 3 right angles but here the given diagram seems like a regular Pentagon, which is having each interior angle of a regular pentagon = 108 degrees. Thus there is no right angle.

Question 3.
b. The shape has 5 angles greater than a right angle.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True.

Explanation: The sum of the interior angles should be equal to 540°. Since here in the current pentagon, there is no right angle if we divide 540/5 minimum angle would be 108°. Hence the shape has 5 angles greater than a right angle.

Question 3.
c. The shape has 2 angles less than a right angle.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False.

Explanation: Given shape is a regular pentagon which is having a regular interior angle of 108° each.

Question 3.
d. The shape has 1 right angle.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False.

Explanation: Given shape is a regular pentagon which is having a regular interior angle of 108° each.

Test – Page 2 – Page No. 122

Question 4.
Jane used a Venn diagram to sort shapes.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Assessment Test Test - Page 2 img 4
Part A
Draw a plane shape that belongs inside the overlap region of the diagram.

Answer: Square, rectangle

Explanation: Overlap region has Quadrilateral/Polygons having right angles which are Square and rectangle.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Assessment Test

Question 4.
Part B
How can you describe the shapes that belong in the section where the circles overlap?

Answer: To understand clearly the intersection part first we have to understand Polygon with the right angle and Quadrilaterals.

Explanation:
Polygon: In geometry, a polygon is a plane figure that is described by a finite number of straight-line segments connected to form a closed polygonal chain or polygonal circuit. The solid plane region, the bounding circuit, or the two together, maybe called a polygon

Right-angled Polygon: A polygon whose interior angles are 90°.

Quadrilaterals: In geometry, a quadrilateral is a polygon with four edges and four vertices.

So here in the given diagram intersection part comes under a Polygon/Quadrilateral having one or more interior angles

Question 5.
Write one of the following words to name each part of the figure.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Assessment Test Test - Page 2 img 5
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Assessment Test Test - Page 2 img 6

Answer:

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Assessment Test

Question 6.
Describe the angles and sides of this triangle.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Assessment Test Test - Page 2 img 7

Answer: All triangles have interior angles adding to 180°. When one of those interior angles is 90°, it is a right angle and the triangle is known as the right triangle. In drawing the interior 90° angle is indicated with a small square in the vertex. The side opposite to the right angle is its hypotenuse, which is the longest side of all three. The other two angles in a right triangle add to 90°, they are complementary. The sides opposite to the complementary angles are the triangle’s legs.

Test – Page 3 – Page No. 123

Question 7.
Which words describe this shape? Mark all that apply.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Assessment Test Test - Page 3 img 8
Options:
a. rectangle
b. rhombus
c. quadrilateral
d. square

Answer: b. rhombus, c. quadrilateral

Explanation:
Quadrilaterals: In geometry, a quadrilateral is a polygon with four edges and four vertices.
Rhombus: A rhombus is a quadrilateral whose four sides all have the same length.
The given figure is having 4 edges and 4 vertices that come under Quadrilateral also seem like having all the four sides of the same length which comes under rhombus too.

Question 8.
Divide each shape into the number of equal parts shown.
Then write the fraction that describes each part of the whole.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Assessment Test Test - Page 3 img 9

Answer:

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Assessment Test    The given shape is dived into 4 equal parts. Therefore, the fraction of each part of the whole is ¼ (one fourth).

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Assessment TestThe given shape has been divided into 6 equal parts. Therefore, the fraction of each part of the whole is 1/6.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Assessment Test The given shape has been divided into eight equal parts. Therefore, the fraction of each part of the whole is 1/8.

Question 9.
Cho drew a triangle with 3 angles that are each less than a right angle.
For numbers 9a–9d, choose Yes or No to tell whether that triangle could be the triangle Cho drew.
a. Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Assessment Test Test - Page 3 img 10
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes.

Explanation: Cho drew a triangle having all the angles less than 90 degrees. So it could be Cho’s triangle.

Question 9.
b. Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Assessment Test Test - Page 3 img 11
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: No.

Explanation: This triangle is having a right angle (90 degrees). So it could not Cho’s triangle.

Question 9.
c. Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Assessment Test Test - Page 3 img 12
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes.

Explanation: Tt is possible to be triangle drew by Cho. Since it is not having an angle which is a greater right angle.

Question 9.
d. Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Assessment Test Test - Page 3 img 13
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes.

Explanation: It could be Cho’s triangle too as it is not having an angle which is a greater right angle.

Test – Page 4 – Page No. 124

Question 10.
Look at this group of shapes.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Assessment Test Test - Page 4 img 14
Part A
Sort the shapes by sides. How many groups did you make? Explain how you sorted the shapes.

Answer: Two groups

Explanation: We can sort by using the number of sides. The first group with two triangles having three sides each, Second group with Quadrilaterals having four edges and four vertices.

Question 10.
Part B
Sort the shapes by angles. How many groups did you make? Explain how you sorted the shapes.

Answer: Two groups.

Explanation: Sorted the shapes by angles, Right-angled polygons, and non-right angled polygons.

Question 11.
Gina drew a quadrilateral that always has 4 sides of equal length and 4 right angles. What quadrilateral did she draw?

Answer: Square

Explanation: Square is the quadrilateral having 4 sides of equal length with 4 right interior angles.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Assessment Test

Test – Page 5 – Page No. 125

Question 12.
Lacy used a Venn diagram to sort shapes. What label could she use for circle A?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Assessment Test Test - Page 5 img 15

Answer: Polygons.

Explanation: Polygons with all sides of equal length.

Question 13.
Victor drew lines to divide a trapezoid into equal parts that represent \(\frac{1}{3}\) of the whole area. Draw lines to show how Victor divided the trapezoid.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Assessment Test Test - Page 5 img 16

Answer:

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Assessment Test

Question 14.
Luisa drew this hexagon. Select the pairs of sides that appear to be parallel. Mark all that apply.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Assessment Test Test - Page 5 img 17
Options:
a. a and b
b. b and e
c. c and f
d. d and a

Answer: b,d.

Explanation: b and e, d and a are the pairs of sides that appear to be parallel.

Test – Page 6 – Page No. 126

Question 15.
Tell why this shape is NOT a polygon.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Assessment Test Test - Page 6 img 18

Answer: A polygon by definition has straight line segments as its sides. If a geometrical figure has curved sides, it is not considered a polygon. Thus the given shape is not a Polygon.

Question 16.
Paige drew the triangle below. What statements describe the angles? Mark all that apply.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Assessment Test Test - Page 6 img 19
Options:
a. At least one is less than a right angle.
b. One is a right angle.
c. All are less than a right angle.
d. One is greater than a right angle.

Answer: a,b.

Explanation: Since one angle is the right angle other two angles are less than the right angle.

Question 17.
Bella drew a quadrilateral with 2 pairs of opposite sides that are parallel. The shape has no right angles and has sides that are of equal length. Draw a shape Bella could have drawn.

Answer: Could be a parallelogram as it will have parallel opposite sides without any right angle.

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Assessment Test

Question 18.
For 18a–18d, select True or False for each description of a line segment.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Assessment Test Test - Page 6 img 20
a. straight
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation: This is known as a line as it is an infinitely thin, infinitely long collection of points extending in two opposite directions

Question 18.
For 18a–18d, select True or False for each description of a line segment.
b. has 2 endpoints
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True.

Explanation: It is having two endpoints.

Question 18.
c. continues in 1 direction
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False.

Explanation: Line segment continue forever in zero directions.

Question 18.
d. part of a line
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True.

Explanation: Part of the line that connects two points.

Summary

We as a team wish that you found the Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two Dimensional Shapes Assessment Test helpful. To learn more on the concepts, access the Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 12 Two-Dimensional Shapes Extra Practice and get the help required.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Extra Practice

go-math-grade-3-chapter-2-represent-and-interpret-data-extra-practice-answer-key

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Extra Practice helps you clarify all your concerns easily. Know the Tips and Tricks to Solve the Problems on Go Math Grade 3 Ch 2 from Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key. Cross check your solutions with the Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 2 Answer Key Extra Practice and assess your preparation standard and bridge the knowledge gap accordingly.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Extra Practice

You can solve problems in Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data using different approaches. But to help you solve them easily we have listed the step by step solutions for all the exercise questions in HMH Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 2.  Learn all of them easily and enhance your subject knowledge on the corresponding topics instantly. Utilize the Go Math Solution Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Extra Practice for better understanding.

Common Core – Page No. 45000

Lesson 2.1

Use the Pets tables for 1–2.

Question 1.
Manny collected data about pets owned by students in his class. Complete Manny’s tally table and frequency table.

Pets
Pets Tally
Cat ________
Dog ________
Bird ________
Fish ________

Answer:

Pets
Pets Tally
Cat ||||
Dog ||
Bird |
Fish |

Question 1.

Pets
Pets Frequency
______ 4
______ 2
______ 1
______ 1

Answer:

Pets
Pets Frequency
Cat 4
Dog 2
Bird 1
Fish 1

Question 2.
How many more students have cats than have dogs and birds combined?
______ students

Answer: 1

Explanation:

Number of students who have cats = 4
Number of students who have Dogs = 2
Number of students who have Birds = 1
Total students who have Dogs and birds combined = 2 + 1 = 3
To know how many more students have cats than have dogs and birds combined, we need to subtract students who have Dogs and birds combined from the Number of students who have cats.
4 – 3 = 1
Therefore the answer is 1.

Lessons 2.2–2.3

Use the Seashells picture graph for 3–5.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Extra Practice Common Core img 1

Question 3.
Maggie has a picture graph that shows the seashells she collected. How many seashells did Maggie collect in all?
______ seashells

Answer: 85

Explanation:

Number of Cockle shells =4  Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Extra Practice Common Core img 2
Each Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Extra Practice Common Core img 2 = 10 shells
So, Number of Cockle shells = 10 + 10 + 10 + 10 = 40 shells
Number of Conch Shells = 2 Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Extra Practice Common Core img 2
Each Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Extra Practice Common Core img 2 = 10 shells
= 10 + 10 = 20 shells
Number of Lightning Whelk = 2 and a half Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Extra Practice Common Core img 2
Each Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Extra Practice Common Core img 2 = 10 shells
= 10 + 10 + 5 = 25 shells

Total number of shells that Maggie collected = 40 + 20 + 25 = 85 shells

Question 4.
How many more cockle shells did she collect than lightning whelks?
______ shells.

Answer: 15

Explanation:

Number of Cockle shells =4  Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Extra Practice Common Core img 2
Each Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Extra Practice Common Core img 2 = 10 shells
So, Number of Cockle shells = 10 + 10 + 10 + 10 = 40 shells
Number of Lightning Whelk = 2 and a half Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Extra Practice Common Core img 2
= 10 + 10 + 5 = 25 shells
Subtract Number of Lightning Whelk shells from Number of Cockle shells
= 40 – 25 = 15 shells

Question 5.
What if the key were “Each Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Extra Practice Common Core img 2 = 5 shells?” How many pictures would there be for conch?
______ pictures

Answer: 4 pictures

Explanation:

Number of Conch Shells = 2 Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Extra Practice Common Core img 2
If each Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Extra Practice Common Core img 2 = 5 shells
Then the number of Conch shells will be 4 Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Extra Practice Common Core img 2
= 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 = 20 shells

Page No. 46000

Common Core

Lessons 2.4–2.6

Use the Bicycle Rides frequency table for 1–3.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Extra Practice Common Core img 3

Question 1.
The frequency table shows the number of miles Sean rode on his bicycle. Use the data in the frequency table to complete the bar graph.
Type below:
_________

Answer:

Question 2.
How many more miles did Sean ride on Saturday than on Monday?
______ miles

Answer: 8 miles

Explanation:

Number of miles that Sean ride on Saturday = 12
Number of miles that Sean ride on Monday = 4
To find how many more miles did Sean ride on Saturday than on Monday
Subtract the number of miles that Sean ride on Monday from Number of miles that Sean ride on Saturday
12 – 4 = 8 miles

Question 3.
Write a number sentence to show how many miles in all Sean rode on his bicycle.
______ miles

Answer: 25 miles

Explanation:

Number of miles that Sean ride on Saturday = 12
Number of miles that Sean ride on Monday = 4
Number of miles that Sean ride on Wednesday = 9
Total number of miles that Sean ride = 12 + 9 + 4 = 25 miles

Lesson 2.7

Use the Number of Beads line plot for 4–6.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data Extra Practice Common Core img 4

Question 4.
Kim is making bead necklaces. She records the number of beads on the different necklaces on a line plot. How many necklaces have exactly 50 beads?
______ necklaces

Answer: 5 necklaces

Explanation:

The line plot shows that there are 5 necklaces that have exactly 50 beads.

Question 5.
How many necklaces have fewer than 40 beads?
______ necklaces

Answer: 3 necklaces

Explanation:

The above figure shows that the number of necklaces that have less than 40 beads = 3

Question 6.
How many necklaces have 50 or more beads?
______ necklaces

Answer: 7 necklaces

Explanation:

Number of necklaces that have 50 beads = 5
Number of necklaces that have 60 beads = 2
Total necklaces that have more than 50 beads = 5 + 2 = 7 necklaces.

Conclusion

Represent and Interpret Data chapter includes bar graphs, line plots tally marks, etc. Look at the topics in Chapter 2 before you go ahead with your preparation.  To know more such questions Download Go Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 2 Represent and Interpret Data pdf and prepare whenever you want.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals

go-math-grade-4-chapter-9-relate-fractions-and-decimals-pages-169-185-answer-key

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals are provided here in pdf format for easy access. In HMH Go Math Answer Key Grade 4, students can find all chapters questions and solutions such as Relate Tenths and Decimals, Hundredths and Decimals, Equivalent Fractions, and Decimals, Relate Fractions, Decimals, and Money, Add Fractional Parts of 10 and 100, and many more. To help you out, we have complied Go Math Grade 4 Solution Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals for all chapters in a better way.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals

Browse all 9th chapter topics from Go Math Grade 4 Solution Key easily and learn the basics for further studies. It will be tough to understand the Chapter 9 Fractions and decimals concepts without a lot of practice. So, we have given the best preparation resource on this page ie., Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals pdf. Download the Go Math HMH 4th Grade Answer Key of chapter 9 homework practice FL and learn the concepts properly to improve math skills.

Lesson: 1 – Relate Tenths and Decimals

Lesson: 2 – Relate Hundredths and Decimals

Lesson: 3 – Equivalent Fractions and Decimals

Lesson: 4 – Relate Fractions, Decimals, and Money

Lesson: 5 – Problem Solving Money

Lesson: 6 – Add Fractional Parts of 10 and 100

Lesson: 7 – Compare Decimals

Lesson: 8

Common Core – Relate Fractions and Decimals – Page No. 171

Relate Tenths and Decimals

Write the fraction or mixed number and the decimal shown by the model.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 1

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 2
Type below:
_________
Answer:
1 2/10

Explanation:
The model is divided into 10 equal parts. Each part represents one-tenth.
1 2/10 is 1 whole and 2 tenths.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 3
Type below:
_________

Answer:
2 3/10 = 2.3

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 9 Common Core Image 1 499
By seeing the above number line we can say that the decimal is 2.3

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 4
Type below:
_________

Answer:
4810 = 4.8

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 9 Common Core Image 2 499

Write the fraction or mixed number as a decimal.

Question 5.
\(\frac{4}{10}\)
_____

Answer:
0.4

Explanation:
Write down 4 with the decimal point 1 space from the right (because 10 has 1 zero)
0.4
The decimal form for the fraction \(\frac{4}{10}\) is 0.4

Question 6.
3 \(\frac{1}{10}\)
_____

Answer:
3.1

Explanation:
Multiply 3 x 10 = 30.
Add 30 + 1 = 31.
So, 31/10.
Write down 31 with the decimal point 1 space from the right (because 10 has 1 zero)
3.1

Question 7.
\(\frac{7}{10}\)
_____

Answer:
0.7

Explanation:
Write down 7 with the decimal point 1 space from the right (because 10 has 1 zero)
0.7
The decimal form for the fraction \(\frac{7}{10}\) is 0.7

Question 8.
6 \(\frac{5}{10}\)
_____

Answer:
6.5

Explanation:
Multiply 6 x 10 = 60.
Add 60 + 5 = 65.
So, 65/10.
Write down 35 with the decimal point 1 space from the right (because 10 has 1 zero)
6.5

Question 9.
\(\frac{9}{10}\)
_____

Answer:
0.9

Explanation:
Write down 9 with the decimal point 1 space from the right (because 10 has 1 zero)
0.9
The decimal form for the fraction \(\frac{9}{10}\) is 0.9

Problem Solving

Question 10.
There are 10 sports balls in the equipment closet. Three are kickballs. Write the portion of the balls that are kickballs as a fraction, as a decimal, and in word form.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
3/10 = 0.3 = three tenths

Explanation:
Given,
There are 10 sports balls in the equipment closet.
Three are kickballs.
So, 3/10 kickballs are available.

Question 11.
Peyton has 2 pizzas. Each pizza is cut into 10 equal slices. She and her friends eat 14 slices. What part of the pizzas did they eat? Write your answer as a decimal.
_________

Answer:
1.4 pizzas

Explanation:
Peyton has 2 pizzas. Each pizza is cut into 10 equal slices.
So, total number of slices = 2 x 10 = 20.
She and her friends eat 14 slices.
So, they ate 1 whole pizza and 4 parts out of 10 slices in the second pizza.
1 4/10 = 14/10 = 1.4 pizzas.
Therefore the decimal form of the part of the pizzas they eat is 1.4 pizzas.

Common Core – Relate Fractions and Decimals – Page No. 172

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Valerie has 10 CDs in her music case. Seven of the CDs are pop music CDs. What is this amount written as a decimal?
Options:
a. 70.0
b. 7.0
c. 0.7
d. 0.07

Answer:
c. 0.7

Explanation:
Valerie has 10 CDs in her music case. Seven of the CDs are pop music CDs.
Seven CDs out of 10 CDs = 7/10 =0.7
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 2.
Which decimal amount is modeled below?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 5
Options:
a. 140.0
b. 14.0
c. 1.4
d. 0.14

Answer:
c. 1.4

Explanation:
1 4/10
Multiply 10 x 1 = 10.
Add 10 + 4 = 14.
So, 14/10 = 1.4.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which number is a factor of 13?
Options:
a. 1
b. 3
c. 4
d. 7

Answer:
a. 1

Explanation:
13 has 1 and 13 as its factors.
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 4.
An art gallery has 18 paintings and 4 photographs displayed in equal rows on a wall, with the same number of each type of art in each row. Which of the following could be the number of rows?
Options:
a. 2 rows
b. 3 rows
c. 4 rows
d. 6 rows

Answer:
a. 2 rows

Explanation:
An art gallery has 18 paintings and 4 photographs displayed in equal rows on a wall, with the same number of each type of art in each row. So, 18 paintings and 4 photographs need to be divided into equal parts.
18/2 = 9; 4/2 = 2.
2 rows can be possible with 9 pictures and 2 pictures in each row.
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 5.
How do you write the mixed number shown as a fraction greater than 1?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 6
Options:
a. \(\frac{32}{5}\)
b. \(\frac{14}{4}\)
c. \(\frac{6}{4}\)
d. \(\frac{4}{4}\)

Answer:
b. 14/4
Explanation:
324 = 14/4. 14 divided by 4 is equal to 3 with a remainder of 2. The 3 is greater than 1. So, 14/4 > 1.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 6.
Which of the following models has an amount shaded that is equivalent to the fraction \(\frac{1}{5}\)?
Options:
a. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 7
b. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 8
c. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 9
d. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 10

Answer:
c. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - New img 9

Explanation:
a. 2/3
b. 5/10 = 1/2
c. 2/10 = 1/5
d. 1/10
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Common Core – Relate Fractions and Decimals – Page No. 173

Relate Hundredths and Decimals

Write the fraction or mixed number and the decimal shown by the model.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 11

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 12
Type below:
_________

Answer:
29/100 = 0.29

Explanation:
0.20 names the same amount as 20/100.
So, the given point is at 29/100 = 0.29

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 13
Type below:
_________

Answer:
1 54/100 = 1.54

Explanation:
From the given image, one model is one whole and another model 54 boxes shaded out of 100. So, the answer is 1 54/100 = 1.54

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 14
Type below:
_________

Answer:
4 62/100 = 4.62

Explanation:
4.60 names the same amount as 460100. So, the given point is at 4 62/100 = 4.62

Write the fraction or mixed number as a decimal.

Question 5.
\(\frac{37}{100}\)
_____

Answer:
0.37

Explanation:
Write down 37 with the decimal point 2 spaces from the right (because 100 has 2 zeros). 0.37

Question 6.
8 \(\frac{11}{100}\)
_____

Answer:
8.11

Explanation:
8 11/100 = 811/100
Write down 811 with the decimal point 2 spaces from the right (because 100 has 2 zeros). So, 8.11 is the answer.

Question 7.
\(\frac{98}{100}\)
_____

Answer:
0.98

Explanation:
Write down 98 with the decimal point 2 spaces from the right (because 100 has 2 zeros). 0.98

Question 8.
25 \(\frac{50}{100}\)
_____

Answer:
25.50

Explanation:
25 50/100 = 2550/100
Write down 2550 with the decimal point 2 spaces from the right (because 100 has 2 zeros). So, 25.50 is the answer.

Question 9.
\(\frac{6}{100}\)
_____

Answer:
0.06

Explanation:
Write down 6 with the decimal point 2 spaces from the right (because 100 has 2 zeros). 0.06

Problem Solving

Question 10.
There are 100 pennies in a dollar. What fraction of a dollar is 61 pennies? Write it as a fraction, as a decimal, and in word form.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
61/100 pennies = 0.61 = sixty-one hundredths

Explanation:
There are 100 pennies in a dollar. So, for 61 pennies, there are 61100 pennies = 0.61 = sixty-one hundredths.

Question 11.
Kylee has collected 100 souvenir thimbles from different places she has visited with her family. Twenty of the thimbles are carved from wood. Write the fraction of thimbles that are wooden as a decimal.
_________

Answer:
It is easier to work with decimals then fractions because it is like adding whole numbers in a normal way.

Common Core – Relate Fractions and Decimals – Page No. 174

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Which decimal represents the shaded section of the model below?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 15
Options:
a. 830.0
b. 83.0
c. 8.30
d. 0.83

Answer:
d. 0.83

Explanation:
The model is divided into 100 equal parts. Each part represents one hundredth. 83 boxes are shaded out of 100.
So, the answer is 83/100 = 0.83
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 2.
There were 100 questions on the unit test. Alondra answered 97 of the questions correctly. What decimal represents the fraction of questions Alondra answered correctly?
Options:
a. 0.97
b. 9.70
c. 90.70
d. 970.0

Answer:
a. 0.97

Explanation:
There were 100 questions on the unit test. Alondra answered 97 of the questions correctly. So, 97/100 questions answered correctly. = 0.97
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which is equivalent to \(\frac{7}{8}\) ?
Options:
a. \(\frac{5}{8}+\frac{3}{8}\)
b. \(\frac{4}{8}+\frac{1}{8}+\frac{1}{8}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{8}+\frac{2}{8}+\frac{2}{8}\)
d. \(\frac{2}{8}+\frac{2}{8}+\frac{1}{8}+\frac{1}{8}\)

Answer:
c. 3/8+2/8+2/8
Explanation:
c. 3/8+2/8+2/8 = 7/8
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 4.
What is \(\frac{9}{10}-\frac{6}{10}\)?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 16
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{10}\)
b. \(\frac{3}{10}\)
c. \(\frac{4}{10}\)
d. \(\frac{6}{10}\)

Answer:
b. 3/10
Explanation:
9/10−6/10. From 9 parts, 6 parts are removed. So, remaining parts are 3.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 5.
Misha used 14 of a carton of 12 eggs to make an omelet. How many eggs did she use?
Options:
a. 2
b. 3
c. 4
d. 6

Answer:
b. 3

Explanation:
Misha used 14 of a carton of 12 eggs to make an omelet. 14 x 12 = 3 eggs.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 6.
Kurt used the rule add 4, subtract 1 to generate a pattern. The first term in his pattern is 5. Which number could be in Kurt’s pattern?
Options:
a. 4
b. 6
c. 10
d. 14

Answer:
d. 14

Explanation:
Kurt used the rule add 4, subtract 1 to generate a pattern.
The first term in his pattern is 5.
The pattern numbers are 5, 8, 11, 14, 17, 20, etc.
So, the answer is 14.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Common Core – Relate Fractions and Decimals – Page No. 175

Equivalent Fractions and Decimals

Write the number as hundredths in fraction form and decimal form.

Question 1.
\(\frac{5}{10}\)
\(\frac{5}{10}\) = \(\frac{5 \times 10}{10 \times 10}=\frac{50}{100}\)
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 17
Think: 5 tenths is the same as 5 tenths and 0 hundredths. Write 0.50.

Question 2.
\(\frac{9}{10}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
90/100; 0.90

Explanation:
9/10 = 9×10/10×10 = 90/100
9 tenths is the same as 9 tenths and 0 hundredths. Write 0.90

Question 3.
0.2
Type below:
_________

Answer:
20100
0.20

Explanation:
2 tenths is the same as 2 tenths and 0 hundredths. Write 0.20.
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 6 509
2/10 = 2×10/10×10 = 20/100

Question 4.
0.8
Type below:
_________

Answer:
80100 = 0.80

Explanation:
8 tenths is the same as 8 tenths and 0 hundredths. Write 0.80.
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 5 509
8/10 = 8×10/10×10 = 80/100

Write the number as tenths in fraction form and decimal form.

Question 5.
\(\frac{40}{100}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
4/10 = 0.4

Explanation:
10 is a common factor of the numerator and the denominator.
40/100 = 40÷10/100÷10 = 4/10
= 0.4

Question 6.
\(\frac{10}{100}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
1/10 = 0.1

Explanation:
10 is a common factor of the numerator and the denominator.
10/100 = 10÷10/100÷10 = 1/10
= 0.1

Question 7.
0.60
Type below:
_________

Answer:
6/10 = 0.6

Explanation:
0.60 is 60 hundredths.
60/100.
10 is a common factor of the numerator and the denominator.
60/100 = 60÷10/100÷10 = 6/10
= 0.6

Problem Solving

Question 8.
Billy walks \(\frac{6}{10}\) mile to school each day. Write \(\frac{6}{10}\) as hundredths in fraction form and in decimal form.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
60100
0.60

Explanation:
Billy walks 6/10 mile to school each day.
6/10 = 6×10/10×10 = 60/100

Question 9.
Four states have names that begin with the letter A. This represents 0.08 of all the states. Write 0.08 as a fraction.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
8/100
Explanation:
0.08 is 8 hundredths. So, the fraction is 8/100

Common Core – Relate Fractions and Decimals – Page No. 176

Lesson Check

Question 1.
The fourth-grade students at Harvest School make up 0.3 of all students at the school. Which fraction is equivalent to 0.3?
Options:
a. \(\frac{3}{10}\)
b. \(\frac{30}{10}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{100}\)
d. \(\frac{33}{100}\)

Answer:
a. 3/10
Explanation:
0.3 is same as the 3 tenths.
So, the answer is 3/10
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 2.
Kyle and his brother have a marble set. Of the marbles, 12 are blue. This represents \(\frac{50}{100}\) of all the marbles. Which decimal is equivalent to \(\frac{50}{100}\)?
Options:
a. 50
b. 5.0
c. 0.50
d. 5,000

Answer:
c. 0.50

Explanation:

Write down 50 with the decimal point 2 spaces from the right (because 100 has 2 zeros).
So, 0.50 is the answer.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Jesse won his race by 3 \(\frac{45}{100}\) seconds. What is this number written as a decimal?
Options:
a. 0.345
b. 3.45
c. 34.5
d. 345

Answer:
b. 3.45

Explanation:
3 45/100 = 345/100. Write down 345 with the decimal point 2 spaces from the right (because 100 has 2 zeros). So, 3.45 is the answer.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 4.
Marge cut 16 pieces of tape for mounting pictures on poster board. Each piece of tape was \(\frac{3}{8}\) inch long. How much tape did Marge use?
Options:
a. 2 inches
b. 4 inches
c. 5 inches
d. 6 inches

Answer:
d. 6 inches

Explanation:
3/8 x 16 = 6 inches
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 5.
Of Katie’s pattern blocks, \(\frac{9}{12}\) are triangles. What is \(\frac{9}{12}\) in simplest form?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}\)
b. \(\frac{2}{3}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{4}\)
d. \(\frac{9}{12}\)

Answer:
c. 3/4
Explanation:
9/12 is divided by 3. So, 3/4 is the answer.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 6.
A number pattern has 75 as its first term. The rule for the pattern is subtract 6. What is the sixth term?
Options:
a. 39
b. 45
c. 51
d. 69

Answer:
b. 45

Explanation:
75 is the first term.
75 – 6 =69
69 – 6 = 63
63 – 6 = 57
57 – 6 = 51
51 – 6 = 45.
The sixth term is 45.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Common Core – Relate Fractions and Decimals – Page No. 177

Relate Fractions, Decimals, and Money

Write the total money amount. Then write the amount as a fraction or a mixed number and as a decimal in terms of dollars.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 18

Answer:
$0.18 = 18/100 = 0.18

Explanation:
Given that 3 Pennies + 3 Nickels = 3/100 + 15/100 = 18/100

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 19
Type below:
_________

Answer:
$0.56 = 56/100 = 0.56

Explanation:
Given that 1 Quarter + 3 dime + 1 Pennies = 25/100 + 30/100 + 1/100 = 56/100

Write as a money amount and as a decimal in terms of dollars.

Question 3.
\(\frac{25}{100}\)
Dollars: _____ Decimal: _____

Answer:
Dollars: 1 quarter = $0.25; Decimal: 0.25

Explanation:
25 our of 100 dollars = 1 quarter.
So, 25/100 = 0.25

Question 4.
\(\frac{79}{100}\)
Dollars: _____ Decimal: _____

Answer:
amount: $0.79 decimal: 0.79 of a dollar

Explanation:
79/100 = 0.79

Question 5.
\(\frac{31}{100}\)
Dollars: _____ Decimal: _____

Answer:
amount: $0.31 decimal: 0.31 of a dollar

Explanation:
31/100 = 0.31

Question 6.
\(\frac{8}{100}\)
Dollars: _____ Decimal: _____

Answer:
amount: $0.08 decimal: 0.08 of a dollar

Explanation:
81/00 = 0.08

Question 7.
\(\frac{42}{100}\)
Dollars: _____ Decimal: _____

Answer:
amount: $0.42 decimal: 0.42 of a dollar

Explanation:
42/100 = 0.42

Write the money amount as a fraction in terms of dollars.

Question 8.
$0.87
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
87/100 of a dollar

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 1 517
$0.87 = 87 pennies
There are 100 pennies in 1 dollar.
So, $0.87 = 87/100 of a dollar.

Question 9.
$0.03
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
3/100
Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 2 517
$0.03 = 3 pennies
There are 100 pennies in 1 dollar.
So, $0.03 = 3/100.

Question 10.
$0.66
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
66/100

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 3 517
$0.66 = 66 pennies
There are 100 pennies in 1 dollar.
So, $0.66 = 66/100.

Question 11.
$0.95
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
95/100

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 4 517
$0.95 = 95 pennies
There are 100 pennies in 1 dollar.
So, $0.95 = 95/100.

Question 12.
$1.00
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
100/100

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 5 517
$1.00 = 1 dollar
There are 100 pennies in 1 dollar.
So, $1.00 = 100/100.

Write the total money amount. Then write the amount as a fraction and as a decimal in terms of dollars.

Question 13.
2 quarters 2 dimes
Type below:
_________

Answer:
money amount: $0.70; fraction: 70/100; decimal: 0.70

Explanation:
Given that 2 quarters 2 dimes = (2 x 25/100) + (2 x 10/100) = 50/100 + 20/100 = 70/100

Question 14.
3 dimes 4 pennies
Type below:
_________

Answer:
money amount: $0.34; fraction: 34/100; decimal: 0.34

Explanation:
Given that 3 dimes 4 pennies = (3 x 10/100) + (4 x 1/100) = 30/100 + 4/100 = 34/100

Question 15.
8 nickels 12 pennies
Type below:
_________

Answer:
money amount: $0.57; fraction: 57/100; decimal: 0.57

Explanation:
Given that 8 nickels 12 pennies = (8 x 5/100) + (12 x 1/100) = 45/100 + 12/100 = 57/100

Problem Solving

Question 16.
Kate has 1 dime, 4 nickels, and 8 pennies. Write Kate’s total amount as a fraction in terms of a dollar.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
fraction: 38/100
Explanation:
Kate has 1 dime, 4 nickels, and 8 pennies.
10/100 + (4 x 5/100) + (8/100) = 10/100 + 20/100 + 8/100 = 38/100

Question 17.
Nolan says he has \(\frac{75}{100}\) of a dollar. If he only has 3 coins, what are the coins?
__________

Answer:
3 quarters

Explanation:
3 quarters = 25/100 + 25/100 + 25/100 = 75/100

Common Core – Relate Fractions and Decimals – Page No. 178

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Which of the following names the total money amount shown as a fraction in terms of a dollar?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 20
Options:
a. \(\frac{43}{1}\)
b. \(\frac{43}{10}\)
c. \(\frac{43}{57}\)
d. \(\frac{43}{100}\)

Answer:
d. 43/100

Explanation:
Given that 1 quarter + 1 nickel + 1 dime + 3 pennies = 25/100 + 5/100 + 10/100 + 3/100 = 43/100
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 2.
Crystal has \(\frac{81}{100}\) of a dollar. Which of the following could be the coins Crystal has?
Options:
a. 3 quarters, 1 dime, 1 penny
b. 2 quarters, 6 nickels, 1 penny
c. 2 quarters, 21 pennies
d. 1 quarter, 4 dimes, 1 nickel, 1 penny

Answer:
b. 2 quarters, 6 nickels, 1 penny

Explanation:
2 quarters, 6 nickels, 1 penny = (2 x 25/100) + (6 x 5/100) + 1/100 = 50/100 + 30/100 + 1/100 = 81/100
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Joel gives \(\frac{1}{3}\) of his baseball cards to his sister. Which fraction is equivalent to \(\frac{1}{3}\)?
Options:
a. \(\frac{3}{5}\)
b. \(\frac{2}{6}\)
c. \(\frac{8}{9}\)
d. \(\frac{4}{10}\)

Answer:
b. 2/6
Explanation:
2/6 is divided by 2. The remaining answer after the dividion is 1/3.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 4.
Penelope bakes pretzels. She salts \(\frac{3}{8}\) of the pretzels. Which fraction is equivalent to \(\frac{3}{8}\) ?
Options:
a. \(\frac{9}{24}\)
b. \(\frac{15}{20}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{16}\)
d. \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Answer:
a. 9/24
Explanation:
a. 9/24 is divided by 3. The remaining fraction after the division is 3/8.
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 5.
Which decimal is shown by the model?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 21
Options:
a. 10.0
b. 1.0
c. 0.1
d. 0.01

Answer:
d. 0.01

Explanation:
1 box is shaded out of 100. So, the fraction is 1/100 = 0.01.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 6.
Mr. Guzman has 100 cows on his dairy farm. Of the cows, 57 are Holstein. What decimal represents the portion of cows that are Holstein?
Options:
a. 0.43
b. 0.57
c. 5.7
d. 57.0

Answer:
b. 0.57

Explanation:
Mr. Guzman has 100 cows on his dairy farm. Of the cows, 57 are Holstein. So, 57/100 Holstein cows are available.
57/100 = 0.57
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Common Core – Relate Fractions and Decimals – Page No. 179

Problem Solving Money

Use the act it out strategy to solve.

Question 1.
Carl wants to buy a bicycle bell that costs $4.50. Carl has saved $2.75 so far. How much more money does he need to buy the bell?
Use 4 $1 bills and 2 quarters to model $4.50. Remove bills and coins that have a value of $2.75. First, remove 2 $1 bills and 2 quarters.
Next, exchange one $1 bill for 4 quarters and remove 1 quarter.
Count the amount that is left. So, Carl needs to save $1.75 more.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 22

Answer:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - New img 42

Question 2.
Together, Xavier, Yolanda, and Zachary have $4.44. If each person has the same amount, how much money does each person have?
$ _________

Answer:
$1.11

Explanation:
Together, Xavier, Yolanda, and Zachary have $4.44. If each person has the same amount, $4.44/4 = $1.11

Question 3.
Marcus, Nan, and Olive each have $1.65 in their pockets. They decide to combine the money. How much money do they have altogether?
$ _________

Answer:
$4.95

Explanation:
Marcus, Nan, and Olive each have $1.65 in their pockets. They decide to combine the money. So, $1.65 + $1.65 + $1.65 = $4.95

Question 4.
Jessie saves $6 each week. In how many weeks will she have saved at least $50?
_________ weeks

Answer:
9 weeks

Explanation:
Jessie saves $6 each week. To save $50, $50/$6 = 9 weeks (approximately)

Question 5.
Becca has $12 more than Cece. Dave has $3 less than Cece. Cece has $10. How much money do they have altogether?
$ _________

Answer:
$39

Explanation:
Cece has $10.
Becca has $12 more than Cece = $10 + $12 = $22.
Dave has $3 less than Cece = $10 – $3 = $7.
All together = $10 + $22 + $7 = $39.

Common Core – Relate Fractions and Decimals – Page No. 180

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Four friends earned $5.20 for washing a car. They shared the money equally. How much did each friend get?
Options:
a. $1.05
b. $1.30
c. $1.60
d. $20.80

Answer:
b. $1.30

Explanation:
Four friends earned $5.20 for washing a car. They shared the money equally.
$5.20/4 = $1.30
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 2.
Which represents the value of one $1 bill and 5 quarters?
Options:
a. $1.05
b. $1.25
c. $1.50
d. $2.25

Answer:
d. $2.25

Explanation:
one $1 bill and 5 quarters. 5 quarters = 5 x 0.25 = 1.25.
$1 + $1.25 = $2.25
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Bethany has 9 pennies. What fraction of a dollar is this?
Options:
a. \(\frac{9}{100}\)
b. \(\frac{9}{10}\)
c. \(\frac{90}{100}\)
d. \(\frac{99}{100}\)

Answer:
a. 9/100

Explanation:
1 dollar = 100 pennies.
So, 9 pennies = 9/100 of a dollar
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 4.
Michael made \(\frac{9}{12}\) of his free throws at practice. What is \(\frac{9}{12}\) in simplest form?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}\)
b. \(\frac{3}{9}\)
c. \(\frac{1}{2}\)
d. \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Answer:
d. 3/4

Explanation:
9/12 is divided by 3 that is equal to d. 3/4.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 5.
I am a prime number between 30 and 40. Which number could I be?
Options:
a. 31
b. 33
c. 36
d. 39

Answer:
a. 31

Explanation:
31 has fractions 1 and 31.
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 6.
Georgette is using the benchmark \(\frac{1}{2}\) to compare fractions. Which statement is correct?
Options:
a. \(\frac{3}{8}>\frac{1}{2}\)
b. \(\frac{2}{5}<\frac{1}{2}\)
c. \(\frac{7}{12}<\frac{1}{2}\)
d. \(\frac{9}{10}=\frac{1}{2}\)

Answer:
b. 2/5<1/2

Explanation:
From the given details, 2/5<1/2 is the correct answer.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Common Core – Relate Fractions and Decimals – Page No. 181

Add Fractional Parts of 10 and 100

Find the sum.

Question 1.
\(\frac{2}{10}+\frac{43}{100}\) Think: Write \(\frac{2}{10}\) as a fraction with a denominator of 100:
\(\frac{2 \times 10}{10 \times 10}=\frac{20}{100}\)
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 23
Answer:
63/100

Explanation:
Think: Write 2/10 as a fraction with a denominator of 100:  2×10/10×10=20/100
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - New img 49

Question 2.
\(\frac{17}{100}+\frac{6}{10}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
77/100

Explanation:
17/100+6/10.
6×10/10×10=60/100
17/100+60/100 = 77/100

Question 3.
\(\frac{9}{100}+\frac{4}{10}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)
Answer:
49/100
Explanation:
9/100+4/10.
4×10/10×10=40/100
9/100+40/100 = 49/100

Question 4.
\(\frac{7}{10}+\frac{23}{100}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
93/100

Explanation:
7/10+23/100.
7×10/10×10=70/100
70/100+23/100 = 93/100

Question 5.
$0.48 + $0.30
$ _____

Answer:
$0.78

Explanation:
Think $0.48 as 48/100.
Think $0.30 as 30/100.
48/100+30/100 = 78/100 = $0.78

Question 6.
$0.25 + $0.34
$ _____

Answer:
$0.59

Explanation:
Think $0.25 as 25/100.
Think $0.34 as 34/100.
25/100+34/100 = 59/100 = $0.59

Question 7.
$0.66 + $0.06
$ _____

Answer:
$0.72

Explanation:
Think $0.66 as 66/100.
Think $0.06 as 6/100.
66/100+6/100 = 72/100 = $0.72

Problem Solving

Question 8.
Ned’s frog jumped \(\frac{38}{100}\) meter. Then his frog jumped \(\frac{4}{10}\) meter. How far did Ned’s frog jump in all?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
78/100 meter

Explanation:
Ned’s frog jumped 38/100 meter. Then his frog jumped 4/10 meter.
So, together 38/100 + 4/10 jumped.
4/10 = 4×10/10×10=40/100.
38/100 + 40/100 = 78/100.

Question 9.
Keiko walks \(\frac{5}{10}\) kilometer from school to the park. Then she walks \(\frac{19}{100}\) kilometer from the park to her home. How far does Keiko walk in all?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
69/100 kilometer

Explanation:
Keiko walks 5/10 kilometer from school to the park. Then she walks 19/100 kilometer from the park to her home.
Total = 5/10 + 19/100 kilometer.
5/10 = 5×10/10×10=50/100.
50/100 + 19/100 = 69/100.

Common Core – Relate Fractions and Decimals – Page No. 182

Lesson Check

Question 1.
In a fish tank, \(\frac{2}{10}\) of the fish were orange and \(\frac{5}{100}\) of the fish were striped. What fraction of the fish were orange or striped?
Options:
a. \(\frac{7}{10}\)
b. \(\frac{52}{100}\)
c. \(\frac{25}{100}\)
d. \(\frac{7}{100}\)

Answer:
c. 25/100

Explanation:
In a fish tank, 2/10 of the fish were orange and 5/100 of the fish were striped.
To find the raction of the fish were orange or striped Add 2/10 and 5/100.
2/10 = 2×10/10×10=20/100.
20/100 + 5/100 = 25/100.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 2.
Greg spends $0.45 on an eraser and $0.30 on a pen. How much money does Greg spend in all?
Options:
a. $3.45
b. $0.75
c. $0.48
d. $0.15

Answer:
b. $0.75

Explanation:
Think $0.45 as 45/100.
Think $0.30 as 30/100.
45/100+30/100 = 75/100 = $0.75.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Phillip saves $8 each month. How many months will it take him to save at least $60?
Options:
a. 6 months
b. 7 months
c. 8 months
d. 9 months

Answer:
c. 8 months

Explanation:
Phillip saves $8 each month.
To save at least $60, 60/8 = 8 months (approximately).
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 4.
Ursula and Yi share a submarine sandwich. Ursula eats \(\frac{2}{8}\) of the sandwich. Yi eats \(\frac{3}{8}\) of the sandwich. How much of the sandwich do the two friends eat?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{8}\)
b. \(\frac{4}{8}\)
c. \(\frac{5}{8}\)
d. \(\frac{6}{8}\)

Answer:
c. 5/8

Explanation:
Ursula and Yi share a submarine sandwich. Ursula eats 2/8 of the sandwich. Yi eats 3/8 of the sandwich.
Two friends eat 2/8 + 3/8 = 5/8
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 5.
A carpenter has a board that is 8 feet long. He cuts off two pieces. One piece is 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet long and the other is 2 \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet long. How much of the board is left?
Options:
a. 2 \(\frac{1}{6}\) feet
b. 2 \(\frac{5}{6}\) feet
c. 3 \(\frac{1}{6}\) feet
d. 3 \(\frac{5}{6}\) feet

Answer:
a. 2 1/6
Explanation:
3 1/2 = 7/2.
2 1/3 = 7/3.
A carpenter has a board that is 8 feet long. He cuts off two pieces. One piece is 3 1/2 feet long and the other is 2 1/3 feet long.
7/2 + 7/3 = 7×3/2×3+\(7×2/3×2=[latex]2/16 + 14/6 = 35/6 = 5 5/6.
He left 8 – 55/6.
7 6/6 – 5 5/6 = 2 1/6
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 6.
Jeff drinks [latex]\frac{2}{3}\) of a glass of juice. Which fraction is equivalent to \(\frac{2}{3}\) ?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{3}\)
b. \(\frac{3}{2}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{6}\)
d. \(\frac{8}{12}\)

Answer:
d. 8/12
Explanation:
8/12 is divided by 4. So, 8/12 = 2/3.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Common Core – Relate Fractions and Decimals – Page No. 183

Compare Decimals

Compare. Write <. >, or =.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 24
Think: 3 tenths is less than 5 tenths. So, 0.35 < 0.53

Answer:
0.35 < 0.53

Explanation:
3 tenths is less than 5 tenths. So, 0.35 < 0.53

Question 2.
0.6 ____ 0.60

Answer:
0.6 = 0.60

Explanation:
0.6 is 6 tenths can write as 6 tenths and 0 hundredths. So, 0.6 = 0.60.

Question 3.
0.24 ____ 0.31

Answer:
0.24 < 0.31

Explanation:
2 tenths is less than 3 tenths. So, 0.24 < 0.31.

Question 4.
0.94 ____ 0.9

Answer:
0.94 > 0.9

Explanation:
The digits of tenths are equal. So, compare hundredths. 4 hundredths is greater than 0 hundredths. So, 0.94 > 0.9.

Question 5.
0.3 ____ 0.32

Answer:
0.3 < 0.32

Explanation:
The digits of tenths are equal. So, compare hundredths. 0 hundredths is less than 2 hundredths. So, 0.3 < 0.32.

Question 6.
0.45 ____ 0.28

Answer:
0.45 > 0.28

Explanation:
4 tenths is greater than 2 tenths. So, 0.45 > 0.28.

Question 7.
0.39 ____ 0.93

Answer:
0.39 < 0.93

Explanation:
3 tenths is less than 9 tenths. So, 0.39 < 0.93.

Use the number line to compare. Write true or false.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 25

Question 8.
0.8 > 0.78
_____

Answer:
true

Explanation:
0.78 is in between 0.7 and 0.8 that is less than 0.8. So, 0.8 > 0.78.

Question 9.
0.4 > 0.84
_____

Answer:
false

Explanation:
0.4 is less than 0.84 and the left side of the number line. So, 0.4 < 0.84. The answer is false.

Question 10.
0.7 < 0.70
_____

Answer:
false

Explanation:
0.7 is 7 tenths and 70 hundredths. 0.7 = 0.70. So, the answer is false.

Question 11.
0.4 > 0.04
_____

Answer:
true

Explanation:
0.04 is less than 0.4 and it is left side of the 0.1 on the number line. 0.1 is less than 0.4. So, the given answer is true.

Compare. Write true or false.

Question 12.
0.09 > 0.1
_____

Answer:
false

Explanation:
0 tenths is less than 1 tenths. So, 0.09 < 0.1. So, the answer is false.

Question 13.
0.24 = 0.42
_____

Answer:
false

Explanation:
2 tenths is less than 4 tenths. So, 0.24 < 0.42. So, the answer is false.

Question 14.
0.17 < 0.32
_____

Answer:
true

Explanation:
1 tenth is less than 3 tenths. So, 0.17 < 0.32. So, the answer is true.

Question 15.
0.85 > 0.82
_____

Answer:
true

Explanation:
The digits of tenths are equal. So, compare hundredths. 5 hundredths is greater than 2 hundredths. So, 0.85 > 0.82.

Question 16.
Kelly walks 0.7 mile to school. Mary walks 0.49 mile to school. Write an inequality using <, > or = to compare the distances they walk to school.
0.7 _____ 0.49

Answer:
0.7 > 0.49

Explanation:
7 tenths is greater than 4 tenths. So, 0.7 > 0.49.

Question 17.
Tyrone shades two decimal grids. He shades 0.03 of the squares on one grid blue. He shades 0.3 of another grid red. Which grid has the greater part shaded?
0.03 _____ 0.3

Answer:
0.03 < 0.3

Explanation:
0.03 is 3 hundredths.
0.3 is 3 tenths, which is equal to 30 hundredths.
3 hundredths < 30 hundredths. So, 0.03 < 0.3.

Common Core – Relate Fractions and Decimals – Page No. 184

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Bob, Cal, and Pete each made a stack of baseball cards. Bob’s stack was 0.2 meter high. Cal’s stack was 0.24 meter high. Pete’s stack was 0.18 meter high.
Which statement is true?
Options:
a. 0.02 > 0.24
b. 0.24 > 0.18
c. 0.18 > 0.2
d. 0.24 = 0.2

Answer:
b. 0.24 > 0.18

Explanation:
2 tenths is greater than 1 tenth. So, 0.24 > 0.18.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 2.
Three classmates spent money at the school supplies store. Mark spent 0.5 dollar, Andre spent 0.45 dollar, and Raquel spent 0.52 dollar. Which
statement is true?
Options:
a. 0.45 > 0.5
b. 0.52 < 0.45
c. 0.5 = 0.52
d. 0.45 < 0.5

Answer:
d. 0.45 < 0.5

Explanation:
4 tenths is less than 5 tenth. So, 0.45 > 0.5.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Pedro has $0.35 in his pocket. Alice has $0.40 in her pocket. How much money do Pedro and Alice have in their pockets altogether?
Options:
a. $0.05
b. $0.39
c. $0.75
d. $0.79

Answer:
c. $0.75

Explanation:
Pedro has $0.35 in his pocket. Alice has $0.40 in her pocket.
Together = $0.35 + $0.40 = $0.75.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 4.
The measure 62 centimeters is equivalent to \(\frac{62}{100}\) meter. What is this measure written as a decimal?
Options:
a. 62.0 meters
b. 6.2 meters
c. 0.62 meter
d. 0.6 meter

Answer:
c. 0.62 meter

Explanation:
The decimal form of 62/100 = 0.62 meter.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 5.
Joel has 24 sports trophies. Of the trophies, \(\frac{1}{8}\) are soccer trophies. How many soccer trophies does Joel have?
Options:
a. 2
b. 3
c. 4
d. 6

Answer:
b. 3

Explanation:
Joel has 24 sports trophies. Of the trophies, 18 are soccer trophies.
So, 18 × 24 = 3 soccer trophies.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 6.
Molly’s jump rope is 6 \(\frac{1}{3}\)feet long. Gail’s jump rope is 4 \(\frac{2}{3}\)feet long. How much longer is Molly’s jump rope?
Options:
a. 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet
b. 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\) feet
c. 2 \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet
d. 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\) feet

Answer:
b. 1 2/3 feet

Explanation:
6 1/3 feet = 193 feet.
4 2/3 feet = 143 feet.
19/3 – 14/3 = 5/3 feet = b. 1 2/3 feet.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Common Core – Relate Fractions and Decimals – Page No. 185

Lessons 9.1 –9.2

Write the fraction or mixed number and the decimal shown by the model.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 26
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - New img 1

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 27
Type below:
_________

Answer:
1 2/10

Explanation:
The model is divided into 10 equal parts. Each part represents one-tenth.
1 2/10 is 1 whole and 2 tenths.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Common Core - Relate Fractions and Decimals img 28
Type below:
_________

Answer:
2 3/10 = 2.3

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 9 Common Core Image 1 499

Lesson 9.3

Write the number as hundredths in fraction form and decimal form.

Question 4.
\(\frac{8}{10}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
80/100
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 5 509
0.8

Explanation:
Write 8/10 as an equivalent fraction.
8/10 =8×10/10×10 = 80/100
8 tenths is the same as 8 tenths 0 hundredths. So the decimal form = 0.8

Question 5.
0.1
Type below:
_________

Answer:
50/100
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 7 509

0.50

Explanation:
Write 0.1 = 1/10 as an equivalent fraction.
1/10 =1×10/10×10 = 10/100
1 tenth is the same as 1 tenth 0 hundredths and also 0.1

Question 6.
\(\frac{3}{10}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
grade-4-chapter-9-Relate-Fractions-and-Decimals-Image-7-509

Write 0.1 = 1/10 as an equivalent fraction.
3/10 =3×10/10×10 = 30/100
3 tenth is the same as 3 tenth 0 hundredths and also 0.3

Write the number as tenths in fraction form and decimal form.

Question 7.
\(\frac{60}{100}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
6/10
grade 4 chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals Image 8 509
0.6

Explanation:
10 is a common factor of the numerator and the denominator.
60/100 = 60÷10/100÷10 = 6/10
0.6
Thus the decimal form of the fraction \(\frac{60}{100}\) is 0.6

Question 8.
\(\frac{70}{100}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
grade-4-chapter-9-Relate-Fractions-and-Decimals-Image-7-509-2

Explanation:
10 is a common factor of the numerator and the denominator.
70/100 = 70÷10/100÷10 = 7/10
0.7
Thus the decimal form of the fraction \(\frac{70}{100}\) is 0.7

Question 9.
0.20
Type below:
_________

Answer: \(\frac{20}{100}\)

Explanation:
The fraction form of 0.20 is \(\frac{20}{100}\)

Lesson 9.4

Write as a money amount and as a decimal in terms of dollars.

Question 10.
\(\frac{30}{100}\)
Dollars: $ _____ Decimal: _____

Answer:
amount: $0.3 decimal: 0.3 of a dollar

Explanation:
30/100 = 0.3
Thus the decimal form of the fraction \(\frac{30}{100}\) is 0.3

Question 11.
\(\frac{91}{100}\)
Dollars: $ _____ Decimal: _____

Answer:
amount: $0.91 decimal: 0.91 of a dollar

Explanation:
91/100 = 0.91
Thus the decimal form of the fraction \(\frac{91}{100}\) is 0.91

Question 12.
\(\frac{5}{100}\)
Dollars: $ _____ Decimal: _____

Answer:
amount: $0.05 decimal: 0.05 of a dollar

Explanation:
5/100 = 0.05
Thus the decimal form of the fraction \(\frac{5}{100}\) is 0.05

Write the total money amount. Then write the amount as a fraction and as a decimal in terms of dollars.

Question 13.
4 dimes, 9 pennies

Answer:
money amount: $0.49; fraction: 49/100; decimal: 0.49

Explanation:
Given that 4 dimes 9 pennies = (4 x 10/100) + (9 x 1/100) = 40/100 + 9/100 = 49/100

Question 14.
3 quarters, 1 dime

Answer:
money amount: $0.85; fraction: 85/100; decimal: 0.85

Explanation:
Given that 3 quarters 1 dime = (3 x 25/100) + (1 x 10/100) = 75/100 + 10/100 = 85/100

Question 15.
7 nickels, 2 pennies

Answer:
money amount: $0.37; fraction: 37100; decimal: 0.37

Explanation:
Given that 7 nickels 2 pennies = (7 x 5/100) + (2 x 1/100) = 35/100 + 2/100 = 37/100

Common Core – Relate Fractions and Decimals – Page No. 186

Lesson 9.5

Question 1.
Camila, Jocelyn, and Audrey each earned $2.55. How much did the three girls earn altogether?
$ _____

Answer: $7.65

Explanation:
Given Camila, Jocelyn, and Audrey each earned $2.55
so Multiply $2.55 with 3 = 3 × $2.55
we get three girls to earn altogether is $7.65

Question 2.
Elijah, Xavier, and Adrian earned a total of $8.34. The boys shared the earnings equally. How much did each boy get?
$ _____

Answer: $2.78

Explanation:
Given Elijah, Xavier, and Adrian earned a total of $8.34
so divide the total of $8.34 by 3 = 8.34/3
then we get the boys shared the earnings equally is $2.78

Question 3.
Anthony saves $7 each week. In how many weeks will he have saved at least $40?
_____ weeks

Answer: 6 weeks

Explanation:
Given that,
Anthony saves $7 each week.
We have to find how many weeks will he have saved at least $40
$40/$7 = 6 (approx).
Thus it takes 6 weeks to save at least $40.

Question 4.
Brianna has $2 less than Victoria. Victoria has $11 more than Damian. Damian has $6. How much money do they have in all?
$ _____

Answer: $38

Explanation:
Given,
Brianna has $2 less than Victoria. Victoria has $11 more than Damian.
This means that Victoria has 11 more than Damian, and since Damian has 6, Victoria has 17. Plug this into the fact that Brianna has 2 less than Victoria, or 15, to get 6 + 17 + 15 = 38 dollars.

Lesson 9.6

Find the sum.

Question 5.
\(\frac{6}{10}+\frac{39}{100}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
99/100
Explanation:
6/10+39/100.
Write the addends as fractions with a common denominator
6/10 = 6X10/10X10 = 60/100.
60/100+39/100 = 99/100

Question 6.
\(\frac{14}{100}+\frac{8}{10}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
94/100
Explanation:
14/100+8/10.
Write the addends as fractions with a common denominator
8/10 = 8X10/10X10 = 80/100.
14/100+80/100 = 94/100.

Question 7.
\(\frac{4}{10}+\frac{18}{100}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
58/100

Explanation:
4/10+18/100.
Write the addends as fractions with a common denominator
4/10 = 4X10/10X10 = 40/100.
18/100+40/100 = 58/100

Question 8.
\(\frac{5}{10}+\frac{16}{100}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
58/100

Explanation:
5/10+16/100.
Write the addends as fractions with a common denominator
5/10 = 5X10/10X10 = 50/100.
16/100+50/100 = 66/100

Question 9.
$0.43 + $0.20
$ _____

Answer:
$0.63

Explanation:
Think 0.43 as 43 hundredths = 43/100.
Think 0.20 as 20 hundredths = 20/100.
Write the addends as fractions with a common denominator
43/100 + 20/100 = 63/100 = 0.63

Question 10.
$0.07 + $0.35
$ _____

Answer:
$0.42

Explanation:
Think 0.07 as 07 hundredths = 7/100.
Think 0.35 as 35 hundredths = 35/100.
Write the addends as fractions with a common denominator
7/100 + 35/100 = 42/100 = 0.42

Question 11.
$0.80 + $0.15 =
$ _____

Answer:
$0.95

Explanation:
Think 0.80 as 80 hundredths = 80/100.
Think 0.15 as 15 hundredths = 15/100.
Write the addends as fractions with a common denominator
80/100 + 15/100 = 95/100 = 0.95

Question 12.
$0.52 + $0.28
$ _____

Answer:
$0.80

Explanation:
Think 0.52 as 52 hundredths = 52/100.
Think 0.28 as 28 hundredths = 28/100.
Write the addends as fractions with a common denominator
52/100 + 28/100 = 80/100 = 0.80

Lesson 9.7

Compare. Write<, >, or =.

Question 13.
0.3 _____ 0.39

Answer:
0.3 < 0.39.

Explanation:
0.3 is 3 tenths, which is equivalent to 30 hundredths.
0.39 is 39 hundredths.
30 hundredths < 39 hundredths. So, 0.3 < 0.39.

Question 14.
0.9 _____ 0.90

Answer:
0.9 = 0.90

Explanation:
0.9 is 9 tenths, which is equivalent to 90 hundredths.
0.90 is 90 hundredths.
90 hundredths = 90 hundredths. So, 0.9 = 0.90.

Question 15.
0.54 _____ 0.45

Answer:
0.54 > 0.45

Explanation:
0.54 is 5.4 tenths, which is equivalent to 54 hundredths.
0.45 is 45 hundredths.
54 hundredths > 45 hundredths. So, 0.54 > 0.45.

Question 16.
0.04 _____ 0.06

Answer:
0.04 < 0.06

Explanation:
0.04 is 0.4 tenths, which is equivalent to 4 hundredths.
0.06 is 0.6 hundredths.
0.4 hundredths < 0.6 hundredths. So, 0.04 < 0.06

Question 17.
0.7 _____ 0.70

Answer:
0.7 = 0.70

Explanation:
0.7 is 7 tenths, which is equivalent to 70 hundredths.
0.70 is 70 hundredths.
70 hundredths = 70 hundredths. So, 0.7 = 0.70.

Question 18.
0.36 _____ 0.51

Answer:
0.36 < 0.51.

Explanation:
0.36 is 3.6 tenths, which is equivalent to 36 hundredths.
0.51 is 51 hundredths.
36 hundredths < 51 hundredths. So, 0.36 < 0.51.

Question 19.
0.8 _____ 0.67

Answer:
0.8 > 0.67.

Explanation:
0.8 is 8.0 tenths, which is equivalent to 80 hundredths.
0.67 is 67 hundredths.
80 hundredths > 67 hundredths. So, 0.80 > 0.67.

Question 20.
0.63 _____ 0.48

Answer:
0.63 > 0.48.

Explanation:
0.63 is 6.3 tenths, which is equivalent to 63 hundredths.
0.48 is 48 hundredths.
63 hundredths > 48 hundredths. So,0.63 > 0.48.

Compare. Write true or false.

Question 21.
0.32 > 0.23
_____

Answer:
True

Explanation:
0.32 is Greater than 0.23 and the left side of the number line. So, 0.32 < 0.23. The answer is True.

Question 22.
0.86 = 0.9
_____

Answer:
false

Explanation:
86 tenths is less than 90 tenths. So, 0.86 < 0.9. So, the answer is false.

Question 23.
0.68 < 0.83
_____

Answer:
true

Explanation:
6 tenths is less than 8 tenths. So, 0.68 < 0.83. So, the answer is true.

Question 24.
0.97 > 0.94
_____

Answer: true

Explanation:
The digits of tenths are equal. So, compare hundredths. 7 hundredths is greater than 4 hundredths.
So, the answer is 0.97 > 0.94.

Conclusion:

We hope this best resource, Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 9 Relate Fractions and Decimals can help you learn the mathematical concepts completely at your fingertips. Make the most out of these Go math 4th grade solutions and grasp the difficult questions & concepts easily and become pro in it. All The Best!!

Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 13 Volume

go-math-grade-8-chapter-13-volume-answer-key

Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 8 Volume contains all the topics which help the students to score better marks in the exams. The main aim of providing the Go Math 8th Grade Answer Key for Chapter 13 Volume is to make the students understand the concepts in a simple way. Download Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 13 Volume pdf. So, the students who are preparing for 3rd standard exams can check HMH Go Math Solution Key Grade 8 Chapter 13 Volume. Be the first to grab your HMH Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key and read all the questions of maths.

Download Go Math Grade 8 Chapter 13 Volume Answer Key Pdf

The topics covered in Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 13 Volume are volume of cone, cylinders, and spheres. Get the clear cut explanations for all the questions here. Refer to Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 13 Volume to get the highest marks in the exam. Learn and practice the maths in the best way using Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 13 Volume. Check the topics before you start your preparation from the below sections.

Lesson 1: Volume of Cylinders

Lesson 2: Volume of Cones

Lesson 3: Volume of Spheres

Model Quiz :

Review :

Guided Practice – Volume of Cylinders – Page No. 402

Question 1.
Vocabulary Describe the bases of a cylinder.
Type below:
____________

Answer:
The ends of a cylinder are the bases of the cylinder of the two flat surfaces.

Question 2.
Figure 1 shows a view from above of inch cubes on the bottom of a cylinder. Figure 2 shows the highest stack of cubes that will fit inside the cylinder. Estimate the volume of the cylinder. Explain your reasoning.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 13 Volume Lesson 1: Volume of Cylinders img 1
________ in3

Answer:

427in³

Explanation:
Number of inch cubes that fit in the base of the cylinder = 61
Number of inch cubes that fit in the length of the cylinder = 7
Volume of cylinder = basearea x height
V= 61 x 7
V = 427 cubic units.
Volume of each cube = 1 in³
Volume of cylinder = 427in³

Question 3.
Find the volume of the cylinder to the nearest tenth. Use 3.14 for π.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 13 Volume Lesson 1: Volume of Cylinders img 2
The volume of the cylinder is approximately _____ m3.
________ m3

Answer:
The volume of the cylinder is approximately 1695.6 m3.
1695.6m³

Explanation:
V = πr²h
V = π . 6² . 15
V = 3.14 × 36 × 15
V = 1695.6m³

Question 4.
A Japanese odaiko is a very large drum that is made by hollowing out a section of a tree trunk. A museum in Takayama City has three odaikos of similar size carved from a single tree trunk. The largest measures about 2.7 meters in both diameter and length, and weighs about 4.5 metric tons. Using the volume formula for a cylinder, approximate the volume of the drum to the nearest tenth.
The radius of the drum is about _____ m.
The volume of the drum is about _____ m3.
The radius of the drum is about ___________ m
The volume of the drum is about ___________ m3

Answer:
The radius of the drum is about 1.35 m.
The volume of the drum is about 15.5 m3.

Explanation:
Diameter of base of drum = 2.7 m
The radius of the base of the drum = 2.7/2
R = 1.35 m
The volume of cylinder = πr²h
Height (h) = 2.7 m
Radius (R) = 1.35 m
Volume = 3.14 × (1.35) × 2.7
V = 15.4511 m³
V = 15.5 m³

ESSENTIAL QUESTION CHECK-IN

Question 5.
How do you find the volume of a cylinder? Describe which measurements of a cylinder you need to know.
Type below:
____________

Answer:
The volume of the cylinder is = πr²h

Explanation:
We need to find the radius of the base, r, and the height of the cylinder, h.
The volume of the cylinder is = πr²h

13.1 Independent Practice – Volume of Cylinders – Page No. 403

Find the volume of each figure. Round your answers to the nearest tenth if necessary. Use 3.14 for π.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 13 Volume Lesson 1: Volume of Cylinders img 3
_________ cm3

Answer:
569.9 cm³

Explanation:
Radius of base = 11 cm
Height of cylinder = 1.5 cm
The volume of cylinder = πr²h
V = 3.14 × (11)² × 1.5
V = 569.91
V = 569.9 cm³

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 13 Volume Lesson 1: Volume of Cylinders img 4
_________ in3

Answer:
1205.8 in³

Explanation:
Radius of base = 4 in
Height of cylinder = 24 in
The volume of cylinder = πr²h
V = 3.14 × (4)² × 24
V = 1205.76
V = 1205.8 in³

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 13 Volume Lesson 1: Volume of Cylinders img 5
_________ m3

Answer:
1256 m³

Explanation:
Radius of base = 5 m
Height of cylinder = 16 m
The volume of cylinder = πr²h
V = 3.14 × (5)² × 16
V = 1256
V = 1256 m³

Question 9.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 13 Volume Lesson 1: Volume of Cylinders img 6
_________ in3

Answer:
942 in³

Explanation:
Diameter of base = 10 in
Radius of base = 5 in
Height of cylinder = 12 in
The volume of cylinder = πr²h
V = 3.14 × (5)² × 12
V = 942 in³

Question 10.
A cylinder has a radius of 4 centimeters and a height of 40 centimeters.
_________ cm3

Answer:
2009.6 cm³

Explanation:
Radius of base = 4 cm
Height of cylinder = 40 cm
The volume of cylinder = πr²h
V = 3.14 × (4)² × 40
V = 2009.6 cm³

Question 11.
A cylinder has a radius of 8 meters and a height of 4 meters.
_________ m3

Answer:
803.8 m³

Explanation:
The radius of base = 8 m
Height of cylinder = 4 m
The volume of cylinder = πr²h
V = 3.14 × (8)² × 4
V = 803.84 m³
V = 803.8 m³

Round your answer to the nearest tenth, if necessary. Use 3.14 for π.

Question 12.
The cylindrical Giant Ocean Tank at the New England Aquarium in Boston is 24 feet deep and has a radius of 18.8 feet. Find the volume of the tank.
_________ ft3

Answer:
26635.2 ft³

Explanation:
Base radius of the tank = 18.8 ft
Depth of the tank in the ocean = 24 ft
The volume of cylinder = πr²h
V = 3.14 × (18.8)² × 24
V = 3.14 × 354.44 × 24
V = 26635.2384 ft³
V = 26635.2 ft³

Question 13.
A standard-size bass drum has a diameter of 22 inches and is 18 inches deep. Find the volume of this drum.
_________ in3

Answer:
6838.9 in³

Explanation:
Base diameter of drum = 22 in
Base radius of the drum = 22/2 = 11 in
Depth of the bass drum = 18 in
Volume of the bass drum = πr²h
V = 3.14 × (11)² × 18
V = 3.14 × 121 × 18
V = 6838.92 in³
V = 6838.9 in³

Question 14.
Grain is stored in cylindrical structures called silos. Find the volume of a silo with a diameter of 11.1 feet and a height of 20 feet.
_________ ft3

Answer:
1934.4 ft³

Explanation:
Base diameter of silo = 11.1 ft
Base radius of the silo = 11.1/2 = 5.55 ft
Depth of the silo = 20 ft
Volume of the silo = πr²h
V = 3.14 × (5.55)² × 18
V = 3.14 × 30.8025 × 18
V = 1934.397 ft³
V = 1934.4 ft³

Question 15.
The Frank Erwin Center, or “The Drum,” at the University of Texas in Austin can be approximated by a cylinder that is 120 meters in diameter and 30 meters in height. Find its volume.
_________ m3

Answer:
339120 m³

Explanation:
Base diameter of the drum = 120 m
Base radius of the drum = 120/2 = 60 m
Height of the drum = 30 m
Volume of the drum = πr²h
V = 3.14 × (60)² × 30
V = 3.14 × 3600 × 30
V = 339120 m³

Volume of Cylinders – Page No. 404

Question 16.
A barrel of crude oil contains about 5.61 cubic feet of oil. How many barrels of oil are contained in 1 mile (5280 feet) of a pipeline that has an inside diameter of 6 inches and is completely filled with oil? How much is “1 mile” of oil in this pipeline worth at a price of $100 per barrel?
__________ barrels
$ __________

Answer:
184.7 barrels
$18470

Explanation:
Volume of barrel = 5.61 cubic feet
Length of the pipe = 1 mile = 5280 feet
Diameter of the pipe = 6 inches = 0.5 feet
Radius of the pipe = 6/2 inches = 3 inches = 0.25 feet
Volume of oil in the pipe = πr²h = 3.14 × (0.25)² × 5280 = 1036.2 cubic feet
Number of barrels in the pipe = 1036.2/5.61 = 184.7 barrels
Cost of one barrel = $100
Cost of 184.7 barrels =184.7 × $100 = $18470

Question 17.
A pan for baking French bread is shaped like half a cylinder. It is 12 inches long and 3.5 inches in diameter. What is the volume of uncooked dough that would fill this pan?
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 13 Volume Lesson 1: Volume of Cylinders img 7
_________ in3

Answer:
57.697 in³

Explanation:
The length of the pan = 12 in
The diameter of the pan = 3.5 in
Radius = 3.5/2 = 1.75 in
The volume of uncooked dough = Half the volume of the full cylinder of the above dimensions.
= (πr²h)/2 = (3.14 × (1.75)² × 12)/2 = 115.395/2 = 57.697 in³

FOCUS ON HIGHER ORDER THINKING

Question 18.
Explain the Error A student said the volume of a cylinder with a 3-inch diameter is two times the volume of a cylinder with the same height and a 1.5-inch radius. What is the error?
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
The volume of the cylinder of 3 in is four times the volume of the new cylinder of radius 1.5 in

Explanation:
The volume of a cylinder is directly proportional to the square of the radius of the cylinder. The volume does not depend on the radius linearly.
Volume = πr²h
V1 = π(3)²h
V2 = π(1.5)²h
V1/V2 = (π(3)²h)/(π(1.5)²h)
V1/V2 = 4
V1 = 4V2

Question 19.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas Explain how you can find the height of a cylinder if you know the diameter and the volume. Include an example with your explanation.
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
Let the diameter be D.
Radius r = D/2
Volume = πr²h
Volume = π(D/2)²h
V = π((D)²/4)h
h = 4V/π(D)²
To find the height of a cylinder with diameter D = 2 m
Let the volume be 10 m³
h = 4V/π(D)²
h = (4 × 10)/(3.14 × 2²)
h = 3.18 m³

Question 20.
Analyze Relationships Cylinder A has a radius of 6 centimeters. Cylinder B has the same height and a radius half as long as cylinder A. What fraction of the volume of cylinder A is the volume of cylinder B? Explain.
Fraction: \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{VA}{4}\)

Explanation:
rA = 6 cm
rB = half of the radius of cylinder A = 3 cm
hA = hB
VA = πrA²h
VB = πrB²h
VA/VB = (πrA²h)/(πrB²h)
VA/VB = 6²/3² = 36/9 = 4
Thus VB = VA/4

Guided Practice – Volume of Cones – Page No. 408

Question 1.
The area of the base of a cylinder is 45 square inches and its height is 10 inches. A cone has the same area for its base and the same height. What is the volume of the cone?
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 13 Volume Lesson 2: Volume of Cones img 8
The volume of the cone is _____ in3.
_________ in3

Answer:
150 in³

Explanation:
In the question, the area of the base of the cylinder, B = 45 in²
Height of the cylinder, h = 10 inch
Volume of the cylinder, V cylinder = B × h = 45 × 10 = 450 inch³
Volume of the cone, V Cone = 1/3 V cylinder
=1/3(450 inch) = 150 inch³
So, the volume of the cone is
Vcone = 150 in³

Question 2.
A cone and a cylinder have congruent height and bases. The volume of the cone is 18 m3.What is the volume of the cylinder? Explain.
_________ m3

Answer:
54 m3

Explanation:
The volume of the cone is 18 m3.
Vcone = 1/3 Vcylinder
Vcylinder = 3Vcone
Vcylinder = 3.18
Vcylinder = 54 m3

Find the volume of each cone. Round your answer to the nearest tenth if necessary. Use 3.14 for π.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 13 Volume Lesson 2: Volume of Cones img 9
_________ ft3

Answer:
65.94 ft³

Explanation:
the diameter of the cone is 6ft.
so, the radius of the cone is 3ft.
the height of the cone is 7ft.
the volume of the cone = 1/3 × πr²h = 1/3 × 3.14 × 3² × 7 = 65.94 ft³

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 13 Volume Lesson 2: Volume of Cones img 10
_________ in3

Answer:
113982in³

Explanation:
The radius is 33inch and the height is 100 inch
Volume of the cone = 1/3 × πr²h = 1/3 × π(33)²100 = 113982in³

Question 5.
Gretchen made a paper cone to hold a gift for a friend. The paper cone was 15 inches high and had a radius of 3 inches. Find the volume of the paper cone to the nearest tenth. Use 3.14 for π.
_________ in3

Answer:
141.3in³

Explanation:
the radius of the cone is 3inch and the height of the cone is 15inch.
Volume of the cone = 1/3 × πr²h = 1/3 × π(3)² × 15 = 141.3in³

Question 6.
A cone-shaped building is commonly used to store sand. What would be the volume of a cone-shaped building with a diameter of 50 meters and a height of 20 meters? Round your answer to the nearest tenth. Use 3.14 for π.
_________ m3

Answer:
13083.33 m³

Explanation:
The diameter of the cone is 50 meters. So, the radius of the cone is 25 meters. The height of the cone is 20 meters.
Volume of the cone = 1/3 × πr²h = 1/3 × π(25)² × 20 = 13083.33 m³

ESSENTIAL QUESTION CHECK-IN

Question 7.
How do you find the volume of a cone?
Type below:
____________

Answer:
V cone = 1/3 V cylinder
V cone = 1/3 πr²h

13.2 Independent Practice – Volume of Cones – Page No. 409

Find the volume of each cone. Round your answers to the nearest tenth if necessary. Use 3.14 for π.

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 13 Volume Lesson 2: Volume of Cones img 11
_________ mm3

Answer:
410.3 mm³

Explanation:
Radius r = 7 mm
height = 8 mm
Volume of cone = 1/3 πr²h
Volume = 1/3(3.14)(7)²(8)
Volume = 410.29 mm³
Volume = 410.3 mm³

Question 9.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 13 Volume Lesson 2: Volume of Cones img 12
_________ in3

Answer:
25.1 in3

Explanation:
Radius r = 2 in
Height = 6 in
Volume of cone = 1/3 πr²h
Volume = 1/3(3.14)(2)²(6)
Volume = 25.12 in3
Volume = 25.1 in3

Question 10.
A cone has a diameter of 6 centimeters and a height of 11.5 centimeters.
_________ cm3

Answer:
108.3 cm3

Explanation:
Diameter of base = 6 cm
Radius = 6/2 cm = 3 cm
Height = 11.5 cm
Volume of cone = 1/3 πr²h
Volume = 1/3(3.14)(3)² (11.5)
Volume = 108.33 cm3
Volume = 108.3 cm3

Question 11.
A cone has a radius of 3 meters and a height of 10 meters.
_________ m3

Answer:
94.2 m3

Explanation:
Radius r = 3 m
Height = 10 m
Volume of cone = 1/3 πr²h
Volume = 1/3(3.14)(3)²(10)
Volume = 94.2 m3

Round your answers to the nearest tenth if necessary. Use 3.14 for π.

Question 12.
Antonio is making mini waffle cones. Each waffle cone is 3 inches high and has a radius of \(\frac{3}{4}\) inch. What is the volume of a waffle cone?
_________ in3

Answer:
1.8 in3

Explanation:
Radius = 3/4 in
Radius r = 0.75 in
Height = 3 in
Volume of each waffle cone = 1/3 πr²h
Volume = 1/3 (3.14) (0.75)² (3)
Volume = 1.76625 in3
Volume = 1.8 in3

Question 13.
A snack bar sells popcorn in cone-shaped containers. One container has a diameter of 8 inches and a height of 10 inches. How many cubic inches of popcorn does the container hold?
_________ in3

Answer:
167.5 in3

Explanation:
Diameter of base = 8 in
Radius = 8/2 in = 4 in
Height = 10 in
Volume of cone = 1/3 πr²h
Volume = 1/3 (3.14) (4)² (10)
Volume = 167.466 in3
Volume = 167.5 in3

Question 14.
A volcanic cone has a diameter of 300 meters and a height of 150 meters. What is the volume of the cone?
_________ m3

Answer:
3534291.7 m3

Explanation:
Diameter of base = 300 m
Radius = 300/2 m = 150 m
Height = 150 m
Volume of cone = 1/3 πr²h
Volume = 1/3 (3.14) (150)² (150)
Volume = 3534291.735 m3
Volume = 3534291.7 m3

Question 15.
Multistep Orange traffic cones come in a variety of sizes. Approximate the volume, in cubic inches, of a traffic cone that has a height of 2 feet and a diameter of 10 inches. Use 3.14 for π.
_________ in3

Answer:
628 in³

Explanation:
The radius of the cone is Diameter/2 = 10/2 = 5
The height of the cone is 2 ft = 2 . 12 = 24 in
Vcone = 1/3 πr²h
Vcone = 1/3 (3.14) (5)² (24)
Vcone = 628 in³

Find the missing measure for each cone. Round your answers to the nearest tenth if necessary. Use 3.14 for π.

Question 16.
radius = _______
height = 6 in.
volume = 100.48 in3
_________ in.

Answer:
radius = 4 in.
4 in.

Explanation:
Let radius be R.
Height = 6 in
Volume = 100.4 in
Volume of cone = 1/3 πr²h
√(3v/hπ) = R
√((3 × 100.48)/(18.84)) = R
√(301.44/18.84) = R
R = √(16)
R = 4 in

Question 17.
diameter = 6 cm
height = _______
volume = 56.52 cm3
_______ cm

Answer:
height = 6 cm
h = 6 cm

Explanation:
Let height be h
Diameter = 6 cm
Radius = 6/2 = 3 cm
Volume = 56.52 cm
Volume of cone = 1/3 πr²h
(3V/r²h) = h
(3 × 56.52)/(3² × 3.14) = h
169.56/28.26 = h
h = 6 cm

Question 18.
The diameter of a cone-shaped container is 4 inches, and its height is 6 inches. How much greater is the volume of a cylinder-shaped container with the same diameter and height? Round your answer to the nearest hundredth. Use 3.14 for π.
Type below:
____________

Answer:
The volume of the cylinder is 50.24 in³ greater than the volume of the cone.

Explanation:
The diameter of a cone, d = 4 inch
radius of a cone, r = d/2 = 4/2 = 2 inches
height of a cone, h = 6 inches.
So, volume of a cone, V cone = 1/3 πr²h
= 1/3 (3.14) (2)² (6)
= 25.12 in³
And volume of a cylinder with same diameter and height,
V cylinder = πr²h = (3.14) (2)² (6) = 75.36 in³
The volume of the cylinder is 50.24 in³ greater than the volume of the cone.

FOCUS ON HIGHER ORDER THINKING – Volume of Cones – Page No. 410

Question 19.
Alex wants to know the volume of sand in an hourglass. When all the sand is in the bottom, he stands a ruler up beside the hourglass and estimates the height of the cone of sand.
a. What else does he need to measure to find the volume of sand?
____________

Answer:
To find the volume of the sand, he needs to measure the radius of the base of the hourglass.

Question 19.
b. Make a Conjecture If the volume of sand is increasing at a constant rate, is the height increasing at a constant rate? Explain.
____________

Answer:
The volume of the cone is linearly proportional to the height of the cone. Therefore, if the volume is increasing at a constant rate, the height is also increasing at a constant rate.

Question 20.
Problem Solving The diameter of a cone is x cm, the height is 18 cm, and the volume is 301.44 cm3. What is x? Use 3.14 for π.
________ cm

Answer:
8 cm

Explanation:
V cone = 1/3 πr²h
301.44 = 1/3 . 3.14 . r² . 18
r² = 904.32/56.52
r² = 16
r = 4 cm
The diameter of the circle is twice its radius, therefore
x = 2 . r
x = 2 . 4
x = 8 cm

Question 21.
Analyze Relationships A cone has a radius of 1 foot and a height of 2 feet. How many cones of liquid would it take to fill a cylinder with a diameter of 2 feet and a height of 2 feet? Explain.
________ cones

Answer:
3 cones

Explanation:
The diameter of the base of the cylinder is 2 feet, which means that its radius is 1 foot. Its height is 2 feet. The volume of this cylinder is
V cylinder = πr²h
V cylinder = (3.14) (1)² (2)
V cylinder = 6.28
The radius of the cone is 1 foot and the height of the cone is 2 feet. The volume of the cone is:
V cone = 1/3 πr²h
V cone = 1/3 (3.14) (1)² (2)
V cone = 1/3 × 6.28
V cone = 1/3 . V cylinder
V cone = 2.09
It would take 3 cones of liquid to fill the cylinder.

Question 22.
Critique Reasoning Herb knows that the volume of a cone is one third that of a cylinder with the same base and height. He reasons that a cone with the same height as a given cylinder but 3 times the radius should therefore have the same volume as the cylinder, since \(\frac{1}{3}\) ⋅ 3 = 1. Is Herb correct? Explain.
____________

Answer:
The volume of the given cylinder is V cylinder = πr²h
The volume of the cone with the same height h as a given cylinder but 3 times the radius r is
V cone = 1/3 π(3r)²h
V cone = 3 πr²h
V cone = 3 V cylinder
As we can see, Herb is not correct. The volume of the cone is not equal to the volume of the cylinder. But it is three times the volume of the cylinder.

Guided Practice – Volume of Spheres – Page No. 414

Question 1.
Vocabulary A sphere is a three-dimensional figure with all points _____ from the center.
Type below:
____________

Answer:
A sphere is a three-dimensional figure with all points at equal distance from the center.

Question 2.
Vocabulary The _____ is the distance from the center of a sphere to a point on the sphere.
Type below:
____________

Answer:
radius

Explanation:
The radius is the distance from the center f the sphere to a point on the sphere

Find the volume of each sphere. Round your answers to the nearest tenth if necessary. Use 3.14 for π.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 13 Volume Lesson 3: Volume of Spheres img 13
_______ in3

Answer:
4.12 in3

Explanation:
V = 4/3πr³
V = 4/3 (3.14) (1)³
V = 4.12 in3

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 13 Volume Lesson 3: Volume of Spheres img 14
_______ cm3

Answer:
4186.7 cm³

Explanation:
Diameter = 20 cm
Radius r = 20/2 = 10 cm
Volume of sphere = 4/3πr³
Volume = 4/3 (3.14) (10)³
Volume = 4186.66 cm³
Volume = 4186.7 cm³

Question 5.
A sphere has a radius of 1.5 feet.
_______ ft3

Answer:
14.1 ft³

Explanation:
Radius r = 1.5 ft
The volume of sphere = 4/3πr³
Volume = 4/3 (3.14) (1.5)³
Volume = 14.13 ft³
Volume = 14.1 ft³

Question 6.
A sphere has a diameter of 2 yards.
_______ yd3

Answer:
4.2 yd³

Explanation:
Diameter = 2 yards
Radius r = 2/2 yards
Radius r = 1 yd
Volume of sphere = 4/3πr³
Volume = 4/3 (3.14) (1)³
Volume = 4.1866 yd³
Volume = 4.2 yd³

Question 7.
A baseball has a diameter of 2.9 inches. Find the volume of the baseball. Round your answer to the nearest tenth if necessary. Use 3.14 for π.
_______ in3

Answer:
12.8 in³

Explanation:
Diameter of baseball = 2.9 in
Radius r = 2.9/2 in
Radius of baseball = 1.45 in
The volume of sphere = 4/3πr³
Volume = 4/3 (3.14) (1.45)³
Volume = 12.763 in³
Volume = 12.8 in³

Question 8.
A basketball has a radius of 4.7 inches. What is its volume to the nearest cubic inch. Use 3.14 for π.
_______ in3

Answer:
1304 in³

Explanation:
Radius of baseball = 4.7 in
The volume of sphere = 4/3πr³
Volume = 4/3 (3.14) (4.7)³
Volume = 1304.0168 in³
Volume = 1304 in³

Question 9.
A company is deciding whether to package a ball in a cubic box or a cylindrical box. In either case, the ball will touch the bottom, top, and sides.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 13 Volume Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 13 Volume img 15 img 15
a. What portion of the space inside the cylindrical box is empty? Explain.
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
The volume of the cylinder is V cylinder = πr²h
Since the ball touches the bottom, top, and sides, then the height of the cylinder will be equal to 2r.
V cylinder = πr²(2r) = 2πr³
On the other hand, the volume of the sphere is
V sphere = 4/3 πr³
The volume of the empty space inside the cylindrical box is found by subtracting the volume of the sphere from the volume of the cylinder
V cylinder – V sphere = 2πr³ – 4/3 πr³
= (2 – 4/3)πr³
= 2/3πr³

Question 9.
b. Find an expression for the volume of the cubic box.
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
The volume of a cube with side a is V cube = a³
Since the ball touches the bottom, top, and sides, then the side of the cube will be equal to 2r.
V cube = (2r)³
V cube = 8r³

Question 9.
c. About what portion of the space inside the cubic box is empty? Explain
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
The volume of the empty space inside the cubical box is found by subtracting the volume of the sphere from the volume of the cube:
V cube – V sphere = 8r³ – 4/3 πr³
= (8 – 4/3π)r³
= (8 – 4.2)r³
= 3.8r³

ESSENTIAL QUESTION CHECK-IN

Question 10.
Explain the steps you use to find the volume of a sphere.
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
Step 1: The radius of the sphere is found out.
Step 2: The volume of the sphere is 4/3 πr³; where R is the radius.
Step 3: Put the value of radius in the equation of volume.
Step 4: Calculate the volume.

13.3 Independent Practice – Volume of Spheres – Page No. 415

Find the volume of each sphere. Round your answers to the nearest tenth if necessary. Use 3.14 for π.

Question 11.
radius of 3.1 meters
_______ m3

Answer:
124.7 m³

Explanation:
The volume of the sphere with a radius of 3.1 meter is 4/3 πr³
V = 4/3 . (3.14) . (3.1)³
V = 124.7 m³

Question 12.
diameter of 18 inches
_______ in3

Answer:
3052.1 in³

Explanation:
The diameter of the sphere is 18 inches, which means that its radius is 9 inches. The volume of the sphere is
V = 4/3 πr³
V = 4/3 . (3.14) . (9)³
V = 3052.08 in³
V = 3052.1 in³

Question 13.
r = 6 in.
_______ in3

Answer:
904.3 in³

Explanation:
The volume of the sphere with a radius of 6 inches is
V = 4/3 πr³
V = 4/3 (3.14) (6)³
V = 904.32
V = 904.3 in³

Question 14.
d = 36 m
_______ m3

Answer:
24416.6 m³

Explanation:
d = 36 m
radius r = 36/2 = 18 m
Volume = 4/3 πr³
= 4/3 (3.14) (18)³
= 24416.64
Volume = 24416.6 m³

Question 15.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 13 Volume Lesson 3: Volume of Spheres img 16
_______ cm3

Answer:
5572.5 cm³

Explanation:
The volume of the sphere with a radius of 11 centimeters is
V = 4/3 πr³
V = 4/3 (3.14) (11)³
V = 5572.5 cm³

Question 16.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 13 Volume Lesson 3: Volume of Spheres img 17
_______ ft3

Answer:
8.2 feet³

Explanation:
The diameter of the sphere is 2.5 feet, which means that its radius is 1.25 feet. The volume of the sphere is
V = 4/3 πr³
V = 4/3 . (3.14) . (1.25)³
V = 8.2 feet³

The eggs of birds and other animals come in many different shapes and sizes. Eggs often have a shape that is nearly spherical. When this is true, you can use the formula for a sphere to find their volume.

Question 17.
The green turtle lays eggs that are approximately spherical with an average diameter of 4.5 centimeters. Each turtle lays an average of 113 eggs at one time. Find the total volume of these eggs, to the nearest cubic centimeter.
_______ cm3

Answer:
5389 cm³

Explanation:
The diameter of an egg (sphere) is 4.5 centimeters, which means that its radius is 2.25 centimeters. The volume of a single egg is
V = 4/3 πr³
V = 4/3 (3.14) (2.25)³
V = 47.68875 cm³
Therefore, the total volume of 113 eggs is
113 . V = 113(47.68875)
= 5388.82875
= 5389 cm³

Question 18.
Hummingbirds lay eggs that are nearly spherical and about 1 centimeter in diameter. Find the volume of an egg. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
_______ cm3

Answer:
0.5 cm³

Explanation:
The diameter of an egg (sphere) is 1 centimeter, which means that its radius is 0.5 centimeters. The volume of a single egg is
V = 4/3 πr³
V = 4/3 (3.14) (0.5)³
V = 0.5 cm³

Question 19.
Fossilized spherical eggs of dinosaurs called titanosaurid sauropods were found in Patagonia. These eggs were 15 centimeters in diameter. Find the volume of an egg. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
_______ cm3

Answer:
1766.25 cm³

Explanation:
Diameter of an egg = 15 cm
Its radius = 15/2 = 7.5 cm
Volume = 4/3 πr³
V = 4/3 (3.14) (7.5)³
V = 1766.25 cm³

Question 20.
Persevere in Problem Solving An ostrich egg has about the same volume as a sphere with a diameter of 5 inches. If the eggshell is about \(\frac{1}{12}\) inch thick, find the volume of just the shell, not including the interior of the egg. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
_______ in3

Answer:
6.8 in³

Explanation:
Diameter including the eggshell
= 5 + (2 . 1/2)
= (5 + 1/6) in
= 5.166 in
Radius including egg shell = 5.166/2 = 2.5833 in
Volume = 4/3 πr³
Volume = 4/3 (3.14) (2.5833)³
=72.176 in³
Volume with shell = 72.2 in³
Radius excluding shell = 5/2 = 2.5 in
Volume = 4/3 (3.14) (2.5)³
= 65.416 in³
Volume (without shell) = 65.4 in³
Volume of shell = Total volume – Inner Volume
= 72.2 – 65.4
= 6.8 in³

Question 21.
Multistep Write the steps you would use to find a formula for the volume of the figure at right. Then write the formula.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 13 Volume Lesson 3: Volume of Spheres img 18
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
5/3πr³

Explanation:
The radius of hemisphere = r
Radius of cylinder = r
Height of cylinder = r
Step 1: Find the formula for the volume of a hemisphere
The volume of hemisphere = 4/3 π/2 r³
= 2/3πr³
Step 2: Find the formula for the volume of a cylinder
The volume of cylinder = πr²h
=πr³
Step 3: Add both the volume expressions:
Total volume = 2/3πr³ + πr³
= 5/3πr³

Volume of Spheres – Page No. 416

Question 22.
Critical Thinking Explain what happens to the volume of a sphere if you double the radius.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Let Radius = r
Volume V1 = 4/3πr³
Radius = 2r
Volume V2 = 4/3π(2r)³
= 8 . 4/3πr³
= 8 V1
= 8(initial volume)
By doubling the radius of sphere we make the voulme 8 times the intial value.

Question 23.
Multistep A cylindrical can of tennis balls holds a stack of three balls so that they touch the can at the top, bottom, and sides. The radius of each ball is 1.25 inches. Find the volume inside the can that is not taken up by the three tennis balls.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 13 Volume Lesson 3: Volume of Spheres img 19
_______ in3

Answer:
12.3 in³

Explanation:
Radius of the ball = 1.25 inch
Height of the cylinder = (2 × 1.25) × 3
= (2.5) × 3
= 7.5 in
radius of base of cylinder = 1.25 in.
Volume of cylinder = πr²h
= (3.14) (1.25)² (7.5)
= 36.7968
= 36.8 in³
Volume of a ball (all three) = 3 × 4/3πr³
= 4 (3.14) (1.25)³
= 24.53125 in³
= 24.5 in³
Volume of empty space = Volume of cylinder – Volume of ball
= 36.8 – 24.5 = 12.3 in³

FOCUS ON HIGHER ORDER THINKING

Question 24.
Critique Reasoning A sphere has a radius of 4 inches, and a cube-shaped box has an edge length of 7.5 inches. J.D. says the box has a greater volume, so the sphere will fit in the box. Is he correct? Explain.
_____________

Answer:
The volume of sphere = 4/3πr³
= 4/3 (3.14) (4)³
= 267.9466
= 268
The volume of cube = (7.5)³
= 421.875
=421.9
The volume of cube > Volume of a sphere
But the base of the cube has an area of (7.5 × 7.5) = 56.25 while the cross-action area of the sphere.
πr² = (3.14) (4)² = 50.24
The cross-section area of the cube is less than that of a sphere. thus J.D. is wrong and the ball (sphere) will not fit in the cube.

Question 25.
Critical Thinking Which would hold the most water: a bowl in the shape of a hemisphere with radius r, a cylindrical glass with radius r and height r, or a cone-shaped drinking cup with radius r and height r? Explain.
_____________

Answer:
The volume of a sphere with radius r is
V sphere = 4/3πr³
Therefore, the volume of a hemisphere is
V hemisphere = V sphere/2
V hemisphere = 2/3πr³
The volume of a cylinder with radius r and height r is
V cylinder = πr²h
V cylinder = πr³
The volume of a cone with radius r and height r is
V cone = 1/3πr²h
V cone = 1/3πr³
V cone < V hemisphere < V cylinder
Therefore, the cylindrical glass with radius r and height r will hold the most water.

Question 26.
Analyze Relationships Hari has models of a sphere, a cylinder, and a cone. The sphere’s diameter and the cylinder’s height are the same, 2r. The cylinder has radius r. The cone has diameter 2r and height 2r. Compare the volumes of the cone and the sphere to the volume of the cylinder.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Radius of sphere = 2r/2 = r
Volume of sphere = 4/3πr³
Radius of cylinder = r
Height of cylinder = 2r
volume of cylinder = πr²(2r)
V cylinder = 2πr³
Radius of cone = 2r/2 = r
Height of cone = 2r
Volume of cone = 1/3 πr²(2r)
V cone = 2/3πr³
Volume of cylinder > Volume of sphere > Volume of cone
2πr³ > 4/3πr³ > 2/3πr³

Question 27.
A spherical helium balloon that is 8 feet in diameter can lift about 17 pounds. What does the diameter of a balloon need to be to lift a person who weighs 136 pounds? Explain.
_______ feet

Answer:
Diameter of ballon = 8 ft
Weight it could lift = 17 pound
Volume = 4/3 π(8/2)³
= 4³(4π/3)
4³/x(4π/3) = 17/36
1/x = 1/8 × 3/4π × 1/48
x = 4π/3 . 4³ . 2³
x = 4/3. π . 8³
The volume of ballon which can lift 136 pounds is equal to 4/3. π . 8³
The radius of that ballon = 8ft
Diameter = 8 . 2 = 16 ft

Ready to Go On ? – Model Quiz – Page No. 417

13.1 Volume of Cylinders

Find the volume of each cylinder. Round your answers to the nearest tenth if necessary. Use 3.14 for π.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 13 Volume Lesson 3: Model Quiz img 20
_______ ft3

Answer:
904.8 ft³

Explanation:
Radius of base = 6 ft
Height of cylinder = 8 ft
The volume of cylinder = πr²h
Volume = (3.14) (6)² (8)
Volume = 904.77 ft³
Volume = 904.8 ft³

Question 2.
A can of juice has a radius of 4 inches and a height of 7 inches. What is the volume of the can?
_______ in3

Answer:
351.7 in³

Explanation:
Radius if cylindrical can = 4 in
Height of cylindrical can = 7 in
The volume of cylinder = πr²h
Volume = (3.14) (4)² (7)
Volume = 351.68 in³
Volume = 351.7 in³

13.2 Volume of Cones

Find the volume of each cone. Round your answers to the nearest tenth if necessary. Use 3.14 for π.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 13 Volume Lesson 3: Model Quiz img 21
_______ cm3

Answer:
565.2 cm³

Explanation:
Radius of base of cone = 6 cm
Height of cone = 15 cm
Volume of cone = 1/3πr²h
Volume = 1/3 (3.14) (4)² (7)
Volume = 565.2 cm³

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 13 Volume Lesson 3: Model Quiz img 22
_______ in3

Answer:
3014.4 in³

Explanation:
The radius of the base of cone = 12 in
Height of cone = 20 in
The volume of cone = 1/3πr²h
Volume = 1/3 (3.14) (12)² (20)
Volume = 3014.4 in³

13.3 Volume of Spheres

Find the volume of each sphere. Round your answers to the nearest tenth if necessary. Use 3.14 for π.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 13 Volume Lesson 3: Model Quiz img 23
_______ in3

Answer:
113 in³

Explanation:
Radius of sphere = 3 ft
Volume of sphere = 4/3πr³
Volume = 4/3 (3.14) (3)³
Volume = 113.04 ft³
Volume = 113 in³

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 13 Volume Lesson 3: Model Quiz img 24
_______ cm3

Answer:
1149.8 cm³

Explanation:
Diameter = 13 cm
Radius = 13/2 cm = 6.5 cm
Volume of sphere = 4/3πr³
Volume = 4/3 (3.14) (6.5)³
Volume = 1149.7633 cm³
Volume = 1149.8 cm³

ESSENTIAL QUESTION

Question 7.
What measurements do you need to know to find the volume of a cylinder? a cone? a sphere?
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Sphere: To find the volume of the sphere, the radius is to be measured.
Cylinder: To measure the volume of the cylinder, we need to find out the base radius of the base of the cylinder along with the height of the cylinder.
Cone: To calculate the volume of the cone, we need to calculate the base radius of the base of the cone along with the height of the cone.

Explanation:
The volume of sphere = 4/3 πr³
Sphere: For finding the volume of the sphere, the radius is to be measured
The volume of Cylinder = πr²h
Cylinder: To calculate the volume of the cylinder, we need to find out the base radius of the base of the cylinder along with the height of the cylinder
The volume of Cone = 1/3 πr²h
Cone: To calculate the volume of the cone, we need to measure the base radius of the base of the cone along with the height of the cone

Selected Response – Mixed Review – Page No. 418

Question 1.
The bed of a pickup truck measures 4 feet by 8 feet. To the nearest inch, what is the length of the longest thin metal bar that will lie flat in the bed?
Options:
a. 11 ft 3 in.
b. 10 ft 0 in.
c. 8 ft 11 in.
d. 8 ft 9 in.

Answer:
d. 8 ft 9 in.

Explanation:
The length of the longest thin metal bar that will lie flat in the bed’s equal to the length of the bed’s hypotenuse. Let a = 4 and b = 8. Using the Pythagorean Theorem
a² + b² = c²
4² + 8² = c²
16 + 64 = c²
80 = c²
Rounding the length of the hypotenuse to the nearest tenth of a foot
c = 8.9 ft
Therefore, the length of the longest thin metal bar that will lie flat in the bed is 8 ft. 9 in.

Question 2.
Using 3.14 for π, what is the volume of the cylinder below to the nearest tenth?
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 13 Volume Lesson 3: Mixed Review img 25
OPtions:
a. 102 cubic yards
b. 347.6 cubic yards
c. 1,091.6 cubic yards
d. 4,366.4 cubic yards

Answer:
c. 1,091.6 cubic yards

Explanation:
Diameter of the base of the cylinder = 11.4 yd
Radius = 11.4/2 yd = 5.7 yd
Height = 10.7 ys
Volume of cylinder = πr²h
Volume = (3.14) (5.7)² (10.7)
Volume = 1091.599 yd³
Volume = 1091.6 yd³

Question 3.
Rhett made mini waffle cones for a birthday party. Each waffle cone was 3.5 inches high and had a radius of 0.8 inches. What is the volume of each cone to the nearest hundredth?
Options:
a. 1.70 cubic inches
b. 2.24 cubic inches
c. 2.34 cubic inches
d. 8.79 cubic inches

Answer:
c. 2.34 cubic inches

Explanation:
Height of each waffle cone = 3.5 in
Radius of base = 0.8 in
Volume of cone = 1/3 πr²h
Volume = 1/3 (3.14) (0.8)² (3.5)
Volume = 2.344533 in³
Volume = 2.34 in³

Question 4.
What is the volume of a cone that has a height of 17 meters and a base with a radius of 6 meters? Use 3.14 for π and round to the nearest tenth.
Options:
a. 204 cubic meters
b. 640.6 cubic meters
c. 2,562.2 cubic meters
d. 10,249 cubic meters

Answer:
b. 640.6 cubic meters

Explanation:
Height of the cone = 17 m
Radius of base = 6 m
Volume of cone = 1/3 πr²h
Volume = 1/3 (3.14) (6)² (17)
Volume = 640.56 m³
Volume = 640.6 m³

Question 5.
Using 3.14 for π, what is the volume of the sphere to the nearest tenth?
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 13 Volume Lesson 3: Mixed Review img 26
Options:
a. 4,180 cubic centimeters
b. 5,572.5 cubic centimeters
c. 33,434.7 cubic centimeters
d. 44,579.6 cubic centimeters

Answer:
b. 5,572.5 cubic centimeters

Explanation:
Diameter of the base of the sphere = 22 cm
Radius = 22/2 yd = 11 cm
Volume of sphere = 4/3 πr³
Volume = 4/3 (3.14) (11)³
Volume = 5572.4533 cm³
Volume = 5572.5 cm³

Mini-Task

Question 6.
A diagram of a deodorant container is shown. It is made up of a cylinder and half of a sphere.
Go Math Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 13 Volume Lesson 3: Mixed Review img 27
Use 3.14 for π and round answers to the nearest tenth.
a. What is the volume of the half sphere?
_______ cm3

Answer:
8.574 cm³

Explanation:
The radius of the cylinder as well as the hemisphere = 1.6 cm
Height = 6.2 cm
the volume of the hemisphere = 2/3 πr³
the volume of the hemisphere = 2/3 (3.14) (1.6)³
the volume of the hemisphere = 8.574 cm³

Question 6.
b. What is the volume of the cylinder?
_______ cm3

Answer:
49.838 cm³

Explanation:
The volume of cylinder = πr²h
= (3.14) (1.6)² (6.2)
= 49.838 cm³

Question 6.
c. What is the volume of the whole figure?
_______ cm3

Answer:
58.4 cm³

Explanation:
Total volume = Volume of cylinder + volume of a hemisphere
Total volume = 8.574 cm³ + 49.838 cm³
Total volume = 58.4 cm³

Conclusion:

I wish the detail provided in Go Math Grade 8 Solution Key Chapter 13 Volume is helpful for you guys. In addition to the exercise problems, you can also get the explanation with answers to the review test. Check out the solutions after your practice from our Go Math 8th Grade Chapter 13 Volume. Hence Download HMH 8th Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 13 Volume pdf for free. Learn the concept of volume from here and compare them with real life. This will help you to improve your skills and also score good marks in the exams.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Assessment Test

Enhance your conceptual knowledge by referring to the Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Assessment Test. Identify the knowledge gap and prepare all the concepts underlying easily using the Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 4 Assessment Test Answer Key. Score better grades in your exams and make the most out of the 3rd Grade Go Math Ch 4 Assessment Test Answer Key.

Not just students teachers can also avail this Go Math Grade 3 Ch 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Assessment Test Answer Key to test the student’s level of understanding. Practice using the Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key for Chapter 4 Assessment Test and cross-check the solutions to know where you went wrong.

Chapter 4: Multiplication Facts and Strategies Assessment Test

Test – Page 1 – Page No. 41

Question 1.
Alberto packed 8 apples in each of 4 boxes. How many apples did Alberto pack?
Draw circles to model the problem. Then solve.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Assessment Test Test - Page 1 img 1
_____ apples

Answer: 8 × 4 = 32

Explanation:
Given that each box contains 8 apples
Total no of apples in 4 boxes = 8 × 4 = 32 apples.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Assessment Test Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Assessment Test Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Assessment Test Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Assessment Test

Question 2.
For numbers 2a–2d, select True or False for each multiplication sentence.
a. 3 × 8 = 24
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation: multiplication of 3 × 8 is 24.

Question 2.
b. 5 × 8 = 48
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation: Multiplication of 5 × 8 is 40 not 48.

Question 2.
c. 7 × 8 = 56
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation: Multiplication of 7 × 8 = 56.

Question 2.
d. 9 × 8 = 81
i. True
ii. False

Answer: false

Explanation: Multiplication of 9 × 8 is 72 not 81.

Question 3.
Peggy is putting flowers in vases. She puts either 2 or 3 flowers in each vase. If Peggy has a total of 12 flowers, how many different ways can she place them all in the vases?
Write multiplication sentences to show your work.
______ different ways

Answer: 3 different ways

Explanation: 2 × 6 = 12; She can 2 flowers in 6 vases each or 4 × 3 = 12; she can put 3 flowers in 4 vases each or (2 × 3) + (3 × 2) = 12, she can put 2 flowers in 3 vases each and 3 flowers in 2 vases.

Question 4.
Dean plants 7 corn plants in each of 5 rows. How many corn plants does Dean plant?
______ corn plants

Answer: 7 × 5 = 35 plants

Explanation:
Given that Dean has planted 7 corn plants in each row.
The total no of rows = 5, therefore total no of plants was planted = 7 × 5 = 35.

Test – Page 2 – Page No. 42

Question 5.
Circle groups to show 4 × (2 × 2).
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Assessment Test Test - Page 2 img 2

Answer:

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Assessment Test

Question 6.
Rebecca keeps all of her pairs of gloves in a drawer. Select the number of gloves that Rebecca could have in the drawer. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 5
b. 4
c. 6
d. 11
e. 12

Answer: Options b, c, and e

Explanation: Given that Rebecca kept all of her pairs of gloves in a drawer. Since it was mentioned pairs and pairs can be only in even number. Possible answers could be 4, 6, and 12.

Question 7.
Hal completed the table to describe the product of a mystery one-digit factor and each number.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Assessment Test Test - Page 2 img 3
Part A
Give all of the possible numbers that could be Hal’s mystery one-digit factor.

Answer: 1, 3, 5, 7, 9.

Question 7.
Part B
Explain how you know that you have selected all of the correct possibilities.

Answer: The products alternate between even and odd, the mystery factor must be an odd number. We have selected all of the odd one-digit numbers.

Test – Page 3 – Page No. 43

Question 8.
Yuri used toothpicks to make 6 separate octagons. An octagon has 8 sides. How many toothpicks did Yuri use?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Assessment Test Test - Page 3 img 4
______ toothpicks

Answer: 6 * 8 = 48 toothpicks.

Explanation: One octagon has 8 sides, to make one octagon Yuri need 8 toothpicks
Therefore, to make 6 octagons she needs 6*8 = 48 toothpicks.

Question 9.
Maria practiced soccer 5 days last week. She practiced 2 hours each day. How many hours did Maria practice soccer last week?
______ hours

Answer: 5 × 2 = 10 hrs

Explanation:
Given that Maria practiced for 5 days, each day she practiced for 2 hrs.
Total no of hrs she practiced in 5 days = 5 × 2 = 10 hrs.

Question 10.
Break apart the array to show 5 × 7 = (5 × 2) + (5 × 5).
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Assessment Test Test - Page 3 img 5

Answer:

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Assessment Test img 1

Question 11.
Circle the symbol that makes the multiplication sentence true.
9 × 5 Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Assessment Test Test - Page 3 img 6 (9 × 4) × 1

Answer: 9 × 5 > (9 × 4) × 1

Explanation: 9 × 5 > (9 × 4) × 1, Since 45 > (36) +1 => 45 > 37.

9 × 5 Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 9 Compare Fractions Assessment Test(9 × 4) × 1

Test – Page 4 – Page No. 44

Question 12.
Lori has 18 new stamps to add to her collection. She displays the stamps on pages of an album in groups of either 3, 6, or 9 stamps. How many different ways can she display the 18 new stamps?
______ different ways

Answer: Total 7 different ways

Explanation:
Set 1: 3 of 6, placing 3 stamps on 6 pages each
Set 2: 6 of 3, placing 6 stamps on 3 pages each
Set 3: 2 of 9, placing 2 stamps in 9 pages each
Set 4: 1 of 3, 1 of 6, and 1 of 9, placing 1 stamp in 3 pages and 1 in 6 pages, and 1 in 9 pages each. Which in total 18 stamps
Set 5: 2 of 6 and 2 of 3, placing 2 stamps in 6 pages and 2 stamps in 3 pages each, in total 18 stamps
Set 6: 1 of 9 and 3 of 3, placing 1 stamp in 9 pages and 3 stamps in 3 pages each in total 18 stamps.
Set 7: 1 of 6 and 4 of 3, placing 1 stamp in 6 and 4 stamps in 3 pages each, in total 18 stamps.

Question 13.
A shop owner sells 3-wheel baby strollers. She checks the air in the tires on 4 different strollers. How many tires does she check in all?
Use the array to explain how you know your answer is correct.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Assessment Test Test - Page 4 img 7

Answer: 4 * 3 = 12 tires

Explanation:
Here in the array, we can group 3 rows of 4,
3 × 4 = 12. Then count by threes to check.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Assessment Test

Question 14.
Max arranges all of his toy cars in 9 equal rows, with 9 cars in each row. How many toy cars does Max have?
______ cars

Answer: 9 * 9 = 81 cars

Explanation:
Given that Max arranged all of his toy cars in 9 equal rows
Each row has 9 cars, therefore total no of cars = 9 * 9 = 81.

Question 15.
Deanna, Amy, and Pam pick the same number of peaches at an orchard. They each set their peaches in 4 equal piles with 6 peaches in each pile.
Write a multiplication sentence that shows how many peaches they picked.

Answer: 3 × (4 × 6) = 72

Explanation: Given that 3 persons (Deanna, Amy, and Pam) pick the same number of peaches at an orchard
Each set 4 equal piles with 6 peaches in each pile, total no of peaches per person = 4 × 6
No of peaches from all three = 3 × ( 4 × 6 ) = 72.

Test – Page 5 – Page No. 45

Question 16.
Kate is baking 5 apple pies for the bake sale. She uses 3 red apples and 2 green apples in each pie. How many apples does Kate use? Show your work.

Answer: 25 apples

Explanation:
No of apple pies baked by kate = 5
In each pie she used 3 red apples and 2 green apples
So total no of apples used in a pie = 3+2 = 5
Therefore total no of apples used to make 5 apple pies = 5 ×(3+2) = 25.

Question 17.
For numbers 17a–17d, select True or False for each equation.
a. 2 × 7 = 16
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation: Multiplication of 2 × 7 = 14 not 16.

Question 17.
b. 4 × 7 = 21
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation: Multiplication of 4 × 7 = 28 not 21.

Question 17.
c. 6 × 7 = 42
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation: Multiplication of 6 × 7 is 42.

Question 17.
d. 7 × 7 = 49
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation: Multiplication of 7 × 7 is 49.

Question 18.
Circle the number that makes the multiplication sentence true.
10 × Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Assessment Test Test - Page 5 img 8 = 70
______

Answer: 10×7= 70

Explanation:

10 × Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Assessment Test = 70.

Question 19.
For numbers 19a–19d, select Yes or No to indicate whether the sum or product is equal to 9 × 4.
a. (5 × 4) + (4 × 4)
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes

Explanation: 9 × 4 is 36 and (5 × 4) + (4 × 4) = (20) + (16) = 36.

Question 19.
b. 5 + (4 × 5)
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: No

Explanation: 9 × 4 is 36 and 5 + (4 × 5) = 25.

Question 19.
c. (3 × 3) + (2 × 2)
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: No

Explanation: 9 × 4 is 36 and (3 × 3) + (2 × 2) = 9 + 4 = 13.

Question 19.
d. 4 × (5 + 4)
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes

Explanation: 9 × 4 is 36 and 4 × (5 + 4) = 4 × 9 = 36.

Test – Page 6 – Page No. 46

Question 20.
A rollercoaster car can fit 6 people. How many people can fit in a rollercoaster that is 9 cars long?
______ people

Answer: 9 × 6 = 54 people.

Explanation:
Give that a rollercoaster car can fit 6 people
Number of people can fit if it having 9 cars = 9 × 6 = 54.

Question 21.
Write a multiplication sentence using the following numbers and symbols.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Assessment Test Test - Page 6 img 9

Answer: 2 × (4 × 7) = 56.

Question 22.
Debbie started a table showing a multiplication pattern.
Part A
Complete the table. Describe a pattern you see in the products.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Assessment Test Test - Page 6 img 10

Answer: In the given pattern it is adding 6 to the value in the next cell.

Explanation: 

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Assessment Test

Question 22.
Part B
If you multiplied 6 × 73, would the product be an even number or an odd number? Use the table to explain your reasoning.

Answer: 6 × 73 = 438.

Explanation: When any number is multiplied by 6 which is an even number the product is even, so the product of 6 × 73 = 438 is even. For example, if we take the table started by Debbie, we can see that both even and odd numbers are multiplied by 6 which even and the final result of all the products are even.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Assessment Test

Question 23.
Use the number line to show the product of 3 × 8.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Assessment Test Test - Page 6 img 11
3 × 8 = ______

Answer: 3 × 8 = 24.

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Assessment Test

From the number line 3 × 8 which is 8 + 8 + 8 = 24.

Conclusion

We hope the knowledge shared on our page regarding the Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies Assessment Test has helped you a lot. To know more about Chapter 4 you can always refer to our Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 4 Multiplication Facts and Strategies.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures

go-math-grade-4-chapter-10-two-dimensional-figures-pages-187-204-answer-key

Browse & Download Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures pdf from here & start your preparation. Students of 4th grade can easily grasp the Two-dimensional figures notations by using the CCSSMathAnswers provided HMH Go Math Answer Key Grade 4 Homework Practice FL 10 Two-Dimensional Figures pdf. Also, this guide is used as homework help and let the students complete the homework or any assessments in no time.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures

Download Chapter 10 Go Math HMH Grade 4 Solution Key and practice all Two-Dimensional Figures covered concepts like Lines, Rays and Angles, Classify Triangles, Parallel Lines and Perpendicular Lines, Classify Quadrilaterals, Line Symmetry, etc in an easy manner. Simply click on the provided pdf links and ace up your preparation. Also, find some more questions from Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures to score maximum marks in the exams.

Lesson: 1 – Lines, Rays, and Angles

Lesson: 2 – Classify Triangles

Lesson: 3 – Parallel Lines and Perpendicular Lines

Lesson: 4 – Classify Quadrilaterals

Lesson: 5 – Line Symmetry

Lesson: 6 – Find and Draw Lines of Symmetry

Lesson: 7 – Problem Solving Shape Patterns

Chapter 10 – Extra Practice

Common Core – Two-Dimensional Figures – Page No. 189

Lines, Rays, and Angles

Draw and label an example of the figure.

Question 1.
obtuse ∠ABC
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 1
Think: An obtuse angle is greater than a right angle. The middle letter, B, names the vertex of the angle.
________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 1 553

Explanation:
An obtuse angle is greater than a right angle. The middle letter, B, names the vertex of the angle.

Question 2.
\(\overrightarrow{G H}\)

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 2 553

Explanation:
GH is a ray that has one endpoint and continues without an end in one direction.

Question 3.
acute ∠JKL
________

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 3 553

Explanation:
Angle JKL is an acute angle that is less than a right angle.

Question 4.
\(\overline{B C}\)

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 4 553

Explanation:
BC is a line that continues without an end in both directions.

Use the figure for 5–8.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 2

Question 5.
Name a line segment.

Answer:
line segment EF

Explanation:
EF line is a straight path of points that continues without an end in both directions.

Question 6.
Name a right angle.
∠ _____

Answer:
∠EJF

Explanation:
EJF is a right angle that forms a square corner.

Question 7.
Name an obtuse angle.
obtuse ∠ _____

Answer:
∠CEJ

Explanation:
CEJ is an obtuse angle that is greater than a right angle.

Problem Solving

Use the figure at the right for 9–11.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 3

Question 9.
Classify ∠AFD
________

Answer:
Obtuse Angle

Explanation:
AFD is an obtuse angle that is greater than a right angle.

Question 10.
Classify ∠CFE.
________

Answer:
Right Angle

Explanation:
∠CFE is a right angle that forms a square corner.

Question 11.
Name two acute angles.
acute ∠ _____ acute ∠ _____

Answer:
∠AFB and ∠DFE

Explanation:
∠AFB and ∠DFE are two acute angles with less than a right angle.

Common Core – Two-Dimensional Figures – Page No. 190

Lesson Check

Question 1.
The hands of a clock show the time 12:25.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 4
Which best describes the angle between the hands of the clock?
Options:
a. acute
b. right
c. obtuse
d. straight

Answer:
c. obtuse

Explanation:
The hands of the time 12:25 are forming greater than a right angle. So, the answer is the Obtuse angle.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 2.
Which of the following name two different figures?
Options:
a. \(\overline{A B} \text { and } \overline{B A}\)
b. \(\overleftrightarrow { AB } \) and \(\overleftrightarrow { BA } \)
c. \(\overrightarrow { AB } \) and \(\overrightarrow { BA } \)
d. ∠ABC and ∠CBA

Answer: \(\overrightarrow { AB } \) and \(\overrightarrow { BA } \)

Explanation:
In \(\overrightarrow { AB } \) A is an end point and B continues without end in one direction.
In \(\overrightarrow { BA } \) B is an end point and A continues without an end in one direction.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Jan’s pencil is 8.5 cm long. Ted’s pencil is longer. Which could be the length of Ted’s pencil?
Options:
a. 0.09 cm
b. 0.8 cm
c. 8.4 cm
d. 9.0 cm

Answer:
d. 9.0 cm

Explanation:
9 ones is greater than 8 ones. So, 9.0 cm > 8.5 cm
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 4.
Kayla buys a shirt for $8.19. She pays with a $10 bill. How much change should she receive?
Options:
a. $1.81
b. $1.89
c. $2.19
d. $2.81

Answer:
a. $1.81

Explanation:
Kayla buys a shirt for $8.19. She pays with a $10 bill. To find the change she received, $10 – $8.19 = 1.81
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 5.
Sasha donated \(\frac{9}{100}\) of her class’s entire can collection for the food drive. Which decimal is equivalent to \(\frac{9}{100}\) ?
Options:
a. 9
b. 0.99
c. 0.9
d. 0.09

Answer:
d. 0.09

Explanation:
\(\frac{9}{100}\) is 9 hundredths. So, the decimal is 0.09.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 6.
Jose jumped 8 \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet. This was 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\) feet farther than Lila jumped. How far did Lila jump?
Options:
a. 5 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
b. 5 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
c. 6 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
d. 11

Answer: 5 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
Jose jumped 8 \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet. This was 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\) feet farther than Lila jumped.
8 \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet – 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
= 25/3 – 8/3
= 7/3
= 5 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Common Core – Two-Dimensional Figures – Page No. 191

Classify Triangles

Classify each triangle. Write acute, right, or obtuse.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 5
Think: Angles A and C are both acute.
Angle B is obtuse.

Answer:
Obtuse triangle;
Angle A and Angle C are both acute.
Angle B is obtuse.

Explanation:
From triangle, ABC, Angle A, and Angle C are both acute with less than a right angle. Angle B is an obtuse angle that is greater than a right angle.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 6
________

Answer:
Right Triangle; Triangle DEF;
∠D and ∠F are acute angles.
∠E is Right angle

Explanation:
∠D and ∠F are acute angles with less than a right angle. ∠E is the Right angle that forms a square corner. A triangle that has one right angle is called a right triangle.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 7
________

Answer:
Acute triangle;
Angle G, Angle J, and Angle H are acute angles.

Explanation:
From triangle GJH, Angle G, Angle J, and Angle H are acute angles with less than a right angle. A triangle with three acute angles called an acute triangle. So, the given triangle is an acute triangle.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 8
________

Answer:
Obtuse triangle;
Angle L and Angle N are both acute.
Angle M is obtuse.

Explanation:
From triangle LMN, Angle L and Angle N are both acute with less than a right angle. Angle M is an obtuse angle that is greater than a right angle. A triangle with an obtuse angle is called an obtuse triangle.

Problem Solving

Question 5.
Use figure ABCD below. Draw a line segment from point B to point D. Name and classify the triangles formed.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 9
Two _______ triangles
△ _______
△ _______

Answer:

grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 1 559

Two Acute triangles.
△ ABD
△ BCD

Explanation:
If we draw a line segment from point B to point D, then there are two traingles formed with less than right angles. They are △ ABD and △ BCD.

Question 6.
Use figure ABCD below. Draw a line segment from point A to point C. Name and classify the triangles formed.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 10
Two _______ triangles
△ _______
△ _______

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 2 559

Two Acute triangles.
△ ABC
△ ADC

Explanation:
If we draw a line segment from point A to point C, then there are two triangles formed with less than right angles. They are △ ABC and △ ADC.

Common Core – Two-Dimensional Figures – Page No. 192

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Stephen drew this triangle. How many obtuse angles does the triangle have?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 11
Options:
a. 0
b. 1
c. 2
d. 3

Answer: a. 0

Explanation:
The given image has three acute angles. So, there are 0 obtuse angles.
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 2.
Joan was asked to draw a right triangle. How many right angles are in a right triangle?
Options:
a. 0
b. 1
c. 2
d. 3

Answer:
b. 1

Explanation:
A right triangle has only one right angle.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Oliver drew the figure below to show light traveling from the sun to Earth. Name the figure he drew.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 12
Options:
a. segment SE
b. ray SE
c. line SE
d. ray ES

Answer:
b. ray SE

Explanation:
SE is a ray that has one endpoint and continues without an end in one direction.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 4.
Armon added \(\frac{1}{10}\) and \(\frac{8}{100}\). Which is the correct sum?
Options:
a. \(\frac{18}{10}\)
b. \(\frac{9}{10}\)
c. \(\frac{9}{100}\)
d. \(\frac{18}{100}\)

Answer: d. \(\frac{18}{100}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{10}{100}\) + \(\frac{8}{100}\) = \(\frac{18}{100}\)
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 5.
Sam counted out loud by 6s. Jorge counted out loud by 8s. What are the first three numbers both students said?
Options:
a. 8, 16, 24
b. 14, 28, 42
c. 24, 48, 72
d. 48, 96, 144

Answer:
c. 24, 48, 72

Explanation:
Sam counted out loud by 6s = 6, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42, 48, 54, 60, 66, 72.
Jorge counted out loud by 8s = 8, 16, 24, 32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 72, 80.
Both students said the first three numbers are 24, 48, 72.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 6.
A basketball team averaged 105 points per game. How many points did the team score in 6 games?
Options:
a. 605 points
b. 630 points
c. 900 points
d. 6,030 points

Answer:
b. 630 points

Explanation:
A basketball team averaged 105 points per game.
They score in 6 games = 6 x 105 = 630 points.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Common Core – Two-Dimensional Figures – Page No. 193

Parallel Lines and Perpendicular Lines

Use the figure for 1–3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 13

Question 1.
Name a pair of lines that appear to be perpendicular.
Think: Perpendicular lines form right angles.
\(\overleftrightarrow { AB } \) and \(\overleftrightarrow { EF } \) appear to form right angles.
\(\overleftrightarrow { AB } \) and \(\overleftrightarrow { EF } \)

Answer:
\(\overleftrightarrow { AB } \) and \(\overleftrightarrow { EF } \)

Explanation:
Perpendicular lines form right angles.
\(\overleftrightarrow { AB } \) and \(\overleftrightarrow { EF } \) appear to form right angles.
\(\overleftrightarrow { AB } \) and \(\overleftrightarrow { EF } \)

Question 2.
Name a pair of lines that appear to be parallel.
____ and ____

Answer:
\(\overleftrightarrow { AB } \) and \(\overleftrightarrow { CD } \)

Explanation:
Parallel lines never interest each other. \(\overleftrightarrow { AB } \) and \(\overleftrightarrow { CD } \) are parallel lines.

Question 3.
Name another pair of lines that appear to be perpendicular.
____ and ____

Answer:
\(\overleftrightarrow { CD } \) and \(\overleftrightarrow { EF } \)

Explanation:
Perpendicular lines form right angles.
\(\overleftrightarrow { CD } \) and \(\overleftrightarrow { EF } \) appear to form right angles.
\(\overleftrightarrow { CD } \) and \(\overleftrightarrow { EF } \)

Draw and label the figure described.

Question 4.
\(\overleftrightarrow { MN } \) and \(\overleftrightarrow { PQ } \) intersecting at point R

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 1 565

Explanation:
MN and PQ are two lines and interesting at point R.

Question 5.
\(\overleftrightarrow { WX } \) || \(\overleftrightarrow { YZ } \)

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 2 565

Explanation:
WX and YZ are parallel lines and they never intersect with each other.

Question 6.
\(\overleftrightarrow { FH } \) ⊥ \(\overleftrightarrow { JK } \)

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 3 565

Explanation:
FH and JK are two lines and intersecting each other to form four right angles.

Problem Solving

Use the street map for 7–8.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 14

Question 7.
Name two streets that intersect but do not appear to be perpendicular.
Type below:
_______

Answer:
Maple and Oak or Oak and Birch

Explanation:
Maple and Oak or Oak and Birch; They are intersecting with each other and not perpendicular.

Question 8.
Name two streets that appear to be parallel to each other.
Type below:
_______

Answer:
Maple and Birch

Explanation:
Maple and Birch are streets and not intersect with each other. They appear to be parallel to each other.

Common Core – Two-Dimensional Figures – Page No. 194

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Which capital letter appears to have perpendicular line segments?
Options:
a. N
b. O
c. T
d. V

Answer:
c. T

Explanation:
T has two lines and interesting to form four right angles.

Question 2.
In the figure, which pair of line segments appear to be parallel?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 15
Options:
a. \(\overline{F G} \text { and } \overline{G H}\)
b. \(\overline{F J} \text { and } \overline{G H}\)
c. \(\overline{F G} \text { and } \overline{J H}\)
d. \(\overline{J H} \text { and } \overline{F J}\)

Answer:
c. \(\overline{F G} \text { and } \overline{J H}\)

Explanation:
\(\overline{F G} \text { and } \overline{J H}\) are parallel lines that never intersect

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Nolan drew a right triangle. How many acute angles did he draw?
Options:
a. 0
b. 1
c. 2
d. 3

Answer:
c. 2

Explanation:
A triangle with one right angle will have two acute angles.

Question 4.
Mike drank more than half the juice in his glass. What fraction of the juice could Mike have drunk?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{3}\)
b. \(\frac{2}{5}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{6}\)
d. \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Answer:
d. \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Explanation:
Mike drank more than half the juice in his glass. He drunk \(\frac{5}{8}\) of the juice.

Question 5.
A school principal ordered 1,000 pencils. He gave an equal number to each of 7 teachers until he had given out as many as possible. How many pencils were left?
Options:
a. 2
b. 4
c. 6
d. 142

Answer:
c. 6

Explanation:
A school principal ordered 1,000 pencils. He gave an equal number to each of the 7 teachers until he had given out as many as possible. He shared 142 pencils for each of the 7 teachers. So, 142 × 7 = 994. The remaining pencils are 6.

Question 6.
A carton of juice contains 64 ounces. Ms. Wilson bought 6 cartons of juice. How many ounces of juice did she buy?
Options:
a. 364 ounces
b. 370 ounces
c. 384 ounces
d. 402 ounces

Answer:
c. 384 ounces

Explanation:
A carton of juice contains 64 ounces. Ms. Wilson bought 6 cartons of juice. 64 X 6 = 384 ounces juice she can buy.

Common Core – Two-Dimensional Figures – Page No. 195

Classify Quadrilaterals

Classify each figure as many ways as possible. Write quadrilateral, trapezoid, parallelogram, rhombus, rectangle, or square.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 16
Type below:
________
Answer:
Quadrilateral, Parallelogram, and rhombus.

Explanation:
2 pairs of parallel sides
4 sides of equal length
0 right angles
Quadrilateral, Parallelogram, and rhombus.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 17
Type below:
________

Answer:
Quadrilateral, Parallelogram, Rectangle

Explanation:
2 pairs of parallel sides
2 pairs of sides of equal length
4 right angles
Quadrilateral, Parallelogram, Rectangle

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 18
Type below:
________

Answer:

Explanation:
1 pair of parallel sides
2 sides of equal length
0 right angles
Quadrilateral, Trapezoid

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 19
Type below:
________

Answer:
Quadrilateral

Explanation:
0 pair of parallel sides
0 sides of equal length
0 right angles
Quadrilateral

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 20
Type below:
________

Answer:
Quadrilateral, Parallelogram, and rhombus

Explanation:
2 pairs of parallel sides
4 sides of equal length
0 right angles
Quadrilateral, Parallelogram, and rhombus

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 21
Type below:
________

Answer:

Explanation:
1 pair of parallel sides
0 sides of equal length
2 right angles
Quadrilateral, Trapezoid

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 22
Type below:
________

Answer:

Explanation:
2 pairs of parallel sides
2 pairs of sides of equal length
0 right angles
Quadrilateral, Parallelogram

Problem Solving

Question 8.
Alan drew a polygon with four sides and four angles. All four sides are equal. None of the angles are right angles. What figure did Alan draw?
________

Answer:
Quadrilateral or rhombus

Explanation:
Alan drew a polygon with four sides and four angles. All four sides are equal. None of the angles are right angles. Alan drew Quadrilateral or rhombus

Question 9.
Teresa drew a quadrilateral with 2 pairs of parallel sides and 4 right angles. What quadrilateral could she have drawn?
________

Answer:
square or rectangle

Explanation:
2 pairs of parallel sides and 4 right angles. she could draw a square or rectangle.

Common Core – Two-Dimensional Figures – Page No. 196

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Joey is asked to name a quadrilateral that is also a rhombus. What should be his answer?
Options:
a. square
b. rectangle
c. parallelogram
d. trapezoid

Answer:
a. square

Explanation:
The quadrilateral square is also called a rhombus. Both square and rhombus have 2 pairs of parallel sides and 4 sides of equal length.
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 2.
Which quadrilateral has exactly one pair of parallel sides?
Options:
a. square
b. rhombus
c. parallelogram
d. trapezoid

Answer:
d. trapezoid

Explanation:
A trapezoid has exactly one pair of parallel sides.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Terrence has 24 eggs to divide into equal groups. What are all the possible numbers of eggs that Terence could put in each group?
Options:
a. 1, 2, 3, 4
b. 2, 4, 6, 8, 12
c. 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 24
d. 24, 48, 72, 96

Answer:
c. 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 24

Explanation:
Terrence has 24 eggs to divide into equal groups. Terence could put in each group in 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 24 ways.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 4.
In a line of students, Jenna is number 8. The teacher says that a rule for a number pattern is add 4. The first student in line says the first term, 7. What number
should Jenna say?
Options:
a. 31
b. 35
c. 39
d. 43

Answer:
b. 35

Explanation:
In a line of students, Jenna is number 8. The teacher says that a rule for a number pattern is to add 4. The first student in line says the first term, 7.
7 + 4 = 11
11 + 4 = 15
15 + 4 = 19
19 + 4 = 23
23 + 4 = 27
27 + 4 = 31
31 + 4 = 35.
Jenna says 35.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 5.
Lou eats \(\frac{6}{8}\) of a pizza. What fraction of the pizza is left over?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{8}\)
b. \(\frac{1}{4}\)
c. \(\frac{1}{2}\)
d. \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Answer:
b. 1/4
Explanation:
Lou eats 6/8 of a pizza. So, 6 parts of the pizza are finished and the remaining 2 parts of the pizza have remained. So, the left over pizza is 2/8 = 1/4.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 6.
Which capital letter appears to have parallel lines?
Options:
a. D
b. L
c. N
d. T

Answer:
c. N

Explanation:
N has two parallel lines and never intersect each other.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Common Core – Two-Dimensional Figures – Page No. 197

Line Symmetry

Tell if the dashed line appears to be a line of symmetry. Write yes or no.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 23
yes

Answer:
Yes

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are the same size and shape.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 24
____

Answer:
No

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are not of the same size and shape.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 25
____

Answer:
Yes

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are the same size and shape.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 26
____

Answer:
No

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are not of the same size and shape.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 27
____

Answer:
No

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are not of the same size and shape.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 28
____

Answer:
Yes

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are the same size and shape.

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 29
____

Answer:
No

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are not of the same size and shape.

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 30
____

Answer:
Yes

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are the same size and shape.

Complete the design by reflecting over the line of symmetry.

Question 9.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 31

Answer:

grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 4 578

Question 10.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 32

Answer:

grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 6 578

Problem Solving

Question 11.
Kara uses the pattern below to make paper dolls. The dashed line represents a line of symmetry. A complete doll includes the reflection of the pattern over the line of symmetry. Complete the design to show what one of Kara’s paper dolls looks like.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 33

Answer:

grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 7 578

Common Core – Two-Dimensional Figures – Page No. 198

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Which best describes the line of symmetry in the letter D?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 34
Options:
a. horizontal
b. vertical
c. diagonal
d. half turn

Answer:
a. horizontal

Explanation:
The horizontal line of symmetry in the letter D can exactly separate two parts equally.

Question 2.
Which shape has a correctly drawn line of symmetry?
Options:
a. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 35
b. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 36
c. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 37
d. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 38

Answer:
b.Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 86

Spiral Review

Question 3.
The class has 360 unit cubes in a bag. Johnnie divides the unit cubes equally among 8 groups. How many unit cubes will each group get?
Options:
a. 40
b. 44
c. 45
d. 48

Answer:
c. 45

Explanation:
The class has 360 unit cubes in a bag. Johnnie divides the unit cubes equally among 8 groups. 360/8= 45.

Question 4.
There are 5,280 feet in one mile. How many feet are there in 6 miles?
Options:
a. 30,680
b. 31,260
c. 31,608
d. 31,680

Answer:
d. 31,680

Explanation:
There are 5,280 feet in one mile. So, for 6 miles = 6 x 5, 280 = 31,680.

Question 5.
Sue has 4 pieces of wood. The lengths of her pieces of wood are \(\frac{1}{3}\) foot, \(\frac{2}{5}\) foot, \(\frac{3}{10}\) foot, and \(\frac{1}{4}\) foot. Which piece of wood is the shortest?
Options:
a. the \(\frac{1}{3}\) foot piece
b. the \(\frac{2}{5}\) foot piece
c. the \(\frac{3}{10}\) foot piece
d. the \(\frac{1}{4}\) foot piece

Answer:
d. the 1/4 foot piece

Explanation:
The lengths of 1/4 foot piece is less compared to other lengths.

Question 6.
Alice has \(\frac{1}{5}\) as many miniature cars as Sylvester has. Sylvester has 35 miniature cars. How many miniature cars does Alice have?
Options:
a. 7
b. 9
c. 40
d. 175

Answer:
a. 7

Explanation:
Alice has 1/5 as many miniature cars as Sylvester has. Sylvester has 35 miniature cars. Alice has 1/5 × 35 = 7 miniature cars.

Common Core – Two-Dimensional Figures – Page No. 199

Find and Draw Lines of Symmetry

Tell whether the shape appears to have zero lines, 1 line, or more than 1 line of symmetry. Write zero, 1, or more than 1.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 39
1

Answer:
more than 1

Explanation:
There is more than 1 line of symmetry that separates two parts equally.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 40
________

Answer:
more than 1

Explanation:
There is more than 1 line of symmetry that separates two parts equally.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 41
________

Answer:
Zero

Explanation:
There are 0 lines of symmetries.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 42
________

Answer:
more than 1

Explanation:

grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 2 585
There is more than 1 line of symmetry that separates two parts equally.

Does the design have line symmetry? Write yes or no.
If your answer is yes, draw all lines of symmetry.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 43
____

Answer:
Yes
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 3 585

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 44
____

Answer:
Yes

grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 5 585

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 45
____

Answer:
No

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 46
____

Answer:
Yes
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 6 585

Draw a shape for the statement. Draw the line or lines of symmetry.

Question 9.
zero lines of symmetry
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 47

Answer:

grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 7 585

Question 10.
1 line of symmetry
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 48

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 9 585

Question 11.
2 lines of symmetry
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 49

Answer:

grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 10 585

Problem Solving

Use the chart for 12–13.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 50

Question 12.
Which number or numbers appear to have only 1 line of symmetry?
____

Answer:
3

Explanation:
The number 3 has only 1 line of symmetry.

Question 13.
Which number or numbers appear to have 2 lines of symmetry?
____

Answer:
0 and 8

Explanation:
The numbers 0 and 8 appear to have 2 lines of symmetry.

Common Core – Two-Dimensional Figures – Page No. 200

Lesson Check

Question 1.
How many lines of symmetry does this shape appear to have?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 51
Options:
a. 0
b. 2
c. 6
d. 12

Answer:
c. 6

Explanation:

grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 1 586
The given shape has 6 lines of symmetry.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 2.
Which of the following shapes appears to have exactly 1 line of symmetry?
Options:
a. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 52
b. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 53
c.Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 54
d. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 55

Explanation:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 2 586

The trapezoid has exactly 1 line of symmetry.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Richard practiced each of 3 piano solos for \(\frac{5}{12}\) hour. How long did he practice in all?
Options:
a. \(\frac{2}{3}\) hours
b. 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) hours
c. 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\) hours
d. 1 \(\frac{5}{12}\) hours

Answer:
b. 1 1/4 hours

Explanation:
Richard practiced each of 3 piano solos for 5/12 hour. 5/12 hour = 1 1/4 hours hours.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 4.
Which of the following decimals is equivalent to three and ten hundredths?
Options:
a. 0.30
b. 0.31
c. 3.01
d. 3.1

Answer:
d. 3.1

Explanation:
three and ten hundredths = 310 hundredths = 3.1
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 5.
Lynne used \(\frac{3}{8}\) cup of flour and \(\frac{1}{3}\) cup of sugar in a recipe. Which number below is a common denominator for \(\frac{3}{8}\) and \(\frac{1}{3}\)?
Options:
a. 8
b. 12
c. 16
d. 24

Answer:
d. 24

Explanation:
Lynne used 3/8 cup of flour and 1/3 cup of sugar in a recipe. To find the common denominator for 3/8 and 1/3, multiply 8 X3 and 3 X 8 = 24.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 6.
Kevin draws a figure that has four sides. All sides have the same length. His figure has no right angles. What figure does Kevin draw?
Options:
a. square
b. trapezoid
c. rhombus
d. rectangle

Answer:
c. rhombus

Common Core – Two-Dimensional Figures – Page No. 201

Problem Solving Shape Patterns

Solve each Problem.

Question 1.
Marta is using this pattern to decorate a picture frame. Describe the pattern. Draw what might be the next three figures in the pattern.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 56
Possible answer: the pattern repeats: one trangle followed by two squares.

Answer:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 127

The pattern repeats one triangle followed by two squares.

Question 2.
Describe the pattern. Draw what might be the next three figures in the pattern. How many circles are in the sixth figure in the pattern?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 57
____ circles

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 1 591

Add one more column with 1 more circle than in the previous column; 21.

Question 3.
Larry stencils this pattern to make a border at the top of his bedroom walls. Describe the pattern. Draw what might be the missing figure in the pattern.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 58

Answer:
grade 4 chapter 10 Lines, Rays, and Angles image 2 591

2 triangles placed side to side followed by 2 sets of 2 triangles placed vertex to vertex

Common Core – Two-Dimensional Figures – Page No. 202

Lesson Check

Question 1.
What might be the next three figures in this pattern?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 59
Options:
a. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 60
b. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 61
c. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 62
d. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 63

Answer:
a. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 131

Explanation:
the pattern has odd numbers of up arrows then even number of down arrows. So, the next three figures areGo Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 131

Question 2.
Which might be the missing figure in the following pattern?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 64
Options:
a. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 65
b. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 66
c. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 67
d.Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 68

Answer:
a. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - New img 136

Explanation:
From the pattern, the missing image will have a vertical rectangle with the circle and X mark in it.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Chad has two pieces of wood. One piece is \(\frac{7}{12}\) foot long. The second piece is \(\frac{5}{12}\) foot longer than the first piece. How long is the second piece?
Options:
a. \(\frac{2}{12}\) foot
b. \(\frac{1}{2}\) foot
c. \(\frac{12}{18}\) foot
d. 1 foot

Answer:
d. 1 foot

Explanation:
7/12 + 5/12 = 12/12 = 1 foot.

Question 4.
Olivia finished a race in 40.64 seconds. Patty finished the race in 40.39 seconds. Miguel finished the race in 41.44 seconds. Chad finished the race in 40.46 seconds. Who finished the race in the least time?
Options:
a. Olivia
b. Patty
c. Miguel
d. Chad

Answer:
b. Patty

Explanation:
Patty finished the race in 40.39 seconds that is the least time compared to others.

Question 5.
Justin bought 6 ribbons for an art project. Each ribbon is \(\frac{1}{4}\) yard long. How many yards of ribbon did Justin buy?
Options:
a. \(\frac{2}{3}\) yard
b. 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) yards
c. 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) yards
d. 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) yards

Answer:
c. 1 1/2 yards

Explanation:
Justin bought 6 ribbons for an art project. Each ribbon is 1/4 yard long. So, 6 X 1/4 = 3/2 = 1 1/2 yards.

Question 6.
Kyle and Andrea were asked to make a list of prime numbers.
Kyle: 1, 3, 7, 19, 23
Andrea: 2, 3, 5, 7, 11
Whose list is correct?
Options:
a. Only Kyle’s list
b. Only Andrea’s list
c. Both lists are correct.
d. Neither list is correct.

Answer:
b. Only Andrea’s list

Explanation:
1 is not a prime number. So, the answer is Only Andrea’s list is correct.

Common Core – Two-Dimensional Figures – Page No. 203

Lesson 10.1

Draw and label an example of the figure.

Question 1.
acute ∠MNP
Type below:
_________

Answer:

Question 2.
\(\overline{Q R}\)
Type below:
_________

Question 3.
\(\overrightarrow { TS } \)
Type below:
_________

Lesson 10.2

Classify each triangle. Write acute, right, or obtuse.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 69
_____

Answer: Acute

Explanation:
The above triangle is less than 90º, thus the above figure is an acute angle triangle.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 70
_____

Answer: Obtuse

Explanation:
The above triangle is greater than 90º, thus the above figure is an obtuse angle triangle.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 71
_____

Answer: Right

Explanation:
The above figure has 90º, thus the above figure is an right angle triangle.

Lesson 10.3

Use the street map for 1–2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 72

Question 7.
Name two streets that appear to be parallel.
_________

Answer: Oak and elm

Explanation:
By seeing the above figure we say that Oak and Elm are two non-intersecting lines. Thus the two streets that appear to be parallel are Oak and Elm.

Question 8.
Name two streets that appear to be perpendicular.
Type below:
_________

Answer: Park and Oak or Park and Elm

Explanation:
Park and Oak, Park and Elm are intersecting lines, thus the two streets that appear to be perpendicular are Park and Oak or Park and Elm.

Lesson 10.4

Classify each figure as many ways as possible. Write quadrilateral, trapezoid, parallelogram, rhombus, rectangle, or square.

Question 9.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 73
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Quadrilateral, Parallelogram, Rectangle

Explanation:
2 pairs of parallel sides
2 pairs of sides of equal length
4 right angles
Quadrilateral, Parallelogram, Rectangle

Question 10.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 74
Type below:
_________

Answer: Quadrilateral, Trapezoid

Explanation:
1 pair of parallel sides
2 sides of equal length
0 right angles
Quadrilateral, Trapezoid

Common Core – Two-Dimensional Figures – Page No. 204

Lesson 10.5

Tell if the dashed line appears to be a line of symmetry.
Write yes or no.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 75
_____

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are the same size and shape.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 76
_____

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are the same size and shape.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 77
_____

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are the same size and shape.

Lesson 10.6

Does the design have line symmetry? Write yes or no.

If your answer is yes, draw all lines of symmetry.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 78
_____

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
The line of symmetry divides a shape into two parts that are not with the same size and shape. The above figure is not symmetrical.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 79
_____

Answer: Yes

The above figure is symmetrical.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 80
_____

Answer: Yes

Explanation: The above figure is symmetrical.

Lesson 10.7

Question 7.
Sonia made a pattern. The first nine shapes are shown below. Describe the pattern. Draw what might be the next three shapes in Sonia’s pattern.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 81
Type below:
_________

Answer: The pattern repeats circle, square, circle.

Question 8.
Leo makes a pattern with triangles. Draw what might be the next figure in the pattern. How can you describe the pattern?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures Common Core - Two-Dimensional Figures img 82
Type below:
_________

Answer: The pattern grows by one triangle each time.

Conclusion:

Access the links and avail the grade 4 Ch 10 Go Math Answer Key a quick learning guide with clear-cut explanations to understand the concepts. Also, you can refer to the Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 10 Two-Dimensional Figures for better idea of the questions.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 11 Perimeter and Area Assessment Test

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 11 Perimeter and Area Assessment Test includes all the topics of chapter 11. Through this 3rd Grade Go Math Ch 11 Perimeter and Area Assessment test you can enhance your math skills and conceptual knowledge. Check out the topics in Perimeter and Area through the quick links available.

Access the Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 11 Perimeter and Area Assessment Test to test your knowledge after preparation. Get to know the areas you are facing difficulties and improve on them with consistent practice. This way, you can score better grades in your exams as well as better grades in exams.

Chapter 11: Perimeter and Area Assessment Test

Test – Page 1 – Page No. 111

Question 1.
Find the perimeter of each figure on the grid. Identify the figures that have a perimeter of 16 units. Mark all that apply.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 11 Perimeter and Area Assessment Test Test - Page 1 img 1
Options:
a. A
b. B
c. C
d. D

Answer: a,c,d have a perimeter of 16 units.

Explanation: To find the perimeter we will add the total length of the lines that form a shape.
The perimeter of shape A is 1+4+1+1+1+3+2+3+= 16 units.
The perimeter of shape B is 1+4+5+4+2+2+2+2= 22 units.
The perimeter of shape C is 4+4+2+1+2+3= 16 units.
The perimeter of shape D is 1+1+1+1+1+1+1+4+4+1= 16 units.

Question 2.
Mr. Howard is putting wood trim around his window. How many feet of wood trim does Mr. Howard need for the perimeter of the window?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 11 Perimeter and Area Assessment Test Test - Page 1 img 2
_____ feet

Answer: 10 feet.

Explanation: The perimeter of the window is 3+2+3+2= 10 ft.

Question 3.
Greg drew this figure on dot paper. What is the area of the figure?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 11 Perimeter and Area Assessment Test Test - Page 1 img 3
_____ square units

Answer: 17 square units.

Explanation: To find the area we need to count the square units.
So, the area of the figure is 17 square units.

Test – Page 2 – Page No. 112

Question 4.
Brady is placing square tiles on the floor of the kitchen. Each unit square is 1 square foot.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 11 Perimeter and Area Assessment Test Test - Page 2 img 4
Which equations can Brady use to find the area of the kitchen floor? Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 4 × 6 = 24
b. 4 + 4 + 4 + 4 + 4 = 20
c. 4 + 6 + 4 + 6 = 20
d. 6 + 6 + 6 + 6 = 24
e. 4 × 5 = 20
f. 6 × 4 = 24

Answer: f

Explanation: The area of the kitchen floor is 6 × 4 = 24  = 20.

Question 5.
Glenda used square tiles to make a rectangle. The rectangle has a perimeter of 8 units and an area of 4 square units. Which could be Glenda’s rectangle?
Options:
a. Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 11 Perimeter and Area Assessment Test Test - Page 2 img 5
b. Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 11 Perimeter and Area Assessment Test Test - Page 2 img 6
c. Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 11 Perimeter and Area Assessment Test Test - Page 2 img 7
d. Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 11 Perimeter and Area Assessment Test Test - Page 2 img 8

Answer: d

Explanation: As in the above figures the option d has a perimeter of 8 units and an area of 4 square units.

Question 6.
Jill uses a ruler to draw a square. The perimeter of the square is 20 inches. Select a number to complete the sentence.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 11 Perimeter and Area Assessment Test Test - Page 2 img 9
The square has a side length of Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 11 Perimeter and Area Assessment Test Test - Page 2 img 10 inches.
_____

Answer: 5 inches.

Explanation: As the perimeter of the square is 20 inches. So the side length of the square is
P= 4c
20= 4c
c= 20/4
= 5 inches.

Test – Page 3 – Page No. 113

Question 7.
Rosa drew two rectangles on grid paper. Circle the words that make the sentence true.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 11 Perimeter and Area Assessment Test Test - Page 3 img 11
Rectangle A has an area that is Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 11 Perimeter and Area Assessment Test Test - Page 3 img 12 area of Rectangle B, and a perimeter that is Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 11 Perimeter and Area Assessment Test Test - Page 3 img 13 the perimeter of Rectangle B.
Area: Rectangle A ________ Rectangle B
Perimeter: Rectangle A __________ Rectangle B

Answer:
Area: Rectangle A is as same as Rectangle B.
Perimeter: Rectangle A is greater than Rectangle B.

Explanation:
Rectangle A has an area that is Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 11 Perimeter and Area Assessment Testarea of Rectangle B and a perimeter that is Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 11 Perimeter and Area Assessment Testthe perimeter of Rectangle B.

Question 8.
Ryan drew this figure on grid paper. What is the perimeter of the figure?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 11 Perimeter and Area Assessment Test Test - Page 3 img 14
______ units

Answer: 16 units.

Explanation: The perimeter of the figure  is 3+4+1+1+1+1+1+4= 16 units.

Question 9.
What is the area of the figure shown? Each unit square is 1 square foot.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 11 Perimeter and Area Assessment Test Test - Page 3 img 15
______ square feet

Answer: 23 square feet.

Explanation: The area of the figure is 23 square feet.

Test – Page 4 – Page No. 114

Question 10.
Ella drew a rectangle that was 3 units wide and 4 units long. Draw a different rectangle that has the same perimeter but a different area.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 11 Perimeter and Area Assessment Test Test - Page 4 img 16

Answer: The dimensions are 5 units of length and 2 units of width.

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 11 Perimeter and Area Assessment Test

First, we will find the perimeter of the given rectangle P=2(L+W)
P= 2(3+4)
= 2(7)
= 14.
Now we want to come up with a different combination of numbers that would give up a perimeter of 14. We know that 14 is divisible by 2 so let’s make out the width 2. If we plug in 2 as the width and 14 as the perimeters, we can solve for length. So
14= 2L+2×2
14= 2L+4
14 – 4 = 2L
10= 2L
L= 5.
So the dimensions are 5 units of length and 2 units of width.

Question 11.
Kendra glued ribbon around the outside border of the shape shown below. She used 30 centimeters of ribbon for the border. What is the unknown side length?
Show your work.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 11 Perimeter and Area Assessment Test Test - Page 4 img 17
b = ______ centimeters

Answer: 5 cm.

Explanation:
The unknown side length is
6+9+4+4+2+b= 30 cm
25+b= 30
b= 30- 25
b= 5 cm.

Question 12.
A carpenter made two tables. The first table is 4 feet wide and 10 feet long. The second table is half as long as the first table. The area of the second table is one fourth the area of the first table.
For numbers 12a–12d, select True or False.
a. The width of the second table is 2 feet.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True.

Explanation: As the second table is half as long as the first table, so the wide of the second table is 2 feet.

Question 12.
b. The area of the second table is 10 square feet.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True.

Explanation:
The area of the first table is 4×10= 40 square feet.
As the area of the second table is one fourth the area of the first table, so the area of the second table is 1/4×40= 10 square feet.

Question 12.
c. The length of the second table is 8 feet.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False.

Explanation: The length of the second table is 5 feet.

Question 12.
d. The area of the first table is 28 square feet.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: false.

Explanation: The area of the first table is 40 square feet.

Test – Page 5 – Page No. 115

Question 13.
Fiona bought some pictures. Each picture had a perimeter of 24 inches. Which could be one of the pictures Fiona bought? Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 11 Perimeter and Area Assessment Test Test - Page 5 img 18
b. Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 11 Perimeter and Area Assessment Test Test - Page 5 img 19
c. Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 11 Perimeter and Area Assessment Test Test - Page 5 img 20
d. Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 11 Perimeter and Area Assessment Test Test - Page 5 img 21

Answer: b,c.

Explanation:
The perimeter of figure b is 7+5+7+5= 24 in.
The perimeter of figure c is 2+10+2+10= 24 in.

Question 14.
Tasha wants to fence in two different rectangular pens for her chickens, each with an area of 36 square feet. She will buy fencing to build each pen.
Part A
Each unit square on the grid below is 1 square foot. Draw two possible pens. Label each with a letter.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 11 Perimeter and Area Assessment Test Test - Page 5 img 22

Answer: The two rectangles with 36 square feet each are drawn below.

Explanation:
A                                      B
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 11 Perimeter and Area Assessment Test

Question 14.
Part B
Which of the pens will take more fencing to make?
Explain how you know.

Answer: Pen A will take more time for fencing.

Explanation: Pen A perimeter is 4+9+4+9= 26 feet and pen B perimeter is 6+6+6+6= 24 feet. So the pen A will take more time for fencing.

Test – Page 6 – Page No. 116

Question 15.
Simon draws a sketch of the floor of his tree house on grid paper. Each unit square is 1 square foot. Write and solve a multiplication equation that can be used to find the area of the floor in square feet.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 11 Perimeter and Area Assessment Test Test - Page 6 img 23
_____ square feet

Answer: 42 square feet.

Explanation: The multiplication equation of the area of the floor in square feet is 6×7= 42 square feet.

Question 16.
Rachel uses grid paper to plan a mural to paint at her school. The design will be made of two connected rectangles. The larger rectangle will have an area between 35 square feet and 45 square feet. The smaller rectangle will have an area between 10 square feet and 20 square feet. Draw and label a diagram to show what Rachel could plan. Explain how to find the total area.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 11 Perimeter and Area Assessment Test Test - Page 6 img 24

Answer: 57 feet.

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 11 Perimeter and Area Assessment Test

The area of rectangle A is 6×7= 42 feet and the area of rectangle B is 5×3= 15 feet. So the total area is 42+15= 57 feet.

Final Words

Hope the information shared on Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 11 Perimeter and Area Assessment Test helped in your preparation. To know more topics about Grade 3 Ch 11  refer to Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 11 Perimeter and Area. Resolve your queries taking the help of Extra Practice available for Grade 3 Go Math Ch 11 Perimeter and Area.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles

go-math-grade-4-chapter-11-angles-answer-key

Examine your Preparation and understanding level towards chapter 11 concepts with the help of the Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Assessment Test. All you need to do is just click on the links provided here and assess your weak areas and strong areas. So that you can allot time accordingly & fill up the knowledge gaps using the 4th Grade HMH Go Math Homework Practice FL Answer Key Ch 11 Angles. With regular practice, you can secure more marks in your exam.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 includes all standard topics of angles. Improve your math skills by taking help from 4th Grade HMH Go Math Solutions Key Chapter 11 Angles Practice FL, Homework practice FL. Educators and Instructors must use of these Grade 4 Go Math Chapter 11 Angles Answer Key & educate their students to understand the topics clearly. Step by step Solutions are given for all the concepts of angles and you can refer to them to easily and clear all your doubts. Utilize these links and begin your practice right away.

Lesson 1:

Lesson 2:

Lesson 3: Measure and Draw Angles

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 4:

Common Core – New

Lesson 5:

Common Core – New

Chapter 11 Review/Test

Common Core – New – Page No. 605

Angles and Fractional Parts of a Circle

Tell what fraction of the circle the shaded angle represents.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 1

The figure shows that the \(\frac{1}{4}\)th part of the circle is shaded. So, the fraction of the shaded angle is \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 2
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:

Half of the circle is shaded. Thus the fraction of the shaded angle is \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 3
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{1}\)

Explanation:

From the above figure, we can observe that the complete circle is shaded. So, the fraction of the shaded angle is \(\frac{1}{1}\) or 1.

Tell whether the angle on the circle shows a \(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{1}{2}, \frac{3}{4}\), or 1 full turn clockwise or counterclockwise.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 4
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn counter clockwise

Explanation:

From the figure, we can see that the circle is rotating in the anti-clockwise direction. And it has completed the half turn.
Thus the fraction is \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn counter clockwise

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 5
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{3}{4}\) turn clockwise

Explanation:

The arrow is turned in a clockwise direction. It has completed \(\frac{3}{4}\) turn. So, the angle with direction is \(\frac{3}{4}\) turn clockwise.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 6
_________

Answer: 1 full turn counter clockwise

Explanation:

From the above picture, we can observe that the circle has completed the full turn in the counter clockwise direction.

Problem Solving

Question 7.
Shelley exercised for 15 minutes. Describe the turn the minute hand made.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 7
Type below:
_________

Answer: The minute hand made a turn of \(\frac{1}{4}\) clockwise.

Explanation:

Given that,

Shelley exercised for 15 minutes.
So, the fraction of the minute hand made is \(\frac{1}{4}\).
The direction of the minute hand made is clockwise.
So, the answer is the minute hand made a turn of \(\frac{1}{4}\) clockwise.

Question 8.
Mark took 30 minutes to finish lunch. Describe the turn the minute hand made.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 8
Type below:
_________

Answer: The minute hand made a turn of \(\frac{1}{2}\) clockwise.

Explanation:

Given, Mark took 30 minutes to finish lunch.
The minute hand made a turn in the clockwise direction from 12 to 6.
That means the fraction of the angle is \(\frac{1}{2}\).
Thus the turn minute hand made is \(\frac{1}{2}\) clockwise.

Common Core – New – Page No. 606

Lesson Check

Question 1.
What fraction of the circle does the shaded angle represent
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 9
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{1}\) or 1
b. \(\frac{3}{4}\)
c. \(\frac{1}{2}\)
d. \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:

From the figure we can say that the fraction of the shaded angle is \(\frac{1}{4}\).
Thus the answer is option D.

Question 2.
Which describes the turn shown below?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 10
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn clockwise
b. \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn clockwise
c. \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn counterclockwise
d. \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn counterclockwise

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn clockwise

Explanation:

From the figure, we can see that the circle is rotating in the clockwise direction. And it has completed the half turn.
So, the answer is \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn clockwise.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which shows \(\frac{2}{3}\) and \(\frac{3}{4}\) written as a pair of fractions with a common denominator?
Options:
a. \(\frac{2}{3} \text { and } \frac{4}{3}\)
b. \(\frac{6}{9} \text { and } \frac{6}{8}\)
c. \(\frac{2}{12} \text { and } \frac{3}{12}\)
d. \(\frac{8}{12} \text { and } \frac{9}{12}\)

Answer: \(\frac{8}{12} \text { and } \frac{9}{12}\)

Explanation:

\(\frac{2}{3}\) and \(\frac{3}{4}\)
The denomintors are different here. So you have to make the denominators common.
\(\frac{2}{3}\) × \(\frac{4}{4}\) = \(\frac{8}{12}\)
\(\frac{3}{4}\) × \(\frac{3}{3}\) = \(\frac{9}{12}\)
So the answer is option D.

Question 4.
Raymond bought \(\frac{3}{4}\) of a dozen rolls. How many rolls did he buy?
Options:
a. 3
b. 6
c. 7
d. 9

Answer: 9

Explanation:

Raymond bought \(\frac{3}{4}\) of a dozen rolls.
Dozen = 12
\(\frac{3}{4}\) × 12 = 9
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 5.
Which of the following lists all the factors of 18?
Options:
a. 1, 2, 4, 9, 18
b. 1, 2, 3, 6, 9, 18
c. 2, 3, 6, 9
d. 1, 3, 5, 9, 18

Answer: 1, 2, 3, 6, 9, 18

Explanation:

The factors of 18 are
1 × 18 = 18
2 × 9 = 18
3 × 6 = 18
6 × 3 = 18
9 × 2 = 18
18 × 1 = 18
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 6.
Jonathan rode 1.05 miles on Friday, 1.5 miles on Saturday, 1.25 miles on Monday, and 1.1 miles on Tuesday. On which day did he ride the shortest distance?
Options:
a. Monday
b. Tuesday
c. Friday
d. Saturday

Answer: Friday

Explanation:

Jonathan rode 1.05 miles on Friday, 1.5 miles on Saturday, 1.25 miles on Monday, and 1.1 miles on Tuesday.
The shortest among all is 1.05 miles.
Therefore the answer is option C.

Page No. 609

Question 1.
Find the measure of the angle.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 11
Through what fraction of a circle does the angle turn?
\(\frac{1}{3}=\frac{■}{360}\)
Think: 3 × 12 = 36, so 3 × _____ = 360.
So, the measure of the angle is _____.
_____ degrees

Answer: 120°

Explanation:

The fraction of the shaded angle is \(\frac{1}{3}\)
To measure the angle we have to multiply the fraction of the shaded angle with the total angle.
That means, \(\frac{1}{3}\) × 360
360/3 = 120 degrees.
Thus the angle of the shaded part is 120°

Tell the measure of the angle in degrees.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 12
____ °

Answer: 45°

Explanation:

The fraction of the shaded angle is \(\frac{45}{360}\)
Multiply the fraction with the complete angle
\(\frac{45}{360}\) × 360° = 45°
Thus the angle of the above figure is 45°

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 13
____ degrees

Answer: 30°

Explanation:

The figure shows the fraction of the shaded angle is \(\frac{1}{12}\)
Multiply the fraction with the complete angle
\(\frac{1}{12}\) × 360° = 30°
Therefore the measure of the shaded angle is 30°

Tell the measure of the angle in degrees.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 14
____ °

Answer: 360°

Explanation:

We observe that the circle is shaded completely.
\(\frac{360}{360}\) × 360° = 360°
Thus the above figure is the complete angle.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 15
____ °

Answer: 36°

Explanation:

The fraction of the shaded angle is \(\frac{1}{10}\)
Multiply the fraction with the complete angle
\(\frac{1}{10}\) × 360° = 36°
Therefore the measure of the shaded angle is 36°

Classify the angle. Write acute, obtuse, right, or straight.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 16
_________

Answer: Obtuse

An obtuse angle has a measurement greater than 90 degrees but less than 180 degrees. However, A reflex angle measures more than 180 degrees but less than 360 degrees.

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 17
_________

Answer: Right

A right angle is an angle of exactly 90° (degrees), corresponding to a quarter turn. If a ray is placed so that its endpoint is on a line and the adjacent angles are equal, then they are right angles.

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 18
_________

Answer: Acute

The acute angle is the small angle which is less than 90°.

Question 9.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 19
_________

Answer: Straight

A straight angle is 180 degrees. A straight angle changes the direction to point the opposite way.

Question 10.
Is this an obtuse angle? Explain.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 20
Type below:
_________

Answer: Obtuse

An obtuse angle has a measurement greater than 90 degrees but less than 180 degrees. However, A reflex angle measures more than 180 degrees but less than 360 degrees.

Question 11.
Alex cut a circular pizza into 8 equal slices. He removed 2 of the slices of pizza. What is the measure of the angle made by the missing slices of pizza?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 21
____ °

Answer: 90°

Explanation:

Alex cut a circular pizza into 8 equal slices.
He removed 2 of the slices of pizza.
The fraction of the missing slices = \(\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
The fraction of the missing slices is \(\frac{1}{4}\)
To know the angle we have to multiply the fraction with complete angle i.e., 360°
\(\frac{1}{4}\) × 360° = 90°
Thus the angle of the missing slices is 90°

Page No. 610

Question 12.
Ava started reading at 3:30 p.m. She stopped for a snack at 4:15 p.m. During this time, through what fraction of a circle did the minute hand turn? How many degrees did the minute hand turn?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 22
a. What are you asked to find?
Type below:
_________

Answer: I am asked to find the fraction of a circle did the minute hand turn and how many degrees did the minute hand turn

Question 12.
b. What information can you use to find the fraction of a circle through which the minute hand turned?
Type below:
_________

Answer: The fraction of a circle through which the minute hand-turned \(\frac{3}{4}\) Clockwise.

Question 12.
c. How can you use the fraction of a circle through which the minute hand turned to find how many degrees it turned?
Type below:
_________

Answer:

The figure shows that the fraction of a circle through which the minute hand turned is \(\frac{3}{4}\) Clockwise.
Let the shaded part be x
And the nonshaded part is 90°
x + 90° = 360°
x = 360°- 90°
x = 270°
Therefore the minute hand turns 270° clockwise.

Question 12.
d. Show the steps to solve the problem.
Step 1:
\(\frac{3 × ■}{4 × ■}=\frac{?}{360}\)
Step 2:
\(\frac{3 × 90}{4 × 90}=\frac{■}{360}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{3 × 90}{4 × 90}=\frac{■}{360}\)
\(\frac{270}{360} = \frac{■}{360}\)
If the denominators are equal then the numerators must be equated.
■ = 270

Question 12.
e. Complete the sentences. From 3:30 p.m. to 4:15 p.m., the minute hand made a ______ turn clockwise. The minute hand turned ______ degrees.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
From 3:30 p.m. to 4:15 p.m., the minute hand made a \(\frac{3}{4}\) turn clockwise. The minute hand turned 270 degrees.

Question 13.
An angle represents \(\frac{1}{15}\) of a circle. Select the number to show how to find the measure of the angle in degrees.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 23
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 24
\(\frac{1}{15}=\frac{1 × □}{15 × □}=\frac{□}{360}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer: 24°
\(\frac{1}{15} × 360° = 24°

Common Core – New – Page No. 611

Degrees

Tell the measure of the angle in degrees.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 25
Answer: 60°

Explanation:

Given that the fraction of the shaded angle is [latex]\frac{60}{360}\)
\(\frac{60}{360}\) × 360 = 60°
Thus the angle for the above figure is 60°

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 26
____ °

Answer: 180°

Explanation:

Half of the circle is shaded. The fraction of the shaded angle is \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{1}{2}\) × 360 = 360/2 = 180°

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 27
____ °

Answer: 90°

Explanation:

The fraction of the shaded angle is \(\frac{1}{4}\)
To find the angle we need to multiply the fraction with the total angle.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) × 360° = 90°

Classify the angle. Write acute, obtuse, right, or straight.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 28
_________

Answer: Acute

Explanation:

25° < 90°
So, the above figure is an acute angle.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 29
_________

Answer: Obtuse

Explanation:

110° > 90°
So, the figure shown above is an obtuse angle.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 30
_________

Answer: Acute

Explanation:

60° < 90°
Acute angles measure less than 90 degrees. Thus the above angle is an acute angle.

Classify the triangle. Write acute, obtuse, or right.

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 31
_________

Answer: Right

Explanation:

65 + 25 = 90
The sum of two angles = 90°
Thus the above figure is a right-angled triangle.

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 32
_________

Answer: Obtuse

Explanation:

110° > 90°
So, the above triangle is an obtuse angle.

Question 9.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 33
_________

Answer: Acute

Explanation:

50° is less than 90°
Thus the above triangle is an acute angle triangle.

Problem Solving

Ann started reading at 4:00 P.M. and finished at 4:20 P.M.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 34

Question 10.
Through what fraction of a circle did the minute hand turn?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{3}\) turn clockwise

Explanation:

The fraction of the shaded clock is \(\frac{12}{4}\)
\(\frac{12}{4}\) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)
The minute hand turn clockwise direction.
So, the answer is \(\frac{1}{3}\) turn clockwise

Question 11.
How many degrees did the minute hand turn?
____ °

Answer: 120°

Explanation:

The fraction of the minute hand turn is \(\frac{1}{3}\)
\(\frac{1}{3}\) × 360° = 120°
The minute hand turn 120°

Common Core – New – Page No. 612

Lesson Check

Question 1.
What kind of angle is shown?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 35
Options:
a. acute
b. obtuse
c. right
d. straight

Answer: straight

A straight angle is 180 degrees. This is a straight angle. A straight angle changes the direction to point the opposite way.
So, the answer is option D.

Question 2.
How many degrees are in an angle that turns through \(\frac{1}{4}\) of a circle?
Options:
a. 45°
b. 90°
c. 180°
d. 270°

Answer: 90°

Explanation:

\(\frac{1}{4}\) × 360°
\(\frac{360}{4}\) = 90°
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Mae bought 15 football cards and 18 baseball cards. She separated them into 3 equal groups. How many sports cards are in each group?
Options:
a. 5
b. 6
c. 11
d. 12

Answer: 11

Explanation:

Mae bought 15 football cards and 18 baseball cards.
She separated them into 3 equal groups.
Total number of cards = 15 + 18 = 33
33/3 = 11
There are 11 sports cards in each group.

Question 4.
Each part of a race is \(\frac{1}{10}\) mile long. Marsha finished 5 parts of the race. How far did Marsha race?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{10}\) mile
b. \(\frac{5}{12}\) mile
c. \(\frac{1}{2}\) mile
d. 5 \(\frac{1}{10}\) miles

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\) mile

Explanation:

Each part of a race is \(\frac{1}{10}\) mile long.
Marsha finished 5 parts of the race.
\(\frac{1}{10}\) × 5 = 5/10 = \(\frac{1}{2}\) mile
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 5.
Jeff said his city got \(\frac{11}{3}\) inches of snow. Which shows this fraction written as a mixed number?
Options:
a. 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
b. 3 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
c. 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
d. 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Answer: 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:

Jeff said his city got \(\frac{11}{3}\) inches of snow.
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{11}{3}\) is 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
The correct answer is option A.

Question 6.
Amy ran \(\frac{3}{4}\) mile. Which decimal shows how many miles she ran?
Options:
a. 0.25 mile
b. 0.34 mile
c. 0.5 mile
d. 0.75 mile

Answer: 0.75 mile

Explanation:

Amy ran \(\frac{3}{4}\) mile.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{75}{100}\)
The decimal form of \(\frac{75}{100}\) is 0.75
So, the answer is option D.

Page No. 615

Question 1.
Measure ∠ABC.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 36
Place the center of the protractor on point ____.
Align ray BC with ____ .
Read where ____ intersects the same scale.
So, m∠ABC is _____.
Type below:
_________

Answer: 65°

Use a protractor to find the angle measure.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 37
m∠ONM = ____ °

Answer: 55°

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 38
m∠TSR = ____ °

Answer: 105°

Use a protractor to draw the angle.

Question 4.
170°
Type below:
_________

Answer:

Go Math grade 4 chapter 11 angles answer key image_1

Question 5.
78°
Type below:
_________

Answer:

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 11 Answer Key image_2

Use a protractor to find the angle measure.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 39
m∠QRS = ____ °

Answer: 90°

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 40
m∠XYZ = ____ °

Answer: 155°

Use a protractor to draw the angle.

Question 8.
115°
Type below:
_________

Answer:

Go Math Grade 5 Solution Key Angles image_3

Question 9.
67°
Type below:
_________

Answer:

Draw an example of each. Label the angle with its measure.

Question 10.
an acute angle
Type below:
_________

Answer:

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 18

Question 11.
an obtuse angle
Type below:
_________

Answer:

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 29

Question 12.
Elizabeth is making a quilt with scraps of fabric. What is the difference between m∠ABC and m∠DEF?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 41
____ °

Answer: 15°

Question 13.
Draw an angle with a measure of 0°.
Describe your drawing.
Type below:
_________

Answer:

HMH Go Math Grade 4 Key Chapter 11 image_4

Page No. 616

Question 14.
Hadley wants to divide this angle into three angles with equal measure. What will the measure of each angle be?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 42
____ °

Answer: 30°

Explanation:

Given,
Hadley wants to divide this angle into three angles with equal measure.
The above figure is a right angle = 90°
If he divides into three equal angles
90/3 = 30°
So, the measure of angle will be 30°

Question 15.
Tracy measured an angle as 50° that was actually 130°. Explain her error.
Type below:
_________

Answer: She has measured the angle in the counterclockwise direction. So, that is why she got 50°.

Question 16.
Choose the word or number to complete a true statement about ∠QRS.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 43
∠QRS is a(n) Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 44 angle that has a measure of Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 45
Type below:
_________

Answer: ∠QRS is an obtuse angle that has a measure of 135°.

Earth’s Axis Earth revolves around the sun yearly. The Northern Hemisphere is the half of Earth that is north of the equator. The seasons of the year are due to the tilt of Earth’s axis.

Use the diagrams and a protractor for 17–18.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 46

Question 17.
In the Northern Hemisphere, Earth’s axis is tilted away from the sun on the first day of winter, which is often on December 21. What is the measure of the marked angle on the first day of winter, the shortest day of the year?
____ °

Answer: 115°

Explanation:

By seeing the above figure we can say that the angle is an obtuse angle. The mark is above 90° and the marked angle is 115°.
Therefore the measure of the marked angle on the first day of winter, the shortest day of the year is 115°.

Question 18.
Earth’s axis is not tilted away from or toward the sun on the first days of spring and fall, which are often on March 20 and September 22. What is the measure of the marked angle on the first day of spring or fall?
____ °

Answer: 90°

Explanation:

The mark is exactly 90°. So, the angle on the first day of spring or fall is 90°

Common Core – New – Page No. 617

Measure and Draw Angles

Use a protractor to find the angle measure.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 47
m∠ABC = 120°

By using the protractor we can measure the angle m∠ABC i.e., 120°

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 48
m∠MNP = ____ °

Answer: m∠MNP = 90°

By observing the above figure we can say that the angle of m∠MNP is 90°

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 49
m∠RST = ____ °

Answer: m∠RST = 65°
By using the protractor we can measure m∠RST = 65°

Use a protractor to draw the angle.

Question 4.
40°

Answer:

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 image_5

Question 5.
170°

Answer:

Go Math grade 4 chapter 11 angles answer key image_1

Draw an example of each. Label the angle with its measure.

Question 6.
a right angle

Answer:

A right angle is an angle of exactly 90°

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 39

Question 7.
an acute angle

Answer:

The acute angle is the small angle which is less than 90°.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 28

Problem Solving

The drawing shows the angles a stair tread makes with a support board along a wall. Use your protractor to measure the angles.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 50

Question 8.
What is the measure of ∠A?
____ °

Answer: 45°

By using the protractor we can measure the angle for A = 45°

Question 9.
What is the measure of ∠B?
____ °

Answer: 135°

The same process is used to measure ∠B = 135°

Common Core – New – Page No. 618

Lesson Check

Question 1.
What is the measure of ∠ABC?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 51
Options:
a. 15°
b. 25°
c. 155°
d. 165°

Answer: 15°

Explanation:

Step 1: Place the center point of the protractor on the point B.
Step 2: Align the 0° mark on the scale of the protractor with ray BC.
Step 3: Find the point where AC meet. Read the angle measure on that scale.
So, the measure of ∠ABC is 15°
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 2.
What is the measure of ∠XYZ?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 52
Options:
a. 20°
b. 30°
c. 150°
d. 160°

Answer: 150°

Explanation:

Step 1: Place the center point of the protractor on the point Y.
Step 2: Align the 0° mark on the scale of the protractor with ray XY.
Step 3: Find the point where YZ meet. Read the angle measure on that scale.
So, ∠XYZ = 150°
Therefore the correct answer is option C.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Derrick earned $1,472 during the 4 weeks he had his summer job. If he earned the same amount each week, how much did he earn each week?
Options:
a. $360
b. $368
c. $3,680
d. $5,888

Answer: $368

Explanation:

Given that, Derrick earned $1,472 during the 4 weeks he had his summer job.
Let the amount he earned per week = x
x × 4 = $1,472
x = 1472 ÷ 4
x = 1472/4 = 368
So, Derrick earned $368 per week.

Question 4.
Arthur baked 1 \(\frac{7}{12}\) dozen muffins. Nina baked 1 \(\frac{1}{12}\) dozen muffins. How many dozen muffins did they bake in all?
Options:
a. 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
b. 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
c. 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
d. \(\frac{6}{12}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:

Given:
Arthur baked 1 \(\frac{7}{12}\) dozen muffins. Nina baked 1 \(\frac{1}{12}\) dozen muffins.
Add both the fractions
Convert mixed fraction into normal fractions
1 \(\frac{7}{12}\) = \(\frac{19}{12}\)
1 \(\frac{1}{12}\) = \(\frac{13}{12}\)
\(\frac{19}{12}\) + \(\frac{13}{12}\) = \(\frac{32}{12}\)
= \(\frac{8}{3}\)
Convert \(\frac{8}{3}\) into mixed fraction = 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
So, the answer is option B.

Question 5.
Trisha drew the figure below. What figure did she draw?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 53
Options:
a. line segment ST
b. ray ST
c. ray TS
d. line TS

Answer: ray TS

A ray can be defined as a part of a line that has a fixed starting point but no endpoint.
Here the point starts from T and ends at S.
So, the figure Trisha drew is ray TS.
The correct answer is option C.

Question 6.
Which describes the turn shown by the angle?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 54
Options:
a. 1 full turn clockwise
b. \(\frac{3}{4 }\) turn clockwise
c. \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn clockwise
d. \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn clockwise

Answer: \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn clockwise

Explanation:

The figure shows that the point turned \(\frac{1}{4}\) in clockwise direction.
So, the answer is option D.

Page No. 619

Choose the best term from the box.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 55

Question 1.
The unit used to measure an angle is called a ________.
________

Answer: The unit used to measure an angle is called a degree.

Question 2.
________ is the opposite of the direction in which the hands of a clock move.
________

Answer: Counterclockwise is the opposite of the direction in which the hands of a clock move.

Question 3.
A ________ is a tool for measuring the size of an angle.
________

Answer: A protractor is a tool for measuring the size of an angle.

Tell whether the angle on the circle shows a \(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{1}{2}, \frac{3}{4}\), or 1 full turn clockwise or counterclockwise.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 56
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn clockwise
The figure shows that the angle turn \(\frac{1}{4}\) in the clockwise direction.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 57
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn counterclockwise
From the above figure, we can see that the angle turn \(\frac{1}{2}\) in the counterclockwise direction.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 58
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{3}{4}\) turn clockwise
The figure shows that the angle turn \(\frac{3}{4}\) in the clockwise direction.

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 59
____

Answer: \(\frac{1}{1}\) or 1 turn counterclockwise
From the above figure, we can see that the angle turn \(\frac{1}{1}\) or 1 in the counterclockwise direction.

Tell the measure of the angle in degrees.

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 60
____ °

Answer: 100°

\(\frac{100}{360}\) × 360° = 100°

Question 9.
____ °

Use a protractor to draw the angle.

Question 10.
75°
Type below:
________

HMH Go Math Key Chapter 11 Angles Image_6

Question 11.
127°
Type below:
________

Chapter 11 Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Angles Image_7

Page No. 620

Question 12.
Phillip watched a beach volleyball game from 1:45 p.m. to 2:00 p.m. How many degrees did the minute hand turn?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 61
____ °

Answer: 90°

Explanation:

Phillip watched a beach volleyball game from 1:45 p.m. to 2:00 p.m.
The minute hand turned for 15 minutes.
That means \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn clockwise.
Complete angle = 360°
\(\frac{1}{4}\) × 360° = 360°/4 = 90°
Therefore the minute hand turn 90°

Question 13.
What angle does this piece of pie form?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 62
____ °

Answer: 180°

From the above figure, we can see that half of the pie is completed.
Complete angle = 360°
\(\frac{1}{2}\) × 360°
= 180°
The angle for the piece of pie form is 180°

Question 14.
What is m∠CBT? Use a protractor to help you.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 63
____ °

Answer: 60°

By using the protractor we can say that the angle for the above figure is 60°

Question 15.
Matt cut a circle into 8 equal sections. He drew an angle that measures the same as the total measure of 3 of the sections in the circle. What is the measure of the angle Matt drew?
____ °

Answer: 135°

Explanation:

Matt cut a circle into 8 equal sections.
He drew an angle that measures the same as the total measure of 3 of the sections in the circle.
Complete angle = 360°
Divide the total number of sections by 360°
\(\frac{360}{8}\) = 45°
So, the angle for each section is 45°
The angle for 3 of the sections in the circle = 3 × 45° = 135°
Thus the measure of the angle Matt drew is 135°

Page No. 623

Add to find the measure of the angle. Write an equation to record your work.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 64
∠PQT = ____ °

Answer: 80°

To find the ∠PQT you have to add 43° and 37°
∠PQT = 43° + 37°
∠PQT = 80°

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 65
∠JKL = ____ °

Answer: 100°
Let ∠JKL = x°
∠JKL = 90° + 10°
∠JKL = 100°

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 66
∠RHT = ____ °

Answer:
Let ∠RHT = x°
x = 55° + 27° + 78°
x = 160°
Therefore ∠RHT = 160°

Use a protractor to find the measure of each angle. Label each angle with its measure.
Write the sum of the angle measures as an equation.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 67
Type below:
________

Answer:

By using the protractor we can measure the angles of the above figures.
m∠KLM = 160°
m∠KLJ = 80°
m∠LMJ = 120°

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 68
Type below:
________

Answer:

By using the protractor we can measure the angles of the above figures.

m∠WVZ = 90°
m∠YVZ = 90°
m∠WVX = 140°
m∠YVX = 40°

Question 6.
Use Diagrams What is m∠QRT?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 69
∠QRT = ____ °

Answer: 20°

The above figure is a straight angle.
∠QRT + ∠LRD + ∠RLT = 180
∠QRT + 75° + 85° = 180°
∠QRT + 160° = 180°
∠QRT = 180°- 160°
∠QRT = 20°

Question 7.
Look back at Exercise 1. Suppose you joined an angle measuring 10° to ∠PQT. Draw the new angle, showing all three parts. What type of angle is formed?
Type below:
________

Page No. 624

Question 8.
Stephanie, Kay, and Shane each ate an equal-sized piece of a pizza. The measure of the angle of each piece was 45°. When the pieces were together, what is the measure of the angle they formed?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 70
a. What are you asked to find?
Type below:
________

Answer: What is the measure of the angle for the pizza leftover?

Question 8.
b. What information do you need to use?
Type below:
________

Answer: I need the information about the angle for each piece of pizza.

Question 8.
c. Tell how you can use addition to solve the problem.
Type below:
________

Answer:
The measure of the angle of each piece was 45°
There are 3 pieces of pizza = 45° + 45° + 45° = 135°

Question 8.
d. Complete the sentence. The three pieces of pizza formed a _________ angle.
________

Answer: Obtuse angle

Question 9.
What is the measure of ∠XZW?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 71
____ °

Answer: 113°

Explanation:

∠XZW = ∠XZY + ∠YZW
∠XZY = 42°
∠YZW = 71°
∠XZW = 42° + 71°
∠XZW = 113°

Question 10.
What is m∠PRS? Use equations to explain and check your answer.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 72
____ °

Answer: 12°

Explanation:

The above figure is a straight angle.
The sum of the three angles must be equal to 180°
m∠PRS + m∠PRN + m∠TRN = 180°
m∠PRS + 90° + 78° = 180°
m∠PRS = 180° – 90° – 78°
m∠PRS = 12°

Common Core – New – Page No. 625

Join and Separate Angles

Add to find the measure of the angle. Write an equation to record your work.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 73
50°+75° = 125°
m∠ABD = 125°

Explanation:

m∠ABC = 50°
m∠CBD = 75°
To find the measure of m∠ABD we have to add m∠ABC and m∠CBD
m∠ABD = 50°+75°
m∠ABD = 125°

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 74
____ ° + ____ ° = ____ ° ;   m∠FGJ = ____ °

Answer: 140° + 20° = 160°
m∠FGJ = 160°

Explanation:

m∠FGH = 140°
m∠JGH = 20°
To find the measure of m∠FGJ we need to add m∠FGH and m∠JGH
m∠FGJ = 140° + 20°
m∠FGJ = 160°

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 75
____ ° + ____ ° = ____ ° ; m∠KLN = ____ °

Answer: 30° + 90° + 45° = 165°
m∠KLN = 165°

Explanation:

m∠KLM = 30°
m∠MLP = 90°
m∠PLN = 45°
To find the measure of m∠KLN we need to add m∠KLM, m∠MLP and m∠PLN
m∠KLN = 30° + 90° + 45° = 165°
m∠KLN = 165°

Use a protractor to find the measure of each angle in the circle.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 76

Question 4.
m∠ABC = ____ °

Answer: 115°

Question 5.
m∠DBE = ____ °

Answer: 90°

Question 6.
m∠CBD = ____ °

Answer: 75°

Question 7.
m∠EBA = ____ °

Answer: 80°

Question 8.
Write the sum of the angle measures as an equation.
____ ° + ____ ° + ____ ° + ____ ° = ____ °

Answer:

Sum all the angles = m∠DBE + m∠ABC + m∠CBD + m∠EBA
= 115° + 90° + 75° + 80° = 360°

Problem Solving
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 77

Question 9.
Ned made the design at the right. Use a protractor. Find and write the measure of each of the 3 angles.
____ ° ; ____ ° ; ____ ° ;

Answer: 50°; 60°; 70°

The above figure is a straight angle.
By using the protractor we can measure the angles of the above figure.
The angle of above 3 shades is 50°; 60°; 70°

Question 10.
Write an equation to find the measure of the total angle.
____ ° + ____ ° + ____ ° = ____ °

Answer: Sum of three angles = 50° + 60° + 70° = 180°

Common Core – New – Page No. 626

Lesson Check

Question 1.
What is the measure of m∠WXZ?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 78
Options:
a. 32°
b. 83°
c. 88°
d. 97°

Answer: 83°

Explanation:

m∠WXZ = m∠WXY + m∠YXZ
Let m∠WXZ be x°
x° = 58° + 25°
x° = 83°
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 2.
Which equation can you use to find the m∠MNQ?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 79
Options:
a. 148° – 24° = ■
b. 148° × 24° = ■
c. 148° ÷ 24° = ■
d. 148° + 24° = ■

Answer: 148° + 24° = ■

Explanation:

To measure the unknown angle we need to add both the angles
m∠MNQ = m∠MNP + m∠PNQ
■ = 148° + 24°
So, the correct answer is option D.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Joe bought 6 packages of envelopes. Each package contains 125 envelopes. How many envelopes did he buy?
Options:
a. 750
b. 723
c. 720
d. 650

Answer: 750

Explanation:

Joe bought 6 packages of envelopes.
Each package contains 125 envelopes.
To find the total number of envelopes in all 6 packages
We have to multiply number of packages and number of envelopes
= 125 × 6 =750
Thus Joe bought 750 envelopes.
The correct answer is option A.

Question 4.
The Lake Trail is \(\frac{3}{10}\) mile long and the Rock Trail is \(\frac{5}{10}\) long. Bill hiked each trail once. How many miles did he hike in all?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{5}\) mile
b. \(\frac{4}{10}\) mile
c. \(\frac{1}{2}\) mile
d. \(\frac{8}{10}\) mile

Answer: \(\frac{8}{10}\) mile

Explanation:

The Lake Trail is \(\frac{3}{10}\) mile long and the Rock Trail is \(\frac{5}{10}\) long. Bill hiked each trail once.
We need to both the fractions
\(\frac{3}{10}\) +\(\frac{5}{10}\)
The denominators are common. So add the numerators.
= \(\frac{8}{10}\)
Bill hiked \(\frac{8}{10}\) miles in all.
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 5.
Ron drew a quadrilateral with 4 right angles and 4 sides with the same length. Which best describes the figure he drew?
Options:
a. square
b. rhombus
c. trapezoid
d. parallelogram

Answer: square

Explanation:

A square has got 4 sides of equal length and 4 right angles (right angle = 90 degrees).
So, the answer is option A.

Question 6.
How many degrees are in an angle that turns through \(\frac{3}{4}\) of a circle?
Options:
a. 45°
b. 90°
c. 180°
d. 270°

Answer: 270°

Explanation:

Complete angle = 360°
To measure the angle that turns through is \(\frac{3}{4}\)
multiply \(\frac{3}{4}\) with 360°
360° × \(\frac{3}{4}\) = 270°
So, the answer is option D.

Page No. 629

Question 1.
Laura cuts a square out of scrap paper as shown. What is the angle measure of the piece left over?
First, draw a bar model to represent the problem.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 80

Type below:
_________

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 11 Answer Key image_11

Question 1.
Next, write the equation you need to solve.
Type below:
_________

Answer:

m∠MNQ + m∠QNP = m∠MNP
x + 90° = 115°
x = 115° – 90°

Question 1.
Last, find the angle measure of the piece left over.
m∠MNQ =
So, the angle measure of the piece left over is _____.
____ °

Answer:
x + 90° = 115°
x = 115° – 90°
x = 25°
So, the angle measure of the piece left over is 25°

Question 2.
Jackie trimmed a piece of scrap metal to make a straight edge as shown. What is the measure of the piece she trimmed off?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 81
x = ____ °

Answer:
x + 180° = 225°
x = 225°- 180°
x = 45°
Thus the measure of the piece she trimmed off is 45°

Question 3.
What if Laura cut a smaller square as shown? Would m∠MNQ be different? Explain.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 82
Type below:
_________

Answer: No
m∠MNQ would still be 25°. Only the size of the square changed the angle will be the same.
m∠PNQ and m∠MNP did not change.

Question 4.
The map shows Marco’s paper route. When Marco turns right onto Center Street from Main Street, what degree turn does he make? Hint: Draw a dashed line to extend Oak Street to form a 180° angle.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 83

Answer:

x° + 125° + 180° = 360°
x° = 360° – 125° – 180°
x° = 360° – 215°
x° = 145°

Page No. 630

Question 5.
Write an Equation Two angles form a straight angle. One angle measures 89°. What is the measure of the other angle? Explain.
____ °

Answer: 91°

A straight angle measures 180°, so you can subtract 89° from 180°
180° – 89° = 91°

Question 6.
Pose a Problem Look back at Problem 5. Write a similar problem about two angles that form a right angle.
____ °

Answer: Two angles form a right angle. The measure of one angle is 25°. What is the measure of the other angle?
x + 25° = 90°
x °= 90° – 25°
x° = 65°
The measure of other angle is 65°

Question 7.
Sam paid $20 for two T-shirts. The price of each T-shirt was a multiple of 5. What are the possible prices of the T-shirts?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Sam paid $20 for two T-shirts.
The price of each T-shirt was a multiple of 5.
$20 – 2 T-shirts
x – 1 T-shirt
x = $10
The possible prices of the T-shirts are $10, $10
Another possible price of the T-shirts are $5, $15

Question 8.
Zayna has 3 boxes with 15 art books in each box. She has 2 bags with 11 math books in each bag. If she gives 30 books away, how many art and math books does she have left?
_____ books

Answer: 37 art and math books

Explanation:

Zayna has 3 boxes with 15 art books in each box = 15 × 3 = 45
She has 2 bags with 11 math books in each bag = 11 × 2 = 22
Total number of books = 45 + 22 = 67
If she gives 30 books away, then we have to subtract 30 from 67
67 – 30 = 37
37 art and math books are left.

Question 9.
What’s the Question? It measures greater than 0° and less than 90°.
Type below:
_________

Answer: What is an acute angle?

Question 10.
Two angles, ∠A and ∠B, form a straight angle. ∠A measures 65°. For numbers 10a–10c, select True or False for the statement.
a. ∠B is an acute angle.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation:

Two angles, ∠A and ∠B, form a straight angle. ∠A measures 65°.
65° + ∠B = 180°
∠B = 180° – 65°
∠B = 115°
115° is not an acute angle.
So, the above statement is false.

Question 10.
b. The equation 180° – 65° = x° can be used to find the measure of ∠B.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Question 10.
c. The measure of ∠B is 125°.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

65° + ∠B = 180°
∠B = 180° – 65°
∠B = 115°
So, the above statement is false.

Common Core – New – Page No. 631

Problem Solving Unknown Angle Measures

Solve each problem. Draw a diagram to help.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 84
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 85

Question 2.
An artist is cutting a piece of metal as shown. What is the angle measure of the piece left over?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 86
x = ____ °

Answer: 95°

x + 130° = 225°
x = 225° – 130°
x = 95°
Therefore the angle of the piece leftover is 95°.

Question 3.
Joan has a piece of material for making a costume. She needs to cut it as shown. What is the angle measure of the piece left over?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 87
x = ____ °

Answer: 50°

Joan has a piece of material for making a costume. She needs to cut it as shown.
By seeing the above figure we can say that it is a right angle.|
The sum of two must be equal to 90°
Let the unknown angle be x
x + 40° = 90°
x = 90° – 40°
x = 50°
Thue the angle measure of the piece leftover is 50°

Common Core – New – Page No. 632

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Angelo cuts a triangle from a sheet of paper as shown. What is the measure of ∠x in the triangle?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 88
Options:
a. 15°
b. 25°
c. 75°
d. 105°

Answer: 15°

Explanation:

The above figure is a right angle.
So, to measure the ∠x we have to subtract 75° from 90°
∠x + 75° = 90°
∠x = 90° – 75°
∠x = 15°
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 2.
Cindy cuts a piece of wood as shown. What is the angle measure of the piece left over?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 89
Options:
a. 30°
b. 90°
c. 120°
d. 150°

Answer: 120°

Explanation:

x + 90° = 210°
x = 210° – 90°
x = 120°
120° is the measure of the piece leftover.
So, the correct answer is option C.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Tyronne worked 21 days last month. He earned $79 each day. How much did Tyronne earn last month?
Options:
a. $869
b. $948
c. $1,659
d. $2,169

Answer: $1,659

Explanation:

Tyronne worked 21 days last month.
He earned $79 each day.
$79 × 21 = 1659
Thus Tyronne earned $1,659 last month.
So, the correct answer is option C.

Question 4.
Meg inline skated for \(\frac{7}{10}\) mile. Which shows this distance written as a decimal?
Options:
a. 0.07 mile
b. 0.1 mile
c. 0.7 mile
d. 7.1 miles

Answer: 0.7 mile

Explanation:

Meg inline skated for \(\frac{7}{10}\) mile.
The decimal of the fraction \(\frac{7}{10}\) is 0.7
So, the answer is option C.

Question 5.
Kerry ran 34 mile. Sherrie ran \(\frac{1}{2}\) mile. Marcie ran \(\frac{2}{3}\) mile. Which list orders the friends from least to greatest distance
run?
Options:
a. Kerry, Sherrie, Marcie
b. Kerry, Marcie, Sherrie
c. Sherrie, Kerry, Marcie
d. Sherrie, Marcie, Kerry

Answer: Sherrie, Marcie, Kerry

Explanation:

Kerry ran 34 miles. Sherrie ran \(\frac{1}{2}\) mile. Marcie ran \(\frac{2}{3}\) mile.
The order of the above fractions is Sherrie ran \(\frac{1}{2}\), \(\frac{2}{3}\), 34
The distance from least to greatest is Sherrie, Marcie, Kerry.
so, the correct answer is option D.

Question 6.
What is the measure of m∠ABC?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles Common Core - New img 90
Options:
a. 32°
b. 84°
c. 88°
d. 94°

Answer: 84°

Explanation:

m∠ABC = m∠ABD + m∠DBC
m∠ABC = 58° + 26°
m∠ABC = 84°
So, the correct answer is option B.

Page No. 633

Question 1.
An angle represents \(\frac{1}{12}\) of a circle. Use the numbers to show how to find the measure of the angle in degrees.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 91
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 92
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 93
The angle measure is ____ °

Answer: 30°
\(\frac{1}{12}\) × \(\frac{30}{30}\) = \(\frac{30}{360}\)
Thus the angle measure is 30°

Question 2.
Match the measure of each ∠C with the measure of ∠D that forms a straight angle.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 94
Type below:
_________

i. 122° + 58° = 180°
ii. 35° + 145° = 180°
iii. 62° + 118° = 180°
iv. 105° + 75° = 180°

Question 3.
Katie drew an obtuse angle. Which could be the measure of the angle she drew? Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 35°
b. 157°
c. 180°
d. 92°

Answer: 157° and 92°
An obtuse angle has a measurement greater than 90 degrees but less than 180 degrees.
From the above options, B and D are more than 90°
So, the answer is option B and D.

Question 4.
Draw an angle that represents a \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn counterclockwise on the circle.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 95
Type below:
_________

Go Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 11 solution image_8

Page No. 634

Question 5.
Renee drew the figure shown. For 5a–5c, select Yes or No to tell whether the statement is true.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 96
a. The measure of a straight angle is 180°.
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes

By seeing the above figure we can say that the angle is a straight angle.
So, the above statement is true.

Question 5.
b. To find the measure of x, Renee can subtract 75° from 180°.
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes

To know the value of x we have to subtract 75° from 180°.
x = 180° – 75°
Thus the above statement is true.

Question 5.
c. The measure of x is 115°.
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: No
x = 180° – 75°
x = 105°
Thus the above statement is false.
So, the answer is no.

Question 6.
Trey drew this figure with a protractor.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 97
Part A
Write an equation that can be used to find m∠KFG.
Type below:
_________

Answer: 55° + 80° + x = 180°

The figure is a straight angle.
So, the sum of the three angles must be equal to 180°
Let m∠KFG = x
55° + 80° + x = 180°

Question 6.
Part B
What is the measure of m∠KFG? Describe how you solved the equation and how you can check your answer.
____ °
Explain:
_________

Answer: 45°

Explanation:

55° + 80° + x = 180°
x = 180° – 80° – 55°
x = 45°

Question 7.
Use a protractor to find the measure of the angle.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 98
The angle measures ____ °

Answer: 40°
By using a protractor we can measure the angle.
The angle of the above figure is 40°

Page No. 635

Question 8.
Alex drew this angle on the circle. Which describes the angle? Mark all that apply.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 99
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn
b. clockwise
c. \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn
d. counterclockwise

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn

The above figure shows that it is straight angle. So, the fraction of the circle is \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn.
The correct answer is option C.

Question 9.
Miles has a piece of paper that is \(\frac{1}{4}\) of a large circle. He cuts the paper into three equal parts from the center point of the circle. What is the angle measure of each part?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 100
The angle measure is ____ °

Answer: 30°

Explanation:

Miles has a piece of paper that is \(\frac{1}{4}\) of a large circle. He cuts the paper into three equal parts from the center point of the circle.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) of a large circle = 90°
Given that he cut into 3 equal parts = \(\frac{90}{3}\) = 30°
So, the angle for each part is 30°

Question 10.
Use a protractor to find the measure of each angle. Write each angle and its measure in a box ordered by the measure of the angles from least to greatest.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 101
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 102

Answer:

Go-Math-Grade-4-Answer-Key-Chapter-11-Angles-solution-img-9

Question 11.
Use the numbers and symbols to write an equation that can be used to find the measure of the unknown angle.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 103
What is the measure of the unknown angle?
____ °

Answer: 57°

Explanation:

Let the unknown angle be x
It is a straight angle.
The sum of three angles = 180°
90° + 33° + x = 180°
x = 180° – 90° – 33°
x = 57°

Page No. 636

Question 12.
Choose the word or number to complete a true statement about m∠JKL.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 104
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 105
m∠JKL is a(n) ______ angle that has a measure of ____ °.

Answer: m∠JKL is an Obtuse angle that has a measure of 120°.

Question 13.
Vince began practicing piano at 5:15 p.m. He stopped at 5:35 p.m. How many degrees did the minute hand turn during Vince’s practice time?
Explain how you found your answer.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 106
____ °
Explain:
_________

Answer: 120°

I shaded the part of the clock that the minute hand turned from 5:15 p.m. to 5:35 p.m. anmd found that it is \(\frac{1}{3}\) of the circle.
Next, I multiplied \(\frac{1}{3}\) × 360° = 120°
Thus the minute hand moved 120°

Question 14.
An angle measures 125°. Through what fraction of a circle does the angle turn?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) of a circle

Answer: \(\frac{125}{360}\)

The fraction of the circle the angle turned is \(\frac{125}{360}\)

Question 15.
Write the letter for each angle measure in the correct box.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 107
Type below:
__________

Answer:

Go-Math-Grade-4-Answer-Key-Chapter-11-Angles-solution-img-10

Page No. 637

Question 16.
For numbers 16a–16b, select the fraction that makes a true statement about the figure.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 108

Question 16.
a. The angle in Figure 1 represents a Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 109 turn.
\(\frac{□}{□}\) turn

Answer: The angle in Figure 1 represents a \(\frac{3}{4}\) turn

The above figure shows that \(\frac{3}{4}\) part of the circle is shaded. So, the angle represents \(\frac{3}{4}\) turn.

Question 16.
b. The angle in Figure 2 represents a Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 110 turn.
\(\frac{□}{□}\) turn

Answer: The angle in Figure 2 represents a \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn.
From the second figure, we observe that half of the circle is shaded. So, The angle in Figure 2 represents a \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn.

Question 17.
Melanie cuts a rectangle out of a piece of scrap paper as shown. She wants to calculate the angle measure of the piece that is left over.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 111
Part A
Draw a bar model to represent the problem.

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 11 Answer Key Angles Image_7

Question 17.
Part B
Write and solve an equation to find x.
The angle measures ____ °.

Answer: 36°
m∠RST = 90°
m∠RSN = 126°
m∠TSN = x°
x + 90° = 126°
x = 126° – 90°
x = 36°
m∠TSN = 36°

Page No. 638

Question 18.
Two angles, m∠A and m∠B, form a right angle. m∠A measures 32°.
For numbers, 18a–18c, select True or False for the statement.
a. m∠B is an acute angle.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

If the sum of two angles is 90°, if one angle is acute then the other angle will be acute.
So, the above statement is true.

Question 18.
b. The equation 180° − 32° = x° can be used to find the measure of m∠B.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation:

Given that the sum of 2 angles is 90°
The sum of m∠A and m∠B = 90°
90° – 32° = x°
So, the above statement is false.

Question 18.
c. The measure of m∠B is 58°.
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

Let m∠B = x
x° + 32° = 90°
x = 90 – 32
x = 58°.
So, the above statement is true.

Question 19.
A circle is divided into parts. Which sum could represent the angle measures that make up the circle? Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 120° + 120° + 120° + 120°
b. 25° + 40° + 80° + 105° + 110°
c. 33° + 82° + 111° + 50° + 84°
d. 40° + 53° + 72° + 81° + 90° + 34°

Answer: 25° + 40° + 80° + 105° + 110°; 33° + 82° + 111° + 50° + 84°

Explanation:

The sum of all the angles must be equal to 360°
i. 120° + 120° + 120° + 120° = 480° ≠ 360°
ii. 25° + 40° + 80° + 105° + 110° = 360°
iii. 33° + 82° + 111° + 50° + 84° = 360°
iv. 40° + 53° + 72° + 81° + 90° + 34° = 370° ≠ 360°
So, the correct answers are option B, C.

Question 20.
Use a protractor to find the measures of the unknown angles.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 112
What do you notice about the measures of the unknown angles? Is this what you would have expected? Explain your reasoning.
m∠x = ____ ° m∠y = ____ °

Answer: m∠x = 70°; m∠y = 110°
By using a protractor we can find the measure of m∠y
m∠y = 110°
Let m∠x = x°
Sum of supplementary angles = 180°
110° + x = 180°
x = 180° – 110°
x = 70°
Therefore m∠x = 70°

Page No. 643

Use benchmarks to choose the metric unit you would use to measure each.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 113

Question 1.
mass of a strawberry
__________

Answer: gram
The metric unit used to measure the mass of a strawberry is the gram.

Question 2.
length of a cell phone
__________

Answer: Centimeter
The metric unit used to measure the length of a cell phone is Centimeter.

Circle the better estimate.

Question 3.
width of a teacher’s desk
10 meters or 1 meter
__________

Answer: 1 meter
The estimation of the width of the teacher’s desk is 1 meter.

Question 4.
the amount of liquid a punch bowl holds
2 liters or 20 liters
__________

Answer: 2 liters

20 liters is greater than 2 liters.
The estimation of the amount of liquid a punch bowl holds is 2 liters.

Question 5.
distance between Seattle and San Francisco
6 miles or 680 miles
__________

Answer: 680 miles
The distance between Seattle and San Francisco is 680 miles.

Use benchmarks to choose the customary unit you would use to measure each.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 114

Question 6.
length of a football field
__________

Answer: Yard
The units to measure the length of a football field is Yards.

Question 7.
weight of a pumpkin
__________

Answer: Pound
The customary unit I use to measure the weight of a pumpkin is pounds.

Circle the better estimate.

Question 8.
weight of a watermelon
4 pounds or 4 ounces
__________

Answer: 4 pounds
The estimation of the weight of watermelon is 4 pounds.

Question 9.
the amount of liquid a fish tank holds
10 cups or 10 gallons
__________

Answer: 10 gallons
The estimation of the amount of liquid a fish tank holds is 10 gallons.

Complete the sentence. Write more or less.

Question 10.
Matthew’s large dog weighs ________ than one ton.
________

Answer: Less
1 ton = 1000 kgs
The weight of dogs can’t be more than a ton.
So, Matthew’s large dog weighs less than one ton.

Question 11.
The amount of liquid a sink can hold is _______ than one cup of water.
________

Answer: More
1 cup holds very less amount of water.
So, The amount of liquid a sink can hold is more than one cup of water.

Question 12.
A paper clip has a mass of _______ than one kilogram.
________

Answer: Less

The weight of a paper clip is about 1 gram.
So, A paper clip has a mass of less than one kilogram.

Page No. 644

For 13–15, use benchmarks to explain your answer.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 115

Question 13.
Cristina is making macaroni and cheese for her family. Would Cristina use 1 pound of macaroni or 1 ounce of macaroni?
__________

Answer: Cristina should use 1 pound of macaroni.

Question 14.
Which is the better estimate for the length of a kitchen table, 200 centimeters or 200 meters?
__________

Answer: 200 centimeters

Centimeters are less than meters. The length of the kitchen will be measured in centimeters.
So, the answer is 200 centimeters.

Question 15.
Jodi wants to weigh her cat and measure its standing height. Which two units should she use?
weight: ________
height: ________

Answer:
The weight of the cat should be measured in Kilograms.
The height of the cat should be measured in Centimeters.

Question 16.
Evaluate Reasonableness Dalton used benchmarks to estimate that there are more cups than quarts in one gallon. Is Dalton’s estimate reasonable? Explain.
Type below:
__________

Answer: Dalton’s reasoning is correct because the measurement of cups is smaller than the measurement of quarts, therefore there would be more cups in a gallon than quarts.

Question 17.
Select the correct word to complete the sentence. Justine is thirsty after running two miles.
She should Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 11 Angles img 116 of water.
__________

Answer: 1 pint

The suitable word for the above sentence is the pint. Pint is a measure for liquid equal to about half a liter. There are eight pints in a gallon.

Conclusion

Hoping that the data provided here has shed some light on the students of grade 4. If teachers & parents want to make their kids learn all angles concepts properly then make sure they refer to these Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 11 Angles Answer Key. Need any assistance then check our other articles such as HMH Go Math 4th Grade Chapter 11 Homework Practice FL Angles.